Professional Documents
Culture Documents
SECTION 1
Questions 1-4
Example
A. transportation
B. flight
C. London
A. taxi
B. underground
C. coach
2. What’s the reason of the girl for not hiring a private car?
C. too expensive
A. £12
B. £14
C. £16
A. unsafe.
Questions 5-10
Age: 21
Nationality: 5 ___________________
Seat reservation:
To: Cambridge
near to
Location out of town
11_____________
15____________
8 doctors
doctors
Dr. Jerry is good with
Doctor resource Dr. Sam is good with
16___________
children.
Questions 19 and 20
Choose TWO letters, A-E. Which TWO groups of Patients get free
medication from Health Centre?
A. children under 10
C. overseas students
SECTION 3
Questions 21-30
Orientation Schedule
Monday
meet at door of 21______________ at 9 a.m.
Thursday
get a 29_____________________
31. How many species in oceans are there according to latest search?
A. 23,000
B. 230,000
C 2,300,000
Questions 32-34
Choose your answer from the box and write the letters A-E next to
questions 32-34.
32. Crustacean
A 2%
B 10%
D 50%
E 5%
Questions 35 and 36
overfishing
35__________________
pollution
chemicals
36_________________
Questions 37-40
The two countries, 39______________, have the most marine species in the
world.
Answer keys:
Section 1
1. A
2. B
3. B
4. C
5. American
6. BA188
8. super save
9. coffee
Section 2
12. efficient
14. standard
15. 12
17. 9a.m.-Sp.m.
18. £9.50
19-20. A, D
Section 3
22. library
25. 10 a.m.
27. attendance
28. presentation
29. curriculum
Section 4
31. B
32. C
33. D
34. A
36. garbage
37. 600′
40. 22,000
Questions 5-7
Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each
answer.
Councilor
Job Cleaner Cashier
assistant
Place 5 _______ Student Union 7 _________
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
Name: 11________________
Occupation: 12________________
Address: 25 13______________
Questions 16-20
Statement: 20 ______________
SECTION 3
Questions 21-30
Advantages Disadvantages
too many
Handouts and clear and on time perfect 23____________
equipment’s 24____________ poor printer
good for
27____________ need more different
Practical training
learn more knowledge training places
SECTION 4
Questions 31 -36
Questions 37-40
1. Andy Kahn
2. Educational Studies
3. 0114 7281
4. £10
5. Computer Lab
6. Afternoon seminar
7. Campus canteen
9. handouts
13. Woodside
14. A38D6
15. skylight1987@msn.com
18. overdraft
19. £2,200
20. monthly
23. words
28. Assessment
29. Presentation
31. A
32. B
34. C
35.
36. A
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
You will see there is an example that has been done for you. On this occasion
only the conversation relating to this will be played first.
Student: Yes.
Student: Yes.
Agent: Good choice. Did you bring your student [……………]or your library
card?
Agent: OK. And can you tell me your mobile phone number?
Student: It is [……………………………].
Agent: Fine. Let’s talk about the pay. What’s your [……………………………]for
the pay?
Agent: Yes.
Agent: A cleaner.
Student: I’m afraid that I have to attend Yoga class at that time.
Agent: Right.
Student: That’s fine. 10 o’clock on 7th May. Thank you very much.
Student: Good-bye.
SECTION 2
Customer: OK.
Clerk: Fine, Jenny. Are you a student or do you have a job now?
Customer: Yes.
Clerk: Right.
Clerk: I see. How about the Student Account? It’s a kind of current account.
Clerk: I’m afraid not. If you want to have a high interest account,
maybe[…………] is a good choice. But you have to deposit at least[………… ]
when you open your account.
Customer: Right.
Clerk: Fine. Please sign your name here where I have marked an “X”.
Customer: Thanks. Can you tell me the opening time of the bank?
Clerk: The bank opens from 9 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. on Monday to Saturday,…
Clerk: Oh, no, on Sunday the bank often closes at 3 p.m. The last thing is
the[……………………]. How often do you want to receive your statement?
Clerk: Bye-bye.
SECTION 3
You will hear a conversation between two students about the course feedback
form.
Jack: Oh, I really forgot that. What’s the date for [………………………]that in?
Jack: Yes.
Ana: Definitely.
Jack: Alright. The next item is the name of our subject [……………………].
Ana: I think the handouts are very good. I mean they are clear and sent out on
time.
Jack: I mean I have to spend so much time reading them just like reading a
book.
Ana: Why not? Let’s turn to the second item. It is “course structure”.
Jack: Do you remember he sent out the course outline on the first class?
Jack: I think it is a very good beginning and it is very important for a class.
Ana: Maybe…
Jack: What?
Ana: The next one is “practical training”. Well, I think it is a good chance for
our future job, right?
Ana: Right.
Ana: I think the department should supply more different places for us
instead of just one.
Jack: Yes. Let’s eo on the next one “assessment”. What’s vouv opinion?
Ana: Open-book.
Ana: Yes.
SECTION 4
There are two kinds of [……………………………]: the flat race. where horses
and riders compete on a flat, oval track; and the [……………………………],
which is racing either across the countryside, or around a course designed to
represent the [……………………………]you might overcome in the countryside.
The Grand National which is set up in[……………………………]and it’s the
world’s most famous [……………………………]. However, some horses are
usually injured and badly hurt horses are sometimes shot. Animal lovers
cannot[……………………………]that animals should be hurt and killed for
people’s entertainment. The biggest social event [……………………………]to
horse racing is The Roval Ascot. where people[……………………………]and
show off how fashionable they are as well as watching the races and place their
bets. Women especially wear very [……………………………]
and[……………………]hats and dress designed for the occasion. Television and
newspapers will often comment on their [……………………………].
Questions 5-10
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
12. In which two ways are the lines distinguished from each other?
Questions 16-20
Complete the gaps using NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each.
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25
22. What does the adviser suggest the student create to manage her time?
23. What does the adviser give the student to help her with time management?
24. What is the problem many students have with the library?
Questions 26-30
26. The student says she is ______________ when she is studying at home.
28. The main problem with the student’s assignments Is that they fail to
_______________________
SECTION 4
Questions 37-35
Questions 36-40
38. What two new things will your body need to adapt to?
1. B
2. I
3. E
4. C
5. 8 a.m.
6. 7 p.m.
7. 7 a.m.
11. 12/twelve
12. name, colour
13. (zone) 6
16. slot
17. baggage
18. an escalator/escalators
19. Signs
21. Germany
31. flight
37. rural ‘
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
Neil: Hi Simon! I am. You’re familiar with the campus, aren’t you? I can’t
figure out where anything is.
Simon: Alright. You know where the north gate is, don’t you?
Simon: Sorry, Neil. I’m afraid it’s in that direction and it’s about 500 metres
away.
Simon: North. Then it’s a little towards the west gate. You can’t miss it,
because it’s really big and has a large sign on it.
Neil: OK. I’ll take your word for it. The second place I need to find is
the[……………………………].
Neil: OK. Next, I need to know where Churchill Building is. That’s where I
have my[……………………………]tomorrow.
Simon: That’s back by the library. You know the building – the McDonald
Building – where our[……………………………]is?
Neil: Got it. OK. Last one. Where’s the [……………………………]? I know it’s
next to the[……………………………].
Neil: Well… hang on… It’s right there – here in the centre of the campus!
Neil: Is that every day? Someone said that it isn’t open so long at the
weekends.
Simon: I do. I’ve signed up for the football team trials this coming weekend
and I was on the athletics team at school.
Neil: When are the trials? I don’t play football, but I enjoy watching.
Neil: Well, I’ve got things to do in the morning, but I’ll come along after lunch.
I hope you[……………………………]until then!
Simon: So do I! I think that in the morning, they’ll be aiming to sort out the
people with[……………………………]from the no-hopers. Then, in the
afternoon, they’ll be sorting out who’s the best.
Neil: OK. Well, good luck with that. I’ll see if Leslie wants to come along.
SECTION 2
Welcome to this latest lecture on living in London. Today, we’re going to look
at[…………………] and I’d like to start with the London [……………………]
system – also called “the tube” because of the shape of the […………………].
First, you need to learn your lines. There are 12 different [……………………],
each with its own name, for example, the Piccadilly line, the [………………].
Each line is a different colour on the map of the underground system. You can
find the map in the ticket hall at each underground[………………………], and
usually on the [………………………] as well. Sections of the map are also
displayed in the [……………………………]of the underground trains. Before
you begin, it helps to know which line you are starting on and on which line
your[……………………………]can be found. If they are on different lines, look
at the map to see where the two lines cross, and note the name of
the [……………………………]where they meet – that is where you have to
change trains. If the two lines do not cross, keep looking until you find a third
line that crosses both of the other two. Then you will need to change
trains[……………………………].
To find out more about the London underground, check the official
website:[……………………………]. This site also has the map and information
in[……………………………]foreign languages. Now, let’s move on to…
SECTION 3
Adviser: Good afternoon. How can I help you?
Adviser: Ah, yes. Come in. Please, take a seat. … Now, what can I do for you?
Adviser: It certainly is. So, what kind of problems are you having? It’s quite
normal for students to meet problems, [……………………………]overseas
students who might not be[……………………………]with the British way of life
or education system.
Adviser: OK. And feel free to come back if you have any questions about it.
Adviser: Are you going to complain that the library isn’t open at the weekends?
Adviser: We get so many students complaining about that. We are trying to get
that[…………………], but… well, to be honest, the library [……………………]
already work long shifts and unless we can get extra staff, the library has
to[……………………………]closed at the weekends.
Make sure that you get all the books you need from the library before the
weekend. Then,[……………………………]some of your weekend time to
making notes from the books at the weekend.
Student: Do you have any tips for me? I was thinking of recording them using
an[……………………………]. Then I can listen to it again [……………………]
and…
Adviser: Well, a lot of people find them useful, but some people point out that
you might never actually have time to listen to the recording again. Something
else you could try is checking your notes with a friend after the lecture. Go for
a [……………………………]or something.
Student: Yes. That’s a good idea. Thanks. Thank you very much for your help.
SECTION 4
Good morning, everybody. I’m Jane Winter and I’m here to tell you a little
about the[……………………………]of volunteer work in Africa. If you’re
looking for volunteer work in Africa there are plenty of [………………………]
available. Let’s look at the different types of volunteer opportunities available
in Africa, what to [……………………………]when volunteering in Africa and
stories from [……………………………]who have worked in Africa. Volunteering
means something different to almost every [……………………………]you come
across. Some[……………………………]will cover your flight and cost of living
while you are working and some are true “volunteer” projects and […………]
you to cover all costs for the[……………………………] of the experience. If you
are looking for a more[……………………………]way to spend a few months in
Africa than simply travelling around,[……………………………]is a wonderful
way to spend your time. Most jobs that last less than a year or so are going to
be the ones you have to pay for. Jobs that require a[……………………………]of
more than a year will often offer a basic [……………………………]to cover
some of your costs.
Whether you get paid and how much you get paid will also depend on
your[………………] and how much they are in [……………………………].’Most
paid volunteer opportunities in Africa are available to those who have a
university[……………………………]and/or a practical skill. Engineers, doctors,
nurses,[………………………], emergency relief [……………………………]and
teachers are among the most asked for by volunteer agencies. If an
organisation doesn’t require you to have[……………………………]then you will
usually have to pay your own [……………………………]as a volunteer. In
general most organisations working in Africa try and [………………………]as
many local people as possible rather than [……………………………], since the
projects should continue long after you have [……………………………]home.
What should you expect when you volunteer to work in Africa? Conditions are
usually basic. Most volunteer [……………………………]take place in rural
areas where you may not have ready[……………………………]to running water
and electricity. Housing can be very basic and you will likely be staying
with [………………………]. A word about cultural [……………………………]. As
in most countries in the world rural communities are usually more traditional
than[………………………] centres. As you will be working closely with the local
population you will have to dress and behave in [……………………………]with
what is acceptable locally. General pace of life and work is much slower than in
the west. Don’t expect any organisation to run[……………………………]and
without [……………………………]. Getting sick can be a problem. If you’re
spending more than just a few weeks in Africa, especially sub-Saharan Africa,
your chances of
getting [……………………………]or [……………………………]will also increase.
Make sure you take all the medicine and [……………………………]you need.
The organisation you work with should [……………………………]you about
health issues and don’t forget that local nurses and doctors will have plenty of
experience with these common [……………………………]—probably more than
your doctor at home. Initially you may also have some problems getting used
to different food and water.
Anyone who has [……………………………]in Africa will probably tell you that
the biggest impact their [………………………]had was not on the community
but on [……………………………]. Spending time immersed in another culture
will change the way you look at life and is part of the[………………………]of
volunteering. Before you decide to volunteer in Africa you may be interested to
Current number of
3 ___________ 40 55
members
Questions 5-10
5. meets___________________.
Benefits:
8. discounts on ______________________.
9. annual __________________.
SECTION 2
Questions 11-20
Choose FIVE answers below and write the correct letter A-G next to
Questions 11-15.
List of Features
A. cleaning Included
C. private showers
D. modern building
E. parking spaces
F. single sex
G. sports facilities
Halls of Residence
Questions 16-20
24. Jenna and Marco agree they need a __________________ for the
project.
Questions 25-27
What THREE things do Marco and Jenna have to do now for the project?
B. handout questionnaires
Questions 28-30
SECTION 4
Questions 31-35
News Sources
A. television
B. internet
C. the press
Questions 36-40
In the USA, newspapers are being increasingly inventive about the way they!
attract advertisers and their 36__________________ now exceeds that of
other industries. Advertising has increased because of a good relationship with
the 37___________________ sector. In addition, newspapers now run
more adverts which include 38_________________. These have been
found to raise readership of the papers and create more sales for the
39__________________. There are also an increasing number of more
expensive 40___________________ adverts.
Answer keys:
1. weekend trips
2. competitions
3. 125
4. club secretary
6. spring
7. weekly
8. equipment
9. magazine
10. exhibition
11. G
12. F
13. C
14. B
15. A
16. B
17. A
18. C
19. E
20. D
24. timetable
28. B
29. C
30. A
31. C
32. B
33. C
34. A
35. A
37. retail
38. Vouchers
39. Clients
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
You will hear a new student, Tom, talking to a student representative called
Rachel about university clubs.
Rachel: Hi, welcome to Freshers Week. I’m Rachel. Can I help you?
Tom: Oh, hi – yes. Erm -I was hoping to find out about some clubs I could join.
Rachel: Well, all the club stands are here in this hall. What were you interested
in?
Tom: Urn – not sure. I wanted to do something where I could meet people.
Tom: And how many people are in the clubs? Are they all really full?
Rachel: Well, obviously they’re all different so, for example, the film club has
just[……………………………]its membership from eighty five to a hundred and
twenty five but I think they’re hoping to [………………………]it to a hundred
and fifty. The climbing club’s quite small – [……………………………] people –
and the chess club is fairly healthy at fifty five.
Rachel: Well, if you go round the stands and speak to the people there.
For the film club that’s the event’s [……………………………]– urn, for climbing
you’ll need the club [……………………………]and the chess club
is [……………………………]by one of the Math’s tutors. OK?
Tom: Yup. I think I’ll start with the climbing club – it sounds good.
Rachel: Oh well, as I said, I’m in that so I might be able to help you a bit.
Rachel: Yes. Oh, you must join. It’s really good fun. We go away quite a bit to
North Wales and every year we have a special [………………………], usually to
France, which is where we’re going this year in the [……………………………].
The weather’s too [……………………………]in the autumn.
Tom: That’s really worth it then. I’ll go over and talk to them now.
Rachel: OK. Hope you do join. Oh, and another thing I meant to say. If you do
become a member, you automatically [……………………………]a magazine
once a year. It’s quite useful and interesting because it goes out to all the
national climbing clubs. And the other thing is, if you come to
SECTION 2
You will hear an accommodation officer telling students about different halls
of residence.
Accommodation Officer:
Good afternoon and welcome to Stanton University. I’m here to tell you about
the[……………………………]halls of [………………………] we have available
should you choose to come here. We aim to offer [……………………………]in
Halls to all first year students and you’ll find there’s a good […………………]to
choose from.
First of all, there’s Brown Hall, which, as you’ll see, is not the
most [………………] of buildings but it is very popular with some students. It’s
got a good [………………]of community, some nice [………………………]
kitchens and, unlike the other halls, it has recently had a gym built in
its [……………………………]. Another option is Blake Residence, which is built
like a large house and so everybody cooks and eats together. It has its
own[……………………]-off bit of private garden and is even
more[……………………………] because this is an all-girls residence, although
of course boys are[…………………] to visit the Hall and, I
understand, [……………………] take part in cooking dinner! The largest hall
we have is Queens Building and this has been[………………………]recently.
The original parking area has been built on so that the hall now has a
Now if I can just show on this wall map here where they all are, you might like
to go and have a look round. If you come into the main university [……………],
at the first[……………………………]you’ll find that Brown Hall is on the
corner[……………………………]the theatre. So you’re nice and near the station
here – though I think it can get a bit noisy with [……………………………]. The
same [……………………………]to Blake Residence, which is directly facing the
junction to the university entrance. These Halls are often used
by [……………………………]students and such like as they’re out all day so
don’t notice the noise. Anyway, if you then walk along Campus
Road [……………………………]the main Circle, you’ll see the library on the
corner and [……………………………]is just past that as you head north. You
will find that it is [……………………………]here and you may get fewer
SECTION 3
You will hear two students, Jenna and Marco, discussing a Business Studies
project they have to do
Jenna: Come on Marco. We’ve got to get on and sort out this [………………]
for Professor Barclay.
Marco: Hang on. I want to make sure we’ve got all the information. Now…
(sitting down)… where are we?
Jenna: Don’t know – sometimes he gets the PhD students to mark it for him.
Jenna: (cutting him oft)… Yeah, but I think we must sort out a [……………] for
the project otherwise nothing will get done.
Jenna: Yeah, I agree. If we did a focus group, we’d have to spend time deciding
who to[……………………………]in it and it’s not necessary to do one anyway.
Jenna: Exactly.
Marco: I’m glad we decided to work together. I think it’s going to work out
well.
Jenna: Yes, well, given that we had to work in pairs on this […………………], I
think we were right to choose each other.
Marco: Oh – OK.
Jenna: Yeah, sure. I don’t mind speaking in public but I hate preparing all the
notes for them. Thing is, the [………………………]said one person should do
the whole[………………………] and he’s said he [……………………………]me
to do it because I haven’t done one yet.
You will hear a media studies tutor giving a lecture about news sources.
Lecturer:
OK, now many of you will have heard about the [……………………………]death
of newspapers as people increasingly [……………………………]the TV and
the [……………………………]for their news. Today I want to look at the USA,
which has very advanced news [……………………………], to see if this is
actually true.
Architecture 21 conference
SECTION 2
Question 11
Question 12
A. family home
B. office
C. public house
Questions 16-20
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25
A. an audition
B. an essay
C. an interview
A. £6,000 a year
B. £7,000 a year
C. £8,000 a year
A. application fee
C. train fare
A. January 9th
B. January 19th
C. January 30th
Questions 26-30
Choose FIVE answers from the box and write the correct letter, A-G, next to
questions 26-30.
Facilities
A. large gardens
B. multiple sites
C. practice rooms
D. recording studio
G. technology suite
Colleges
SECTION 4
Questions 31-35
33. The results of many studies did not prove a link between health and art as
they were rarely __________________.
35. The patients who were in a ward with a __________________ were not
in hospital for as long and needed less medication.
Questions 36-40
Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
heart rate
Unborn babies 36 _________ mother felt relaxed
increased
Hip replacement
39 _________ eased anxiety 40 staff _______
(elderly)
Answer keys:
3. 0793332266
4. $60
5. PROFFESORBURT.
6. LAST FRIDAY
7. AN INTERESTING TITLE
8. 300 WORDS
11. 1771-1778
12. B
18. VISITORS
21. B
22. C
23. A
24. A
25. B
27.B
28. C
29. G
30. D
31. SOCIAL
32. 1860
36 .LIVE MUSIC
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
SECTION 1
Secretary: School of […………………………….]. Professor Burt’s office.
Student: Oh! Good morning. I was wondering if you could give me some
information about the forthcoming Architecture 21 [……………………….]–
dates,[……………………….]procedures, costs… that sort of thing.
Secretary: Well… the conference runs from the 18th to the 20th of October.
Student: 18th to the 20th of October… Oh good. I’ll still be here then and um…
where[……………….] is it being held? Is it at the […………………………….] as
in previous years?
Secretary: No, it’s actually being held at the Pacific Hotel – we’ve
rather[…………………….]the university conference […………………………….],
so we’ve opted for this new venue.
Secretary: It’s area code zero seven and then nine triple three, double two
double six.
Secretary: There’s a 50% concession for students, so that’s $150 for the three
days, or S60 a day.
Secretary: Well, you’d need to talk to Professor Burt, the conference [……….].
I can put you through, if you like.
Prof. Burt: Well, strictly speaking you have. The closing date was last Friday.
Prof. Burt: But we may be able to include your paper if it fits into
our […………………………….]… but you’ll have to be quick.
Prof. Burt: Send me a summary of your talk. And make sure you include
an[……………….] title for the talk. Something to [………………….]people’s
attention.
Prof. Burt: Yes, quite. But remember: the outline should be no more
than[…………………………….].
Student: Right. I’U try to keep it down to 300 words, but would 400 be OK?
Prof. Burt: No, not really, because we have to print it in the […………….]and
we just don’t have the space.
Prof. Burt: And also, can you send me a short CV – the usual stuff – name,
age,[…………………….], that sort of thing.
SECTION 2
SECTION 3
(A =Anna; C = Chris)
A: Hi Chiis! What are you doing here? I thought you were [………………….] to
be revising for your finals in the library?
C: I’m not an expert but wouldn’t The Henry Music Institute be the best as it’s
the one that everyone’s heard of?
A: Well, funny you should say that as I was just looking at them. The
C: Why’s that?
A: I really don’t know, but, for example, The Henry Music [………………….] is
the most expensive at £8,000 a year, next comes The Academy in London and
the cheapest is Leeds[…………………………….]of Contemporary Music.
C: Is that normal?
A: Apparently…
C: Ummmm.
A: What is it?
A: That’s all very interesting, but it’s not going to make me go there.
C: Yes, of course.
A: Right, now where did I see it… OK, here it is. Look, now this is good. Leeds
Conservatory of Contemporary Music has over 100 teaching and
practice […………………………….]. What a luxury! Here there are only ten and
it’s really difficult to find one […………………………….]so I often have to play
in the gardens.
C: Oh dear!
C: Well what about The Henry Music Institute? Look, there’s a new suite with
the latest that[…………….] has to offer and a small museum [……………….] to
the history of music. That’s really impressive!
C: Wow! That sounds really cutting-edge. So are you any closer to making
a[…………………………….]now?
SECTION 4
M: Yes, I think so… Thanks professor. Right. Good morning all. As Professor
McKinley just stated, I’ve been doing some […………………………….]into the
healing powers of art and music, and I’d like to present my findings to you
today. I intend to [………………………….] the positive effects of music and art
on patients’ [……………….], social as well as physical[…………………….].
Let’s begin by going back in time to the most famous of nurses, Florence
Nightingale. Way back in […………………………….], Florence Nightingale
wrote in her Notes on Nursing that brightly[…………………………….]flowers
and art helped her patients to recover more quickly. Although
her […………………………….]were viewed with […………………………….]at
the time, she was – we believe – the first of many health […………………….] to
state this. Over the following years, there were many other studies that tried to
prove that a link between art, music and health[…………………………….], but
very few of them were strictly […………………………….], so the results were
variable, and therefore […………………………….]. However, one American
study was different. In the […………………………….], some research took
place into the effects of[…………………………….]on the recovery time
of [………………….] who were in hospital for a gall [……………….]operation.
Half of the patients were kept in hospital wards with
windows […………………………….]some trees. The other half were left in
rooms that faced onto a […………………………….]. It was found that the ones
with a nice view left hospital a day earlier and needed
M: Now I’d like to bring you up-to-date and take a closer [……………….]look
at three research projects on three very different types of patient. The
first […………………………….]the health of unborn babies. In the study, which
took place at a hospital in London, babies were played live music and their
heart rates were monitored. A healthy baby’s heart would beat
around […………………………….]times a minute, but researchers found that
their heart rate[…………………………….]by up to 15 beats a minute on average
without the mother’s[…………………………….]changing. This is a good sign
that the baby is healthy. In addition, the mothers that took part in
the […………………………….]also said they felt more relaxed.
Another study looked at cancer patients who were visiting as day patients to
receive their[…………………………….]treatments. They were treated in a room
that had[…………………………….]pictures hanging on the wall. The pictures
were changed each week so that the patients would not have to look at the
same ones week after week. When questioned[…………………………….],
patients said that they felt less pain because the images helped take their mind
off the […………………………….]they were receiving. They also noted
general[…………………………….]in their well-being.
Example Answer
Questions 6-10
Customer’s Details
6____________ 16th
Payment: 8________________
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 15
There are:
Questions 16-20
Complete the map below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
A. university.
B. bookstore.
C. canteen.
A. local snack.
B. study strategies.
C. social life.
Questions 23 and 24
Which TWO main factors are important for students’ successful study?
D. working independently
Questions 25-30
25___________ lecture
PowerPoint
26______________
Group work
need a 27_________________
approach: 28_______________
Reading online materials
method of analyzing
SECTION 4
Questions 31-40
The Antarctic Polar View project maps Antarctic sea Ice by using 31_______.
NVSAT Satellite:
Collect data
Helicopter:
36_________________________
Answer keys:
1. King
2. Light
3. 6 chairs
4. £229
5. European design
6. Dave Lane
7. Sunday
9. Truck
10. FC0418
12. 3,000
13. 65®C
14. jewellery
20. Restaurant
21. A
22. B 23-24 D E
26. Presentation(s)
28. skimming
30. proof-reading
31. satellites
34. radar
35. difficulty
39. JPEG2000
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
You will hear a conversation between a customer and a clerk about furniture
information.
Customer: First of all, I’d like to know about beds. I’d like to buy a new bed.
Clerk 2: Let me check. Yes, we have a new one from [………………….] that
came in last week.
Clerk 2: It is […………………………….].
Customer: Great.
Customer: My bedroom.
Clerk 2: Yes.
Clerk 2: Yes.
Clerk 2: OK.
Clerk 2: It is […………………………….].
Customer: Yes.
Customer: OK.
Customer: K-A-H-N.
Customer: D-A-V-E.
Customer: Afternoon.
Clerk 2: Because you are our […………………………….]and live not far from
us, the fee is free.
Clerk 2: We have a truck to deliver all your orders to your house next Sunday.
Can you take down your […………………………….]number?
Clerk 2: […………………………….].
SECTION 2
Receptionist: Good afternoon. How can I help you?
Customer: I want a hot spring resort and it is better to have some indoor or
outdoor water[……………….].
Receptionist: OK. Let me check. How about Tulip Hot Spring Garden Resort?
Customer: Great. Could you give me some introduction about the hot spring?
Customer: Attentions?
Customer: OK.
Receptionist: And do not bath immediately after drinking and please take
your[…………………………….]off when you are bathing.
Customer: Fine.
Customer: Fine.
Receptionist: On the top left of the map is the Leisure Centre. There are sauna
bath for women,[…………………………….]theatre, kids room, video games
room, VIP room, tea house and beauty salon.
Receptionist: Yes. You can appreciate the beautiful tulips in the garden.
Customer: Fine. Can you tell me what kinds of sports are there in the centre?
Receptionist: We have French food, Spanish food, Indian food and [………….].
SECTION 3
You will hear a conversation about a student’s study.
Student 2: Fine.
Student 1: Fine.
Student 2: Fine.
Professor: Maybe or maybe not. Sometimes you can have a group presentation
but you have to do it by yourself on most lectures.
Student 2: Really?
Student 2: Fine.
Professor: Yes. That’s the next important method of reading. The method can
help you to remember what you have read.
Student 2: […………………………….]?
Professor: Yes.
Professor: First you should make a good draft plan for writing, and
pay[………………….] to the [………………….].
Student 2: Deadline?
Professor: Yes.
Student 2: Fine.
Student: OK.
Professor: If you meet some other problems with your study you can ask your
tutor for help. Well, any other questions?
A: Thank you Christine. Well, as you know, cruising in the Southern Ocean
isn’t always plain sailing. But as it is becoming important to find better ways
of […………………….] safely and avoiding future […………………………….]
because of increasing visitor ships, the Antarctic Polar View project is
using […………………………….]to map the sea ice to help ships find the best
way in the vast […………………………….]. There are very
large […………………………….]of heavy ice in the water which might look
beautiful and white with[…………………………….]dancing on top of it, but I
believe you do not want to hit it very fast with a ship. Otherwise your ship will
be […………………………….], and therefore[…………………………….]through
it is an important problem, not only in terms of the safety of the ship, but in
terms of the speed of the ship, and the […………………………….]of the ship.
So you could have another choice for example, take a quicker
and […………………….] rather than spending an […………………………….]
amount of time going through an area of very thick ice. The quickest way to
travel is to clear water […………………………….], but it is a difficult task to
find these routes. The area we’re dealing with is absolutely [………………….].
The only way of […………………………….]that area of ocean effectively is by
C: So does the image that you get from the Polar View map give
good[…………………………….]of what you’re actually seeing out there on the
sea?
Example Answer
Nationality: American
special activities
Number of
Place Date Main Resort
seats
5______National
Sydney 12th January 25
Museum
Birds-watching
6______ 25th January 7_______ Bush-walking
Melbourne Church
Melbourne Exhibition
Melbourne 8_______ 20
Melbourne Exhibition
SECTION 2
Questions 11-13
A. professor.
B. dentist.
C. student
A. Current Account.
B. Deposit Account.
C. Savings Account.
Questions 14-19
Overdraft
16 ___________
Supply 17 Pay
Moblie service
________________
Deposite at least
18 ____________ No limitation
19 _______________
Question 20
_________________________________________
SECTION 3
Questions 21-23
A. Three parts
B. Four parts
C. Five parts
A. 1,000-3,000
B. 3,000-4,000
C. 3,000-5,000
A. Critical
B. Negative
C. Positive
Questions 24 and 25
Choose TWO letters, A-E. What does the tutor warn the student about the
paper ?
B. research data
C. plagiarism
D. library resources
E. research method
Questions 26-30
The Strategy of
27______________ 28_____________
Marketing
SECTION 4
Questions 31-34
to 32_______________________
to use a 33___________________
Questions 35-40
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
You will hear a conversation about travel.
Woman: Of course.
Woman: Yes.
Woman: Just tour resorts? I mean does that include other [………………….]?
fixed.
Woman: When?
Man: Yes. You know summer holidays are coming. So I suggest that our
tourists reserve a seat in [……………………….].
Man: I’m sorry. We do not have any discounts during peak season.
Man: We will visit one of the most famous theatres in the world.
Man: I’m not sure. Let me cheek the House’s […………………………….]. And
then you can visit the National Museum to know about the history and
customs of Australia.
Woman: Great.
Woman: Fine.
Man: The mountain got its name for blu? fog. It is usually [………………….]
by a blue fog.
Man: Yes. It is a popular place for young men because they are so cool and
you can enjoy lots of sports there, such as […………………………….], bush-
walking and […………………………….].
Woman: Fine.
Man: And the next place is Melbourne on the tenth of February with about
twenty people in the minibus.
Man: Yes. One of the most famous coral reefs in the world is the
Man: Yes. Many people like there. There are some interesting water sports,
such as diving and[…………………………….]in the water or just taking photo
of coral.
Man: Yes. But our coach is only for thirty people all together.
SECTION 2
You will hear a conversation in a bank.
Man: I’m not sure. Perhaps you can give me some […………………………….].
I only want to[…………………………….]money in the bank and pay all kinds of
bills easily.
Woman: There are many differences such as the interest rate, […………….]
and service and so on.
Man: Fine.
Man: OK.
Woman: We usually supply Internet service and mobile service of all cards, of
course including the Solo Card.
Man: Fine.
Woman: If you want to take more money out of the bank than you have in it –
be very careful – you should not do this without the bank [………………….]
and you will have to pay some charge.
Woman: According to the bank rules the minimum fee is about 2%.
Man: Fine.
Woman: The last item of the two cards is the […………………………….]. There
is no limitation of this Solo Card, but if you want to get Master Card you
should deposit a[…………………………….]sum of fifteen hundred pounds in
the first time.
Man: Great.
Woman: A good choice. How often would you like to receive your [………….]?
Woman: OK. The last one you should know is the opening time. Banks usually
open from[…………………………….]. until […………………………….]. from
Monday to Friday, but most branches open until 3:30 p.m. on Saturdays.
SECTION 3
You will hear a conversation between a student and her tutor about the
assignment.
Tutor: Yes.
Student: I still think about the draft, but I hope you can give me some help
and[…………………………….].
Tutor: Of course. How long will it take you to finish your draft?
Tutor: My advice is that you should spend a lot of time on your draft. As you
know a good beginning is very […………………………….]for a paper. A good
draft can help you outline your paper even benefit your […………………….].
Student: OK. I will try my best to write up my work. Mrs. Potter, how many
parts in a paper?
Tutor: Why?
Student: Because I’m not sure about the research […………………….]. I mean
I cannot decide to use which one now.
Student: Yes. I think it is a good way to collect data and as you know it can
help me save lots of time.
Tutor: Jerry, in fact, many students do most of their research on the Internet.
You might think that it is an easier way to get […………………………….]but
most data are from highly[………….] resources. So be [………….………….].
Tutor: Then, there are some things you should consider when you write the
paper.
Student: OK.
Tutor: No. Deadline is the date of handing in your work. You’d better hand in
on time. But if you have a […………………………….]excuse you can ask
for […………………………….].
Tutor: That’s OK. The other point you should pay […………………………….]to
is your research data.
Student: OK. I will write them clearly. Oh, Mrs. Potter could you [………….] to
me some good reference books about the topic of my paper?
Tutor: Fine. Let’s check the reference book list. The first one is Drake Wister’s
book.
Tutor: The book called The Economics Tendency is a good one for your paper.
Tutor: The writer is Hilary Justice and the publisher is Oxford University
Press.
Tutor: Of course.
Student: Great.
Tutor: And the last one that is […………………………….]to your work is the
book of William Hanna.
Tutor: H-A-N-N-A.
Student: Why?
SECTION 4
You will hear a cofiversion about credit card fraud.
Host: Has a Chip and PIN given new chances for thieves to steal the details of
our credit cards?
Farrow: One way is to modify a terminal so that’s what’s been happening often
in the pas with[………………….]– the same can be done for [……………….]
and [……………….] terminals. The other way is to […………….]it with an
entire counterfeit. There’ve been [………………….] in America and in Europe
with[…………….] fake ATMs being set up. The last way is to set up
a[……………….] camera; and have somebody using […………………….]of
hand to swipe your card through another machine so that you don’t even need
to[………………….]the main machine.
Host: If someone decided to set up a little device to modify one of these hand
held PIN pads, how easy would that be to do?
Host: Why?
Host: Right, so they can take old style card and use it abroad and get the cash
out more easily?
Host: Yes. So what are you doing to make things more secure?
Host: Yes. I can see the […………………………….]but there has been a huge
amount of[…………………………….]in the press this week. Some banks have
stopped using PINs – doesn’t that […………………………….]the public’s trust
in this new system? And some people even think the new system
is […………………………….]for new fraud.
Host: OK, thanks for your professional introduction. See you next time.
Example Answer
Questions 5-7
ITEM PROBLEMS
tap in bathroom 5 __________________
6 ________________ Broken
TV set 7 __________________
Questions 8-10
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
Facilities:
Questions 16-18
Entry
Membership Period Annual fee Course fee
requirement
Questions 19-20
20______________: beginners
Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
PLACE FUNCTION
Questions 29-30
Choose TWO letters, A-E. Which of the TWO following warnings are to
students?
A. Reference book
B. Recalled book
D. Library Card
E. Student locker
SECTION 4
Questions 31-34
35 _________ in November
cook 36 _______
38 _________
First Footing
Scotland Holiday
Halloween:
Eisteddfod:
Answer keys:
1. Kevin Green
2. 16C
3. KG 6037
4. two months
5. leaking
6. stove door
7. no sound
8. 5 p.m.
9. 6543 3747
10. free
11. 1998
14. cafe
16. £30
17. £1
21. Reception
26. journals
30. D
31. Christian
34. Easter
39. pumpkins
40. crown
BONUS EXERCISE: GAP-FILLING
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
You will hear a telephone conversation about house facilities.
Agent: Good morning, Campus Flat Agency, how can I help you?
Kevin: Yes.
Kevin: It is […………………………….].
Agent: Well, what are the problems that you’ve been having?
Agent: Let me take the notes. Tap in your bathroom. What’s wrong with it?
Kevin: You know the […………………………….]is not a new one when we move
into the flat.
Agent: Fine.
Agent: OK. How about we repair it at the same time with your stove?
Kevin: Great.
Kevin: Fine.
Agent: You can contact the repair man if your time will be changed.
Kevin: OK.
Kevin: Right.
Agent: Usually, the price is at least […………………………….], but you just use
two months, so we offer free repair.
Kevin: Goodbye.
At the Edge you can pay per visit or save on course fees by becoming our
member. We have three types of memberships. Gold Membership is ideal for
regular visitors. Our gold[…………………………….]packages are available for 6
or 12 month periods. You should pay[…………………………….]for half year
and […………………………….]for one year. You do not need to pay any course
fees. The fee of our 12 months’ […………………………….]package is £20.
Climbers have to pay £1 for each course. Both gold membership and silver
membership is offered to climbers over the age of 18. [……………………….],
younger climbers aged from 14 to 17, should try the [………….]membership
which is more suitable. It has the same[…………………………….]and price as
the silver membership. We open at[…………………………….]in the morning
to [………………….]in the evening from Monday to Friday, we are open until 8
o’clock in the evening on weekends. Please pay[…………………………….], we
don’t open on bank holidays. We also offer training courses which
are [………………….]for inexperienced climbers on Monday and Wednesday
evening. You can choose outdoor course or indoor course depending on your
needs. Usually the indoor course is […………………………….]for beginners. If
you want to know more details about it please visit our […………………….].
Miss Morris will give you a hand. Thanks for[…………………………….]the
introduction lecture of the Edge Climbing Centre. I hope you will enjoy our
facilities in the future.
SECTION 3
Okay, let’s talk about some warnings. First of all you can [……………….]any
reference books if they are on […………………………….], but the available
time is only 48 hours. If you cannot come to the […………………………….]to
take your reserve books you will miss out. Then, if your book is recalled by the
library you have to return it within seven working days,[………………….]the
book is overdue, and you will have to pay a fine. The other thing is your Library
Card. All records of using library resources are in your card. I hope you can
keep your card safely, […………………………….]do not leave it in your student
SECTION 4
Most British people welcome the coming of the New Year, in Scotland, New
Year’s Eve is called[…………………………….](31st December) – is the major
winter celebration, but Christmas is very quiet. How Hogmanay is celebrated
varies throughout […………………………….], but one widely practiced custom
is “First Footing”. There is a […………………………….]belief that the first
person to cross the […………………………….]of a household in the New Year
can bring luck and […………………………….]: the appearance of a
young, […………………………….]dark haired and handsome man is
considered […………………………….]lucky. First footers usually bring a bottle
of […………………………….], a lump of coal or a peat as a gift and given a
“dram of[…………………………….]” as their reward.
The British calendar is full of holidays and festivals which show the different
cultures and[…………………………….]of the people who make up Britain.
Such holidays and festivals not only remind people of how cultures change
and […………………………….]each other but also give people a chance to
share in the rich cultural heritage of the […………………………….].
Complete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
Nationality: 3 ___________________.
Age: 4___________________.
Questions 6-8
A. His cousin.
B. His uncle.
A. do some travelling.
C. work.
A. 6 months.
B. 12 months.
C. 30 days.
Questions 9-10
10. What two things must the applicant take to the visa office? ___________
and ______________.
Don’ts Do’s
16___________
Leave them where
How to secure
they can be seen
your valuables Engrave your valuables.
15__________
Questions 17-18
C. Because they may block the views from the windows or peepholes.
Questions 19-20
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25
Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
▪ sit
Obedience training
▪ 21 __________________
Spoken training ▪ 22 __________________
▪ patrol
Guard training
▪ 23 __________________
Questions 26-30
According to the speakers, for which the following kinds of training most
useful?
small dogs A
intelligent dogs B
large dogs C
Example Answer
Obedience training B
Barking 29 _________________
Biting 30 _________________
Complete the table below. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each
answer.
Questions 34-36
Complete the notes below. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
Start by talking about 34_______ with the use of diaries, recordings and tests
included, then discuss 35_______, which including: speech in infants under
one year-children become aware of their own language; speech in children
under 5 years – their linguistic 36________ becomes possible.
Questions 37-40
Answer keys:
Section 1
1. Okamura
2. Kingstone Street
3. Japanese
4. 32
5. Married
6. C
7. B
8. A
13. peephole
16. inventory
17. C
18. A
21. stay
22. speak
23. bark
24. bite
25. sniff
27. B
28. C
29. A
30. B
31. interest
32.important
33. complex
36. analysis
38. spoken
39. reading
SECTION 1
In this section you will hear a conversation between a visa officer and an
applicant.
V: Certainly, sir. I’ll just get a form and then I’ll need to take some details
down. OK. Here we go. Right, can I have your name, please?
A: K, E, double L.„
V: So you’re an [……………………….]?
A: I’m 32.
A: Yes, she will. In fact that’s the reason we want, to go. Her sister lives
in [……………………….].
A: I used to have an uncle, but he died several years ago. Now there’s only
my[……………………….]and my wife’s cousin.
V: Come along to the office any time during [……………………….]. But it must
be office hours. We close at 5:30. And bring along two passport size photos and
your [……………………….]of course. Your wife will also need two photos. So
that’s four passport size photos in total.
V: Bye.
Think like a [……………………….]: If you were one, how would you get into
your home?[……………………….]your home from the inside and out, day and
night. You might even try a ’mock’ break-in, trying window [……………….]and
locks on the house’s[……………………….]. To keep out a burglar, the first
thing to do is to secure the windows. Though windows are [………………….]
easy to break, the loud noise of[……………………….]glass will deter a thief if
you’re near other houses.
Don’t leave vour windows open (luring the night whether you’re at home or
away. That’s a[……………………….]precaution, but a surprising number of
people forget to do just that.
If there’s any glass within two feet of your front door lock, consider a locking
device that would be out of reach if that glass is broken.
Now, a few tips on how to protect your [……………………….]. Don’t leave vour
valuables (stereo, computer, jewellery, etc.) where they can be seen from the
window. If you don’t want to hide everything from sight,
consider [……………………….].
Trim hedges or bushes that are near doors or windows. These can be good
hiding places.
Buy electronic timers that turn lights on and off at different times. Hook up a
timer to your TV for a few hours each evening. Turn up the volumes, too- not
enough to annoy the[……………………….], just enough that a lurker at the
windowsill couldn’t miss hearing it.
Think about having someone house-sit vour home. If he’s a relative or friend,
he may cost you no more than the contents of your [……………………….]. You
Leave your shades as they are normally, or at least don’t close up every one.
One sign of a[……………………….]house is closed [………………….]during the
day. Lock your[……………………….]door with a padlock.
SECTION 3
A = Anne; M = Merton
A: So, that research paper we have to do next is the one about different styles
of[……………………….]. How do you think you’ll approach writing it?
M: You know. I’ve been thinking about it, and I feel that the best way to write it
is to[……………………….]the paper into two main parts. In the first part, we’d
be[……………………….]some examples of each style of training dogs…
A: Right, first, what the styles are. After that we can talk about how each style
can be used so that the dogs learn something different from each one.
A: Yes, basic commands are just spoken words, aren’t they? And then there
would be the more[……………………….]training…where the dogs are trained
to know a [……………………….]place well. [……………………….]and barking
ai’e probably the best examples because most people have seen them in many
places… especially in homes.
M: I can believe that. Well, we have a good list to build on. We’re finally getting
started now. so let’s try to figure out when each type of dog training should be
used. I guess we can start by trying to [……………………….]out the best
situation for each type of dog training.
M: What I mean is whether each type of training should be used with different
kinds of dogs. We could use basic [……………………….]training, for example,
M: Then, let’s look at physical training. Even though some people think it’s
ideal for every breed of dog. I think it’s better suited to the larger kinds. Small
dogs usually just aren’t smart enough to understand the physical commands,
and they can even get hurt from them: The[……………………….]‘sniffing’
training is the same… I think it’s better with the more[……………….]breeds of
dogs and it’s hardly ever useful with really small dogs. Attack training,
however, can be useful for every kind of large dog as long as the dog
is[……………………….]well and given a lot of attention and care.
A: All right, and what about guard training? Barking is an ideal way for small
dogs to guard a home. I know they aren’t big enough to stop a person, but
making some noise is often all a dog needs to do. Other kinds
of [………………….] training like biting, though, are different… I’d always plan
to teach that to a smart dog, giving them a chance to use their[…………….]
and defend their homes.
M: I’d have to agree…trainers often just teach large dogs to bark at a person
when they think something isn’t right, but if the dogs know’ how to
use [……………………….]skills in a bad[……………………….]they could save
their owner’s life someday.
A: Yes, I suppose that different people would have different needs for their
pets.
SECTION 4
In this section, you will hear a lecture given by Dr Jesperson, about children’s
languageacquisition.
Firstly, why is it fascinating? This stems from the natural interest people take
in the developing[……………………….]of young children. People
are [……………………….]by the way in which children learn, particularly their
own children!
Example Answer
Age: 1 ___________________
Postcode: 2 ___________________
Where? 3 ___________________
Where? 4 ___________________
Where? 5 ___________________
Questions 6-10
10 ___________ a week
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
A. very large.
C. fairly small.
13. The speaker suggests that after their walk people might want to •
Questions 16-20
Which activity can be done at each of the following locations on the heath?
Choose FIVE answers below and write the correct letter, A-G, next to
questions 16-20.
Activities
A. have picnics
B. go fishing
C. view London
D. have a swim
E. attend concerts
F. watch plays
C. have snacks
19. ponds
SECTION 3
Questions 21 -25
Choose FIVE descriptions from the box and write the correct letter, A-G, next
to questions 21-25.
Descriptions
A. dangerous
B. too expensive
F. Unpractical
G. unsuccessful
22. decentralization
23. newtowns
Questions 26-28
Questions 29 and 30
Which does the tutor suggest are the TWO areas Jack needs to focus on?
During lectures
Students:
will be provided with information about the subject will be provided with a
framework for further study
Answer keys:
Section 1
1. 59
2. HA87UP
3. (LOCAL) LIBRARY
4. SWIMMING POOL
6. BADMINTON, YOCA
7. PENSIONERS
9. 2
10. 3 TIMES
11. A
12. B
13. C
14. B
15. C
16. G
17. A
18. E
19. D
21. E
22. F
23. B
24. A
25. D
26. C
27. B
28. A
29. C
30. D
31. PRIORITIES
32. RESEARCHER
39. RELIABLE
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
(K = Katie; R = resident)
K: Hi, good afternoon sir, er … excuse me! Could you spare a minute please?
R: Oh, hello. Sorry, I was in a world of my own … I didn’t hear you there.
K: Great! OK. the first questions are to do with you. So can I ask how old you
are? We need to know for [……………………….]purposes later.
R: Well, I’d like to say 16 but I’m 59, 60 next week in fact.
K: Congratulations for next week! Now I just need your postcode, and then
we’ll get started.
K: Yes, let’s get started … So one of the most important things we need to know
is which of the facilities you already use.
R: Right OK.
K: Great,… just jotting that down. OK, what about local sports facilities?
K: OK, we’re halfway through. The next bit is all about how the [……………….]
centre could be […………….], if at all, that is.
K: Well firstly, I’d like to find out your views on sports facilities. Which sports
do you think the community centre should offer that it doesn’t already?
R: Mmm… Well, I’m not going to say swimming as there’s no point having two
pools in a town of this size. Let me think … um, what, about [……………….]? I
know it’s very popular these days. Yes, yoga and [……………………….]. 1 used
to play you know.
K: Really?
R: Yes, that’s a good idea. I know that if there were classes only
for [………………….]. I’d definitely be more likely to play. I’m not a fast as I
once was, you know.
K: OK, I’ll just write that, down … Great! Now, we’re nearly done. I just need to
ask you some questions about [……………………….]. What kind of classes do
you think the centre should offer that it doesn’t already?
K: OK, era … and lastly then, I just need to know how regularly you think you
will use the new facilities if the community centre makes the changes you have
suggested.
SECTION 2
The walking tour begins here at the exit to Hampstead underground station,
which is the[………….] station on the London Underground […………….]. We
hope that you enjoy your experience, whether you are on your own or sharing
your walk with a[……………………….]… So let’s begin your tour. We hope you
enjoy it!
If you turn right as you exit Hampstead [……………………….], and stay on the
right hand side of the road, the main [……………………….], Heath Street, will
take you up the hill to the heath itself. You are now walking away from the
main shops and cafes in Hampstead village, but you can return to visit, these
As you descend along the [……………………….], you will find that the noise of
the[……………………….], that is just on your left, disappears completely. You
might want, to take off your headphones to eniov the [……………………….]of
the sounds of the parkland. Don’t imagine that there is only silence! There is
the noise of the trees and the[……………………….]that hves there. As you walk
along the path, you will come across[……………………….]paths coming from
the right to join the path that you are on, but keep going until you come to the
first fork in the path. Now take the path that goes to your left, which will bring
you shortly to the open spaces around Kenwood House.
You can either walk through the woods and enjoy being among the trees, or
you can[……………………….]the other [……………………….]the heath has to
offer. You are now at Kenwood House, which is a [……………………….]open to
the public. It has been used as the setting for [……………………….]well-known
films, and is used as a venue for a wide range of[……………………….]. For
You might want to explore this part of the heath at your [……………………….].
But before you leave the heath altogether there are two
other [……………………….]features that are worth visiting. On the east side of
the heath are several large ponds for [……………………….]and mixed bathing.
And if you woidd like a view of London, you can visit [……………………….]
Hill, which gives you a good [……………………….]of London that is in fact
protected by law.
SECTION 3
(J – Jack; T – tutor)
1. Hi Jack! No bother. Please come in. As your tutor this year, it’s my [………….]
to oversee your assignments. Now, where are my notes? Oh yes, here they are.
OK. I see that we were going to look at your case study on the […………….] of
urban planning in the[……………………….]and how to make it as ‘green’ as
possible. How’s it all going?
J: Actually, I’m pretty happy with it. Can I talk you through it to make sure I’m
on the right track?
T: Well that’s a good and practical start. What else did you look at? I hope that
you also considered the idea of [……………………….]?
T: Yes, a conundrum indeed. However, I think you’ll find that there are many
fads that come and go in this area. It isn’t the first and it won’t be the last to
simply [……………………….]off the face of the planet. Well this is all very good
so far. What did you look at next?
J: Like the idea of buildings that were once banks being turned into
restaurants? That kind of thing?
T: Anything else?
J: Well, I’m not sure about this last one, but 1 thought the idea
of [……………….] central areas was an interesting [……………………….]. Do
you think it’s valid here?
T: Oh, it’s certainly not a bad idea. The only thing is that it would
probably[……………………….]the problem of [……………………….]in inner
city areas and would[……………………….]local residents’ sleep, if the
construction work were to happen during the night. The use of
loud [……………………….]to re-pave the area would be inevitable.
J: Yes, I take your point, but in some older cities, I think it’s one of the few
viable[……………………….].
T: Well, tell me a bit more about what you’ve [……………………….], and then
we’ll see if we can come up with a plan to tackle the problem.
J: Please…
J: Yes, OK.
T: And what about the amount of parking for all of those cars?
T All in all Jack, you’ve really done your [……………………….]and I very much
look forward to receiving your final draft.
SECTION 4
Firstly, you’ll be attending lectures during which you will receive information
about[……………………….]and the [……………………….]that you will need to
focus on. The. lectures will provide you with information about the subject in a
relatively [……………………….]format. In addition, they should also provide a
suitable [……………………….]for further study. Typically, this is also the first
time that students get the chance to meet a researcher at the[……………….] of
the discipline. Traditionally, lectures are seen as an[……………………….] part
of the learning culture for higher education, in which[……………………….]
study is viewed as an induction into academic [……………………….]and a way
of viewing the world.
However, although all I have said until now is true, every year undergraduate
students experience problems with the [……………………….]used in lectures.
Being[……………………….]will hopefully help you with [……………………….]
to these issues. The first problem is that there is little [……………………….] for
the development of student understanding. That is, if you misunderstand
something, there is no[……………………….] opportunity to ask. Secondly,
when newer teaching[……………………….]are used, such as problem -solving,
learning outcomes are improved. However, these will still not replace the
validity of listening and learning from an[……………………….].
Nowr, before you start [……………………….]there are several things that you
can do in order to make the learning process, and [……………………….]your
student life at the university, easier. First and [……………………….], be
A. December 29th
B. December 30th
C. December 31st
A. restaurant.
B. common room.
C. stadium.
A. £15
B. £50
C. £15.50
A. a week
A. £70
B. £80
C. £90
Questions 5-10
ORDER MENU
Fruit juice
Appetizer 5 _________________________
9 _________________________
8 _________________ Mango pudding
SECTION 2
Questions 11-13
Complete the notes below.
11 __________________ Saturday
Questions 14-17
Questions 18-20
Dissertation Requirements
Printed by 26 ________________________
Questions 27-30
A. Do research
C. Hand in
D. References
E. Proof-reading
F. Write up work
G. Draft plan
27 ______________
Draft plan
28 ______________
29 ______________
30 ______________
Hand in work
SECTION 4
Questions 31 -40
The 33 ___________________
Australian employees have paid annual leave; sick leave and 38_________
Australia’s own history and culture are mainly affected by the 39_________
2. A
3. C
4. A
5. Tomato soup
6. Main Course
7. Pea, onion
8. Dessert
9. Chocolate cake
10. Sprite
14. smoking
16. reserved
17. photocopier
18. D
19. C
20. E
21. 18,000-20,000
22. acknowledgement
27. D
28. A
29. F
30. 30 E
32. 25
34. January
35. Britain
36. usage
37. 1/4
39. Asia
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
Man: Date.
Woman: OK. When is the best time to hold the New Year’s Party?
Man: Let me think. It is [……………………….]. But I don’t think it. was a good
choice.
Woman: Why?
Man: I know someone who has [……………….] already but still stay in the city,
he might, want to come to the next month’s Graduation [………………….].
Man: Right.
Man: Right.
Woman: The next one is the food and drink. In my mind, it’s better for us to
book them from a restaurant.
Man: OK. And we should choose menu and pay in advance by […………….].
How many days in advance? A week?
Man: OK.
Woman: Right.
Woman: I remember there was fruit juice and onion soup. Do you want to
change?
Man: Good.
Woman: Really?
Man: Yes.
Man: Fine.
Man: We can take some photos, print them and give them to all people at the
end of the party as a [……………………….].
SECTION 2
You will hear a conversation about a Computer Centre in campus.
Woman: Yes.
Woman: Yes.
Woman: Fourteen. And you should take some documents when you go there.
Man: Great.
Woman: You need to take your Student Card and one [……………….] photo.
Man: OK.
Man: Perfect. ‘
Man: Fine.
Man: Fine. I’d like to know if’ there is a [……………………….]or printer in the
Computer Centre.
Woman: Of course. On the second floor. But, remember to take your Student
Card.
Man: Why?
Man: Fine.
Man: Alright.
Man: Well, can you tell me where the Computer Centre is? In the
main [……………………….]?
Man: No.
Woman: Well» I will draw a map for you. Do you have a pen?
Man: Yes.
Man: Yes.
Woman: Then, go east, and you can see a small gym opposite to the bookstore.
Man: Fine.
Woman: On the other side is the Student Union. And. there is a lab on the east
side of it.
Woman: Right,
Woman: Yes. It is near to lab and not far from the Teaching Building.
Woman: It is opposite to the Student Union between the Library on the left
corner and the Canteen on your right.
SECTION 3
Professor: Well, you know generally, the words of final dissertation of the
master degree are limited between 18 to 20 thousand.
Professor: It is a few words of thanks that you write at the beginning of the
dissertation to the people who have helped you.
Ariel: Right.
Sky: OK.
Sky: Online?
Ariel: Fine.
Professor: You can check the requirements online, but one of the most
important things is to have a [……………………….].
Ariel: Fine.
Ariel: OK.
Professor: On the first week of May you should begin to prepare for writing.
The first point is to choose the topic.
Ariel: Great.
Ariel: Right.
Professor: You can ask your tutor to give you a reference list and then borrow
reference books from our library.
Ariel: OK.
Ariel: OK.
Professor: When your data is enough for your work you will begin to write up
your dissertation.
Ariel: OK.
Ariel: No.
Professor: Right.
SECTION 4
You will hear a lecture about Australia.
Nearly a third of Australia is north of the Tropic of Capricorn and the rest is
the[……………………….]. Low rainfall and clear sky is a feature of
the [……………………….]on most of the continent. In Australia summer is
from December to February,[……………………….], March to May, winter,
June to August., and spring, September to November. For most of the country,
January usually is the [……………………….]month in summer. The flag of
Australia is the only one to fly over a whole [……………………….]. The small
union Jack [……………………….]the historical link with Britain, the large star
has[……………………….]for each of the states and one star for
the [……………………….], and the small stars form the Southern Cross –
a [……………………….]feature of the southern[……………………….]night sky.
Australia has no official or traditional national costume. Green and gold have
been used traditionally by Australian Olympic and
other [……………………….]teams for most of the[……………………….], and
have became the national colours formally in [……………………….]. The
official language is English – by usage, not. law. It has its
own [……………………….]and slang but does not differ importantly from
other forms of English, except, in accent. Spelling generally follows the British
form. Australia is one of the most [……………………….]countries in the world,
with about [……………………….], of the population living in the 10 largest
cities and only 15 per cent of Australians live in rural areas. Australians have a
high standard of living by world standards. Australia is a [……………………….]
society with about a quarter of the population [………………….]. The first
European settlement of the continent-by the British – began
in [……………………….], on the site now [……………………….]by Sydney.
TRAVEL AGENCY
Example Answer
4 ______________________
Payment: 6 _______________________
Questions 8-10
A. City Hall
B. Old Castles
C. Zoo
D. Art Studio
E. Royal Palace
F. Seabird Centre
G. Aquarium
CAMPUS CLINIC
Faculty 11 ________________
Nationality: 13 ________________
Address: 14 ________________
Questions 16-18
B. sore throat
C. nausea
A. one week
B. two weeks
C. three weeks
Questions 19 and 20
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25
A. one
B. two
C. three
A. 2-3.
B. 3-5.
C 5-6.
24. Who will give the group a mark according to its representative’s
presentation?
A. subject advisor
B. tutor
C. dean
A. relaxed.
B. intensive.
C. interesting.
Questions 26-30
29. What should students use when they borrow materials from library?
SECTION 4
Questions 31 and 32
A. koala
B. sloth
C. tortoise
A. skin
C. nutrition
Questions 33-38
Questions 39 and 40
2. coach
3. 18 pounds
4. guide fee
5. reserve a seat
6. cash
7. FC864
8-10. B, E, F
11. Art
12 MN0918
13. American
15. gastritis
16. A
18. B
19-20. B, E
21. C
22. C
23. B
24. A
25. B
26. assignment
27. student(s)
31. B
32. C
34. sleep
35. herbivore
36. 93
38. water
40. bacteria
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
You will hear a conversation between a clerk and a tourist about a short trip.
You will see there is an example that has been done for you. On this occaswn,
only the conversation relating to this will be played first.
Tourist: Good morning. I’d like to know about the information about your
short trip. What’s the name of the trip?
Clerk: We have a trip every Saturday, which usually o’clock in the morning
departs at 8:00
Tourist: That’s great. So how many tourists are there in one group?
Clerk: Yes. At peak season, in order to ensure your position, seat […………….]
is needed. So the tourist has to reserve a seat at least [……………….]before
leaving.
Clerk: Because we collect money just before departing, the only [………….] we
accept is cash.
Clerk: That’s OK. And let me confirm you with your customer reference
number.
Tourist: Fine.
Tourist: Er, yes. I’d like to know what […………………………….]we will visit
during the tour.
Clerk: Of course.
Tourist: I heard that the City Hall is a good place. Will we go there?
Tourist: OK. –
Clerk: And then we will go to see St. Giles’ Cathedral with [………………….]
years history. It is […………………………….]for its stained glass, Rieger organ
and beautiful Thistle chapel.
Tourist: Right.
Tourist: Great.
Clerk: About 6 o’clock we will return. If you need other information, please
read our tour[…………………………….].
SECTION 2
Doctor: OK, sit down please. I need to record some basic […………….] about,
you first.
Mary: Fine.
Mary: It is MN0918.
Mary: Really?
Mary: It is […………………………….].
Mary: 3678259.
Mary: OK.
Mary: Well, recently I’ve been having some trouble with my head and eyes and
nose…
Mary: No.
Mary: Let me think… no, nothing special… yeah, I had a camping last Monday.
Doctor: To where?
Mary: Eastern mountain. You know there are lots of beautiful flowers. We
took many photos there.
Doctor: Yes.
Doctor: I suggest you take some medicine first and drink more water.
Mary: OK.
Doctor: Goodbye.
SECTION 3
You will hear a conversation between a new student and a lecturer.
Student: I’m a new student and I’m looking for the office of [……………….]
Lecturer: Yes, this is the Faculty of Engineering. How can I help you?
Lecturer: You know there are not too many lectures of [……………………….]
courses. Let me check. Oh, you have lectures on Monday. Wednesday and
Friday afternoon, from 2p.m. to 4p.m.
Lecturer: About 3 to 5.
Student: Fine.
Lecturer: You will discuss about 20 minutes and then the [……………….] of
your group will give a short presentation.
Student: A presentation?
Lecturer: Right.
Student: A mark? Does that mean the representative’s mark is all members’
mark?
Lecturer: I am afraid not. You know the postgraduate course is very […..….].
We do not suggest that our students do any jobs
Student: Yes, I see. I will spend time on my course. Oh, how many[……….]
courses are there in the coming academic year?
Lecturer: You have three modular courses from September to June next year.
Student: OK.
Student: I’d like to know some information about the course […………….].
Lecturer: Well, beside presentation you will have an exam at the end of the
term.
Student: Fine.
Student: […………………………….]?
Lecturer: Yes.
Lecturer: Your tutor mil give you some […………………………….]on the topic
based on some course hand outs or […………………………….]books, but you
have to narrow the topic by yourself.
Student: Great.
Lecturer: You should check your tutor’s name and contact number on our
website.
Student: Fine.
Lecturer: I think you should register for a Library Card first. Because you need
it when you borrow reference books from library.
Lecturer: First you should go to The Computer Centre to register and then they
will give you a username and password.
SECTION 4
Welcome to Magic Animal Time. Today I’d like to give you an introduction to
a[…………………………….]called sloth. Native to Central and South American
Sloths have a short and flat, head, a snout that is short in length, big round
eyes, long tree-[…………………………….], a stubby tail and small ears and
though some have called them[…………………….], they have the cutest face
that looks like they are always smiling just like koala in […………………….].
So do you have a new understanding about the slow but not lazy animal? Next
week we will talk about… (fade)
Example Answer
Age: 2 ________________
Room: 3 ________________
to 4_______________
5 _________________(mobile)
Questions 6-10
Accommodation requirements:
a nice landlady
own 6___________________
no young children
near to 7____________________
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
Main attractions:
Questions 16-20
SECTION 3
Questions 21-23
A. energy crisis.
B. environment protection.
C. computer technology.
B. questionnaire.
C. presentation.
A. essay deadline.
B. questionnaire data.
C. course stress.
Questions 24-26
Questions 27-30
ESSAY REQUIREMENT
SECTION 4
Questions 31-40
BRITISH MEDIA
The legal rule of advertisement that all the British media must follow is
32_____________________.
The oldest soap shop was located in the northern city of 37_____________
in England.
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
Advisor: Right, sit down please. Well, I need to take down your […………….]
first.
Aaron: OK.
Aaron: Yes.
Aaron: Yes.
Aaron: It is […………………………….].
Aaron: Actually, my flat is alright, but I hope to move into a local family to
have more[…………………………….]to know about local culture and to
improve my English.
Aaron: Oh… yeah… you know, one of my friends, Chris, who lives in a family
with[…………………………….]…
Advisor: Yeah.
Aaron: They are too noisy and my friend cannot study. So I hope there are no
young children in my homestay house.
Aaron: I don’t drive now and maybe I would need it in future. Oh, yes, 1 hope
that, the house would be near to […………………………….].
Aaron: No.
Advisor: Well, let’s talk about the rent and the […………………………….].
Aaron: OK.
Advisor: No. It only includes the water fee. You have to pay
your […………………….] bill and telephone bill and cable bill if you need.
Aaron: Right.
Aaron: As soon as possible. Well, I hope to see a house this weekend. How
about this Saturday?
Advisor: Is it […………………………….]?
Aaron: Right.
Aaron: Good-bye.
SECTION 2
Welcome, everybody, to the guide for the Peak District. Situated in the heart of
England and[…………………………….]part of six counties, the Peak District is
a place of[…………………………….]natural beauty. It is just five miles from the
Sheffield City Centre.
The first place I’d like to introduce you to is Bakewell. This beautiful little town
is[…………………………….]for a certain local […………………………….]– the
famous Bakewell pudding. Q12 It’s very delicious. And steeped in history,
Bakewell’s oldest building dates back to Henry VIlI’s reign. Just south of the
town is the […………………………….]Haddon Hall, a[………………….]Tudor
Manor House complete with gardens, heralded as the most[………………….]
in England. On Sheffield’s […………………………….], lies the ‘Palace of the
Peak’. Chatsworth is quite […………………………….]the UK’s most stunning
country house and a ‘must see’ for any visitor. The […………………………….]
ground alone – with their formal gardens, fountains and maze – are worth a
visit.
SECTION 3
In this section you will hear a talk between a student and a professor.
George: Oh, I don’t thinlc you need to change the topic. You know[…….….]
protection is much better than that one.
Harper: Oh, Really? I’m glad to hear that. In your mind that’s a good work?
George: Yes. I think so. But, there is still lots of work that need to be done…
Harper: Why?
Harper: OK, I will think about it. Professor George, I think 1 have a problem
with the[…………………………….].
George: Why?
George: Harper, I don’t think you’ve given me a good reason. You know I
can’t[……………….] your deadline except you get […………………………….].
George: This is our rule. I hope you can cope well with your timetable, OK?
Harper: OK.
George: Harper, generally speaking, your essay is a good work, but I’m worried
about some parts.
George: It’s better for you to make them clearly. I mean to [………………….]
them.
Harper: OK. The purpose needs to be stronger. Oh, what’s your […………….]
about the structure?
George: I think your structure is very clear. I do really say, well-done and go
ahead.
Harper: Oh, it is just my question. I’m not sure whether I should write them.
George: I can see why you put it here but it really isn’t relevant, to
your[……………….]. My advice on that is that you take them out.
George: Well, let me see, oh, yes, your way of handing it in.
Harper: I heard we must send our essays to you by email, is that right?
George: We will store all of our students’ work, so good quality is very
important.
Harper: OK.
SECTION 4
The quality uress not only publishes most serious and in-
depth […………………………….]of particular political and social issues but
also […………………………….]reviews about high culture for readers
with […………………………….]and middle class. The most leftwing of these
newspapers is The Guardian : you will often hear people on TV or in daily life
refer to “Guardian readers” – this is a kind of short hand to suggest someone
who is […………………………….]and[…………………………….]in their
politics, and interested in society and social[…………………………….], such as
will be soft on crime or quite […………………………….]and interested in green
politics.
omplete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer
SECTION 2
Questions 11-14
Ginger is a spicy-tasting root related to the bamboo family and has a variety of
uses in the kitchen. (Example)
Questions 15-17
Complete the table below. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each
answer.
Questions 18 – 20
Complete the fact sheet below. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
SECTION 3
Questions 21 -25
Complete the notes below. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
Complete the table. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each
answer.
Questions 28-30
SECTION 4
Questions 31-40
Complete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
Disturbing findings about men’s health • the group who was at most risk of
early death is 33 _____________________.
34 _________________
no adequate exercise.
31. Patients
32. smoking
39. warm-up
40. cross-training
SECTION 1
O: Certainly.
H: Oh! Good morning. I was wondering if you could give me some information
about the forthcoming Computing Technology
25th […………………………….]? Dates,[…………………………….]procedures,
cost…that sort of thing?
A: Certainly.
A: Well, the conference runs for four days from the 15th to the 18th of
September.
H: 15th to 18th September… Oh, good. I’ll stilj be here then and urn…,
where[…………………………….]is it being held? Is it at
the […………………………….]as in previous years?
H: Yeah, go ahead.
davs, or […………………………….].
H: Oh, yes please. Thafd be great. Oh, and can I just check the spelling of his
D: Right.
D: Well, strictly speaking you have. The closing date was last Friday.
H: Oh, no!
H: Right. I should be able to keep it down to 300 words but would 400 be OK?
H: Surel I understand.
D: And also, can you send me a short CV – the usual stuff, name,
age, […………………………….]. That sort of thing.
H: Right.
H: Right. I’ll do that straight away. Thank you very much. You’ve been very
helpful.
Presenter:
Hello and welcome to Cooking Corners. And this week we’re looking at that
most[…………………………….]and aromatic of plants: a fairly recent addition
to the list of Australian[…………………………….]produce,
but […………………………….], a great favourite today – ginger. And in the
studio to tell us all about it is Jennifer Johnson.
Jennifer:
SECTION 3
You will hear an interview about global warming.
I = Interviewer; P = Dr Parkinson
P: Precisely.
I: Why is that?
P: Well, it’s been up there two and a half years now. Its an infra-
red[……………….] that senses the Earth’s temperature with great[………….]
and this is what we need. We have to be able to[…………………………….]out
random changes in temperature.
P: There are several… Every few days it covers the entire Earth. So it produces
large[…………………………….]of data. It measures the temperature from two
angles, which allows[…………………………….]for any effects that the
intervening […………………………….]may be having on its readings. Its field
of view has a width of […………………………….]and it measures the
temperature to 0.3 degrees […………………………….].
I: Thank you, Dr Parkinson, for talking to us today… And now over to…
SECTION 4
You will hear an extract from a talk about preventive medicine, especially,
how students can look after their own health.
Good morning. I’m Dr Pat Plant, and I’m here to talk to you
about[……………….] medicine in its widest and most personal […………….].
In other words, I’m here to tell you how the patients should wrest control of
their health away from the [……………….] of medicine and take charge of
their own medical[…………………………….]. I want to talk about staying out
of the hands of the doctor.
So now I’d like to issue a qualification to everything I say. People will still get
sick, and they will still need doctors. This advice is just to reduce
the […………………………….]of sickness – it would be great if disease
was […………………………….], but it’s not. However, we have power.
You should try to make keeping fit fun! It’s very hard to go out and
do[…………………………….] by yourself, so it’s wise to find a sport that you
I think one of the […………………………….]is that all sports can borrow from
each other. Many sports programmes are now encouraging players to
use […………………………….]techniques, that is to borrow training techniques
from other sports. Boxers have been using cross training for years: building
up […………………………….]by doing road work and weight training, while
honing their skills and […………………………….]. Other sports which require
a high level of eye – hand […………………………….]are following this trend, so
you see table tennis players running and jogging to improve
Questions 8-10
A. binoculars
C. penknife
D. map
E. raincoat
F. mobile phone
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
14. What happened to her photos after she gave them to Top-Class Photo
Services for developing ?
Questions 16-20
A. Sale prices.
C. Faulty goods.
D. Bad assistant.
17. How much was the sale price of the belt that Mr Alvin liked?
A. $200.
B. $100.
C. $150.
D. $300.
18. Why should the consumer make a complaint about bad articles or service?
SECTION 3
Prerequisites completed
YES NO
18 credit points: √
If no, reasons:
22______________
Question 23
Questions 24-25
mechanical M
theoretical T
analytical A
journalistic J
Assignments Description
Assignment 1 27____________
Assignment 2 A (Example)
Assignment 3 28____________
Question 29
Question 30
30. What will David do before he decides which part of the programmes to
use?
SECTION 4
Question 31
A. A biological organism.
C. An irritating person.
Questions 32-35
Complete the flow chart. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
Question 36
Questions 37-40
37 _____________________________
38 _____________________________
39 _____________________________
40 _____________________________
Answer keys:
1. (the) Water Treatment Plant
2. 8 o’clock/ 8 am
3. 2.5 hours
7. 600
16. A
17. B
18. D
19. B
20. D
24. C
25. B
26. M
28. J
29. A
31. A
34. entertainment
35. pastime
36. 6
37-40. be (very) careful; avoid trouble; understand them / viruses; be (well)
prepared (in any order).
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
In this section you will hear a conversation between Rachel and Cesar. They
are discussing a field trip for the following week.
You will see that there is an example which has been done for you. On this
occasion only the conversation relating to this will be played first.
R = Rachel; C = Cesar
C: Good, thanks, Rachel. I’m fine. I was going to ring you tonight so it’s a good
thing I’ve run into you. I wanted to […………………………….]vou about the
field trip – the two day field trip next week.
C: Sure! Well, we have to meet outside the Library next Monday at 7 in the
morning or vou can meet us at 7:45 at the bus station in time to catch
the […………………………….]which departs at 8 o’clock.
R: Oh, alright. And how long does it take to get to this place?
C: Didn’t you get the course outline? You don’t seem to know anything about
this course!
R: Well, remember, I only started at the university a month ago, so I joined the
course two weeks late and I’ve been trying to catch up ever since!
C: Oh, of course! Well, we spend the first day visiting the dam. I believe we
actually go inside the wall of the dam, which is really quite [……………….]– to
see the dam[………………….], you know, how much they […………………….]
the water supply each day, depending on how much water is
needed […………………………….]in Sydney.
R: Oh. OK. And um, so, if this is a two-day trip, where are we staying? Not
camping by the dam, I hope!
R: And what about meals? Should we take our own food along?
C: There are a couple of others too, but this is the main one.
R: Well, with a population of over four and a half million people, I suppose we
douse thousands of litres each day.
C: Urn…well, we’re coming back to town and going to the Water Treatment
Plant to see how they[…………………………….]the water for drinking.
C: You’ll probably need some good walking shoes and spare clothes, too. And I
would[…………………………….] that vou bring a […………………………….]
coat of some sort because the chances of it raining are pretty good next week.
And a hat, perhaps?
R: I do actually.
C: Well, bring that along because that way we can [………………….] more
easily.
C: That’s a pointl
R: Do I need a map?
SECTION 2
You will hear an extract from a radio programme called ‘Consumer’s Choice’
which gives advice to consumers on how to make complaints.
D = Denis; W – Wendy
W: Yes, that’s right. But we’ll be back again after summer break with
a[…………………………….]. We’ll tell you more about that later. But, first, in
today’s[…………….], we start off with the missing […………………………….].
We’ll tell you a story of Miss Patty Ching, one of our [……………………….].
We’ll tell you how she has[…………………………….]for our ‘Consumer of the
Month’ award with her[…………………………….]. Denis?
D: Thank you, Wendy. Well, Miss Patty Ching went on a holiday to Europe last
month. This was her first ever trip abroad and one for which she’d been saving
for […………………………….]. Her tour took her around 12 countries in 21
days. And being a keen […………………………….], she took lots of
photographs; 10 rolls of film, to be exact. About […………………………….].
When Patty got back home, she gave all her photos to Top-Class Photo Services
for developing. And they […………………….]. She never saw them again. Of
course, she was furious with the company and […………………………….]. They
apologised and offered her[…………………………….]: 10 free rolls of film. This
made her even more angry. And she[…………………………….]this
completely […………………………….]offer and asked
W: Thank you, Denis. And now I’d like to deal with the problem that many of
our[……………………….] write about – sale prices. When we go to a sale and
see a sign on something saying …………….] off or [……………….]reduced to
100, how do we know the prices really have been reduced? One of our
listeners, Mr Alvin Lok tells his story: ‘In a department store where I
sometimes shopped, I saw a leather belt priced at[…………………………….],
too expensive to me. But I liked it and thought I might buy it next time the
store had a sale. The store did have a sale. And I went back to look for the belt.
It was there all right, but the […………………………….]on it now read 200
dollars reduced to 150. The sale price was actually higher than
the […………………………….]/ What can we, as consumers, do in a case like
this? The answer to Alvin’s question is that at the moment all we can do is
to[…………………………….]to the store’s […………………………….]and bring
these cases to the attention of the public. Bad […………………………….]might
help to put a stop to this[…………………………….]practice. Of course making a
fuss about[…………………………….]goods or bad service is never easy. Most
people dislike making a fuss. But if something you have bought is faulty or
does not do what was claimed for it, you are not asking for a favour to get it
right. It is the shopkeeper’s […………………………….]to take the complaint
seriously and to replace or repair a faulty […………………………….]or put
D: Well, thank you for your good advice. It’s nice for every [………………….] to
take an action when he or she gets bad goods or service. And of course, the
Consumer’s Choice will continue to press for the government to bring in laws
SECTION 3
You will hear Dr Richardson discussing the requirements of a course and the
writing of an essay with a student.
[doorbell rings]
R: Enter, please.
R: Fine. Now why don’t you take a seat over there and I’ll just get some details
from you. First, can I have your home address and your student number?
R: Fine. Shall we go over the course requirements first, and then you can bring
up any queries or problems you might have. It might be most useful to start
with a few dates. The final examination will be in the last week of lune, that’s
the week of the […………………………….]. But the final date hasn’t been set It
should be the 25th or the 20th.But you don’t have to worry about that yet.
Before that, as you can see in your study guide, there are[…………………….]
assignments and some set exercises. I’ll deal with these first. These set
exercises are […………………………….]with defining concepts and key terms.
They do have fixed answers not in the wording but in the content. To that
extent they are quite[…………………………….], and provide
an […………………………….]for you to do very well as long as your answers
are very specific and clear.
D: Yes, I see there are about twenty terms here. How long should the answers
be?
D: Right, that looks easy enough. And the third assignment seems
fairly[…………………………….]too. lust a […………………………….]type
R: Yes, it should be fairly easy for you, but don’t exceed […………………….] on
that one. Essays 1 and 2 are the long ones. The first essay should be about
2,000 words and the second 2,500 to 3,000, and
the […………………………….]for both should be […………………………….]. In
the first one, your focus should be on TV and the audience, and you
should[………………….] consider the theoretical issues, […………………….] in
relation to trying to understand […………………………….]studies. In the
second, I’ll want you to focus on analysing television programmes.
R: Yes, there would be no problem with that. In fact it’s quite a popular choice,
and most students […………………………….]it very well.
S: Good. I’ll probably do that, because it’s the area I want to work in later.
Later during the course, Dr Richardson gives David some advice and warnings
about his essay.
R: Ah, come in and sit down, David. You wanted to talk to me about your
second essay, is that right?
D: Yes, Dr Richardson. I just want your comments on what I’m planning to do.
I’m doing the essay on the differences between TV news […………………….] at
different hours of the day.
D: Well, I think I’d look at all of them. That’d be five slots. The breakfast news,
the[…………………………….]news and the midday news, that’s three. Then
there’s the[…………………………….]news, then ten o’clock and midnight
programmes, so thats six, not five.
R: Mm, that’s rather a lot. And you’d have a lot of different [………………….]
to consider. Why don’t you just do two. Say the midmorning and then six
o’clock? That should give you two fairly contrasting […………………………….]
with two main audience […………………………….].
R: Yes, I think that’d be much better. Now how many actual programmes do
you plan to work with?
D: Yes, I can see that would be a good idea. I won’t make a decision now,
before I collect a sample of programmes over a whole week. I’ll look at them
and see what items appear[…………………………….]the week.
R: Yes, that’s a sound approach. Now we’re getting close to the deadline. Can
you finish it in time?
SECTION 4
So, what can we do to combat these people? Well, the first thing is
to[…………………………….]that virus
programmers […………………………….]because people are not always careful
about where they get their programmes from. So, number one, be very careful.
And I don’t just mean that you should be careful about the source of
your[…………………………….], you also need to take care with e-mails and
avoid any messages which are […………………………….]looking. For instance
a message that says ‘I love you1 or ‘win $50’. So the second golden rule is
‘[…………………………….]. Now there are other things we can do to protect
ourselves. We can try to find out exactly how the viruses work, how
they[…………………………….]their aims. In other words, we need to
understand them. And, of course, there is a good selection of anti-virus
software available on the market now as well as on the Internet
to […………………………….]the virus [………………….], so another way of
ORDER FORM
Example Answer
SECTION 2
Questions 11-16
A. Body temperature.
A. Walk faster.
C. Float on air.
16. What will the fridge do when people are low on milk?
Questions 17-20
Questions 26-30
Choose FIVE answers from the box and choose the correct letter, A-G, for
questions 26-30.
A. beginning
B. choices
C. document
D. language
E. opening
F. questions
G. scales
SECTION 4
Questions 31-40
Impact of Urbanization
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION1
(H=helpdesk worker,’ C=customer)
C- I’d like some help with […………………………….]a book. I’ve tried your
website, but it says it’s offline at the moment and to call this number.
H: Just writing that down. Right. What was the title of the book you’d like me
to order?
C: I think it’s called Future Words… no hang on, sorry that’s Future Worlds.
H: OK, just typing that in … I can’t seem to find it. Do you know the name of
the[…………………………….]? I’ll do a search.
H: Watson as in W-A-T-S-O-N?
H: Oh yes, here it is. It’s only just been […………………………….]. It’s a self-
help book. Is that right?
C: Yes.
C: Is a […………………………….]OK?
C: Oh dear … Em, Just let me check to see if I have it with me … Oh yes, here it
is.
C: Right. I’ve got my friend’s address here. It’s62 Green Gardens, London
N22.
H- There are two. The free delivery option takes five days or you can pay an
extra[…………………………….]to have it sent out first class tomorrow. That
would come to a total of[…………………………….].
C-‘ Well, I know my friend leaves early for work, so would it be possible for
him to pick it up from the local post office […………………………….]?
C: Actually, yes. I have met the old lady who lives next door and she’s bound to
be home. Could you leave it with her?
H: Fine. I’ll add that if he’s not home then the [……………………….]should be
left with the neighbour.
Let’s move to the […………………………….]. Those are vour musical shoes that
generate music while you walk. The music will change according to how fast
you’re walking; calm music for a[…………………………….]stroll
and [………………….] beats for when you’re in a hurry. You’ll feel like you’re
walking on air. What’s more, vour clothes are also[…………………………….].
They sense how you’re feeling and then change colour.
The[…………………………….]that they’re made of also converts your body
heat into a[…………………………….]electricity generator for some of
the […………………………….]that are now inside you, like your PDA, for
example.
Moving on to the bathroom … So. after waking up. you need a shower. There’s
no need to turn on any taps as the house will know exactly
what […………………………….]you like the water in the mornings, though
you’ll still have to wash yourself!
From the bathroom, we move into the kitchen. Now, we’ve all had
that[…………………………….]feeling when you can’t find your keys just as
you’re about to go out. Well, in the home of the future you wouldn’t need
to […………………………….], all vou need to do is an Internet search. All items
Lastly, here we are in the living area, which, you’ll be pleased to hear, is still
the heart of the family home. Let’s enter the room. Now, to the left of
the […………………………….]is the main seating area with a sofa, and
directly […………………………….]the entrance is an[…………………………….].
The sofa backs onto the wall and the armchair faces to the left, across
the […………………………….]table to a blank wall. So. ‘where is the TV?’ I hear
vou ask. Well, this entire wall is the television. The whole thing is
a […………………………….]screen designed to show your TV, surf the Internet
or, when it’s not in use, it displays anything you want it to from family pictures
to […………………………….]works of art.
Well, I hope you’ve enjoyed your tour around the home of the future and that
you’ll come visit again soon. Bye-bye.
SECTION 3
(S = Sally! P = Professor James)
S: Hi Professor James, have yougot a minute? You see I’m having a bit of
trouble getting started on my graduate […………………………….] assignment.
P: OK, Sally. Tell me what you’ve done so far and we’ll go from there.
S: Well, the thing is, I couldn’t get past the […………………………….]of two of
them .Do you have any suggestions?
P: What about following up with a letter stating what time you’ll be calling
again?
P: Yes, I did.
S: Oh dear! That took me ages… and does that mean I can’t use it?
P: Afraid so … but don’t worry if you’ve got a pen and paper, I’ll quickly give
you some[…………………………….], and then you can re-jig it to get the
information you’re looking for.
S: OK, just a minute … I know there’s a pen in here somewhere. OK, got it.
P: You need to catch the reader’s attention at the start of the document.
P: The next one’s what your […………………………….]was this time – try not
to use open- ended questions, or you’ll find it impossible to [………………….]
your results.
P: Ah ha. One last thing, make sure you’ve thought about the logic of your
questions. There’s nothing worse than trying to make choices about things that
seem to have.no order.
P: Don’t worry. It’s a very easy […………………………….]to make, and one that
many people come […………………………….]the first time they do this kind
of […………………………….]. OK, Sally, I really must rush. I’m late for
my […………………………….].
S: Of course, thanks for your help. I’ll see you in class tomorrow. Bye!
SECTION4
Hi, good morning everyone. I’m here today to present my findings on the
process of[………………….] and its impact on the […………………………….].
As you know, urbanization […………………………….]the movement of people
from the countryside to the cities. As this […………………………….]continues,
the cities of the world continue to grow. I will[…………………………….]how
this growth is eating away at the planet’s most[…………………………….]land.
So what does this mean for the future? Well, I have come up with some of my
own ideas for[…………………………….]. Countries should calculate whether
urbanization is happening on their […………………………….]lands too;
especially if they have large populations[…………………………….]to the
amount of land available, like India and China, for example. If it is, then every
1. On which day and date does the woman want to fly to Toronto?
Questions 5-8
Complete the following information about the flight times using NO MORE
THAN ONE WORD OR A TIME for each gap.
Questions 9-10
SECTION 2
Questions 11-14
12. An assured short-hold tenancy means that your landlord cannot ask you to
leave without a good reason during the ____________________.
Questions 15-17
Decide which THREE of the following statements about deposits are correct
and write the appropriate letters on your answer sheet in any order.
Questions 18-20
Decide which are THREE ways a landlord can legally evict a tenant (other
than an excluded tenant) and write the appropriate letters on your answer
sheet in any order.
22. Where can Klara read about housing prices every day?
Questions 26-30
29. How much longer does Klara have to finish the project?
SECTION 2
Questions 11-14
12. An assured short-hold tenancy means that your landlord cannot ask you to
leave without a good reason during the ____________________.
Questions 15-17
Questions 18-20
Decide which are THREE ways a landlord can legally evict a tenant (other
than an excluded tenant) and write the appropriate letters on your answer
sheet in any order.
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25
22. Where can Klara read about housing prices every day?
29. How much longer does Klara have to finish the project?
30. What’s the last thing Klara needs to do before giving the professor her
project?
SECTION 4
Questions 37-33
worth up to 33______________
Questions 34-35
Questions 36-35
Answer keys:
1. Thursday 16th
2. business
3. $3200
6. Vancouver
9. Mary-Anne Reece
10.ABC Stocks
13. copy
14. An inventory
B, D, E
23. schools
28. short
31. postgraduate
33. £20000
34. office
38. development
39. fees
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
Customer: I’ve heard that Air Canada is good, but expensive. Is there a
big[…………………………….]in prices between the airlines? I’ll be flying
business class.
Travel Agent: Yes, there is. Air Canada is the most expensive airline
at[…………………………….]for business class depending on the date of return.
Qantas is[…………………………….]and Pacific, the budget airline, charges
between[…………………………….].
Travel Agent: Sure. Let me just enter the return date into the computer. … OK.
… Air Canada has tickets for [……………………….]. Qantas has them for
$4200. Pacific has tickets for $3200. Those prices all include taxes
and […………………….].
Customer: OK. Before I make a decision, I would like to know the [………….]
and arrival times – in both directions.
Travel Agent: Of course. Let’s look at Air Canada first. … Leaves Sydney at 10
a.m. and arrives in Toronto at 10 a.m. […………………………….]. There s a
stopover in Vancouver. The Qantas flight leaves Sydney at 13:45 and arrives at
10:15 a.m. There’s also a […………………………….]in Vancouver, but it’s
Travel Agent: Well, budget airlines do offer cheaper tickets, but they are often
not so[…………………………….]in other ways.
Travel Agent: Let me check. … The Air Canada flight leaves Toronto at 16:00
and arrives at 18:00 local time. The Qantas flight leaves at 9 a.m. and arrives at
11 a.m. local time in Sydney. Pacific … The Pacific flight leaves Toronto at
22:25 and arrives at 06:10 local time in Sydney. Again, not
very […………………………….]timing.
Customer: No, it isn’t. Are the stopovers the same as on the [……………….]
journey?
Travel Agent: Right. I’ll book that for you, shall I? Do you have your[………….]
with you?
Travel Agent: Thank you. I’ll just enter your details. … OK, could you just
check this[…………………………….]? Make sure that I’ve spelt your name
correctly and have written your passport number correctly too…. Will you be
paying by […………………………….]?
Customer: Yes, I have a company credit card…. Here you are. … Oh, my name
is Reece with a ‘c’ not an ‘s’.
Travel Agent: OK. Mary-Anne, joined together with a hyphen. Is the passport
number OK?
Travel Agent: Certainly. Shall I use the company name as it appears on thp
credit card –[…………………………….]?
Customer: Yes.
Travel Agent: OK. Thank you. Could you sign here? … And here? … Thank you.
I’ll just[…………………………….]your ticket.
SECTION 3
Professor: Good morning, Klara. Take a seat. Right, I’ve read your first draft of
your[…………………………….]on housing. Well done.
Klara: Thank you. I know it’s only a first draft though, so I’m sure you have
some[…………….] on how it can be improved. I was very [………………….] at
first, because it wasn’t my first choice of topic. I had wanted to do something
on[…………………………….]patterns, but getting information … well, it didn’t
look[…………………………….]within the time frame.
Professor: Don’t worry. I think that you have made a good choice. Yes,
a[…………………………….]of the factors influencing housing prices. Very
topical!
Professor: As I said, a good choice of topic. Now, the first part is very well
done. You clearly[…………………………….]what you are going to look at, why
and how.
Professor: Actually, that’s a very good idea. You might consider it. It is
something that many people take into account – […………………………….]or
otherwise, when choosing a place to live. Nowadays the police
are […………………….] to keep quite detailed[…………………………….]on
crime and you can get them fairly easily. I mean, it’s easy enough to ask for
them, but it might take a while for the police to get them to you.
Klara: OK. I’ll make a note of that – contact police for crime statistics.
Klara: Ah, I see. So, I should stick with one as far as possible. Yes, that does
seem[…………………………….]. So, I don’t really need to get more data or
write much more? Instead, I need to change … I’ve got it.
Professor: It just makes it a lot easier to read – that’s the main thing.
Professor: Yes, professors find the bibliography very useful – it tells us where
you are getting your information from and whether those sources
are […………………………….]. Your bibliography is fine, but you might
consider changing the format. Here’s a printout of the most
widely […………….] format. You can keep that.
Professor: I made a few notes. Here are some suggestions. Don’t feel that you
have to use them – I won’t be […………………………….]! But some of vour
headings are[…………………………….]whereas others are relatively short – as
they should be.
Klara: Well, two months. Perhaps an average of three hours a day – not more
than that. Probably, oh, […………………………….].
Professor: I’d suggest that you come back to see me in … oh, about, let’s say,
three weeks’ time? Then you should be […………………………….]finished and
I can have another look before you do your firm proofreading before handing it
in.
Klara: OK. I’ll see you after one of the […………………………….]to make an
appointment. Is that OK?
SECTION 4
Surname 1____________________
Course 4____________________
Questions 5-7
Questions 8-10
SECTION 2
Questions 11-13
11. Students on courses lasting over a year are usually given until
_________________ to leave the country.
Questions 14-16
Decide which three things ALL applicants MUST send when extending their
leave to remain. Write the appropriate letters in boxes 14, 15 and 16 in any
order.
A. Your passport.
D. A letter from your college or university saying that you are on a full-time
course of study, or that you will be beginning one.
Questions 17-20
________________________
18. Which postal service should you use when sending your application?
________________________
________________________
________________________
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25
21. The professor already knows something about Clare from her
________________.
22. The professor wants to ask Clare about her experience and
___________________.
Questions 26-30
_________________________
27. During which time of the year did she work abroad?
_________________________
_________________________
29. What did the workers have to remove to make the roads in Sierra Leone?
_________________________
_________________________
Manufacturing
mostly lowland upland
England farming services
in 32__________
Questions 36-40
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
________________________
Answer keys:
1. Buwal
2. 16 Bridgeway. Road
4. M.Sc. Engineering
6. A4
8. silent
23. geography
24. independent
29. vegetation
33. lakes
34. coastline
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
Librarian: Thank you. Let me just check – your first name is Garba – G A R B
A – and your surname is Buwal – B U W A L.
Student: Sure.
Librarian: Yes.
Student: […………………………..].
Librarian: Thank you. Which city are you from? Just the city – I don’t need
the full address.
Student: […………………………..].
Student: I’ll pick it up here. Could I just ask you a few questions?
Student: I heard that the library is open 24 hours a day – is that correct?
Student: I see. It’s very unusual to have a library that’s open 24 hours.
Librarian: We are only the second university in the UK to offer this service. It
was[……………………..] popular when we introduced it on […………………..]
last academic year.
Besides, it’s cheap and easy for students to get an Internet connection in
their[…………………………..].
Librarian: My pleasure.
SECTION 2
The very first thing to do is to take note of the date that your
entry […………………………..]is valid until, or the date that your ‘leave to
remain’ in the UK will run out. This is the date when your
current […………………………..]to be in the UK will expire. By this date you
should either leave the UK or […………………………..]your permission to be
here. As a part of the[…………………………..]to attract more international
students to the UK, many international students are now given permission to
be in the UK for the full […………………………..]of study. Students
on […………………………..]of 12 months or more that end during
the[…………………………..]will usually be given permission to be in the UK
until[…………………………..]. Students on courses that do not follow the usual
autumn to summer[…………………………..]will usually be given a period that
includes two months at the end of the course, for packing up and
making […………………………..]to leave.
However, some students are not given permission to be here for the whole of
their course at the very beginning. If this has […………………………..]to you,
you will have to apply for an[…………………………..]of your permission to be
here. Start preparing for the[…………………………..]about two months before
your permission […………………………..]. Howeverr you should not normally
make the application until one month before vonr permission runs out. To
apply to stay longer in the UK, you must take or send certain documents to the
Home Office. The Home Office is the name we give to what people in most
other countries call the […………………………..]Ministry. They must be the
originals and not[…………………………..].
FLRS stands for Further Leave to Remain Student. To get this form, you
can[…………………………..]it from the Home Office website or ask at your
college or[…………………………..]. When you are preparing to fill out the
form, it is a good idea to read the […………………………..]Notes. You could
also ask a student adviser or[…………………………..]officer at your institution
for help. Now, where should you send your[…………………………..]? You can
only send your application by post. Send your documents to: FLRS,
Immigration and Nationality […………………………..], Sunshine House, 28
Wellington Road, London, W1A 2BY. Send your documents by
recorded […………………………..]and keep the receipt, as well as photocopies
of everything you send. You can expect to wait at least four weeks and
sometimes […………………………..]longer before a decision on the application
is made.
If your application was made in time and if your application is refused, you
will[…………………………..]a letter from the Home Office telling you why. The
letter will also tell you whether or not you have the right
to […………………………..]against the decision. If you made your original
application in […………………………..]– before your current leave to ‘remain
had expired – then you should automatically be given the right to appeal. If
you have the right to[…………………………..], you will only have a few days in
which to exercise this right. You should therefore ask for […………………..]
advice about the appeal process as soon as possible from a lawyer, a student
adviser or welfare officer at your college or university or the Immigration
Advisory Service.
SECTION 3
Professor: Good morning. Your name is Clare Sanders, isn’t it?
Clare: I see.
Professor: SNU is a very prestigious university. Apart from that, were there
any other[…………………………..]that you chose to study there?
Clare: Well, your correct in suggesting that the main reason I went there was
due to the[…………………………..]quality of the university, but there were two
other reasons. The first was that it is reasonably far from my home. I wanted to
be as [……………..] as possible from my family […………………………..]I was
studying and felt that that was one way of[…………………………..]that aim.
The other reason was that the university offered an[…………………………..]of
summer work in developing countries and that’s something I was very keen on.
Professor: I see. You clearly decided to focus more on the human geography
side of things.
Professor: Could you tell me the main aims of the projects and how
you[…………………………..]?
Clare: The Indian project was to ensure that a village had […………………..]
supplies of fresh water and adequate […………………………..]. On that project,
my role was to help lay pipes and put together […………………………..]pieces
of equipment. The project in Sierra Leone involved improving
the […………………..]. The aim was to create[…………………………..]roads
between villages so that they could receive aid and so that they could
get […………………………..]products, particularly fruit and vegetables, to
the[…………………………..]and larger towns. My job was to help choose the
best route for the roads, […………………………..]any impact on the
environment whilst[…………………………..]efficiency.
SECTION 4
Presenter: Welcome to this […………………………..]lecture on the geography
of the United Kingdom. The UK, with a total population of
over […………………………..], consists of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.
Great Britain comprises England. Scotland and Wales. England is the largest
country of the UK, with some […………………………..]people. It is mainly a
lowland country, with some […………………………..]areas in the north and
west. The capital is London with about […………………………..]people. There
are many manufacturing industries and farming is […………………………..],
but the economy is increasingly service-based, and London is one of the
world’s leading centres for banking, […………………………..]and other
financial[………………..]. High-tech industries have […………………………..]
many of the more traditional ones. In Scotland, 5 million people live in an area
http://ieltsmaterial.com/ielts-listening-practice-test-96/
C. From a friend.
A. BBB.
B. BBC
C. BCC.
A. He doesn’t say.
Questions 5-7
5. Who decides the country in which the student will work in year three?
6. How many students went to work in either Singapore or Brunei this year?
Questions 8-10
8. The women points out that the student can teach English and __________
together.
SECTION 2
Answer the following questions using NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for
each answer.
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
14. According to Mr Singh, what are young Indians not concerned about?
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
Questions 16-20
16. According to Mr Singh, the biggest problem for young Indians is that their
parents them ___________________ too much at school.
20. Mr Singh says his generation could only dream, but the new one can
____________________________ too.
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25
25. What will the students probably spend the second half of April doing?
Questions 26-30
30. The professor says that questionnaires may not get interviewees real
________________________.
SECTION 4
Questions 31-34
Complete the notes using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each gap.
Questions 35-37
Questions 38-40
Answer keys:
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
Student: Good afternoon. I’m […………………………..]applying to your
university and would like to ask you some questions.
Woman: Of course. Take a seat. Which course were you thinking of applying
for?
Woman: So, you know that it’s a four-year course, including one year living
and working in the region.
Woman: Very often, it’s possible to do both. That way you can also develop a
wider range of skills.
Woman: The only choice in year one is a language or a project where the
student creates a[…………………………..]of background information on the
countries of the region. Actually, many students do both, since they find the
project […………………………..]to their general understanding of the region
and the languages are obviously useful […………………………..]for going
abroad. However, students are only […………………………..]on either the
language or the project and are free to choose which one.
Student: Got it. And could you tell me about the […………………………..]that
are available from the department? It says in the […………………………..]that
there are some in addition to the ones offered by the university.
Woman: Sure. Actually, I’ve printed out a list. … Here you are.
Nothing is available for first year students, but thereafter scholarships are
awarded for high overall grades and also for linguistic skills. There is a
smaller […………………………..]award for non-academic contributions.
SECTION 2
Presenter: Welcome to our […………………………..]on Indian Youth. Are
young Indians different from their elders? Smarter? Lazier? Less obedient? We
have invited an Indian[…………………………..], Mr Singh, to share his views
with us. Mr Singh, many Indians[…………………………..]that the new
Mr Singh: I have two., children in their early twenties. I see their […………..]
at close quarters. I often travel to both […………………………..]
and […………………………..]places in India, and I see the young people there.
The current generation has, by and large,[…………………………..]politics as a
primary concern. They have grown up with a TV and a[…………………………..]
either at home or in the vicinity. They have watched MTV but they still go the
temple, and most of them seriously believe that God exists. Regarding
the[…………………………..] that Mr Singh mentioned, for the first time, it
is[…………………………..] in India for a kid to say that he or she wants to be
an actor, a singer, a fashion designer, a writer, a cricket player as
a […………………………..] without parents losing sleep. It also means that
they have many choices of role model. When I look at young people around
me, I see more hope than […………………………..].
SECTION 3
Professor: Welcome back to the new term, Martin and Amanda. I hope you’ve
had a good break and that you’re looking forward to writing
your […………………………..]. In this tutorial, I’d like to give you
the […………………………..]to ask questions on writing the dissertation, such
as[…………………………..], dates and who to see when you need help. I know
that it’s all available on the […………………………..]website, but sometimes
Professor: I’m glad you asked that question. I just heard this morning that
the[…………………………..] has been decided and it is [……………………..].
That’s a week later than we had originally planned.
Amanda: What about the word limit? The website gave a very broad range.
What was it, Martin? 10,000 to 20,000 words?
Amanda: Right. Thank you. And we can choose any topics we like, can’t we?
Professor: Any from year 3. And do remember to get your topic approved by
vour[…………………………..] tutor – oh, that’s me, isn’t it? – before you start
writing. I’d hate to have to tell you your topic was […………………………..]
after you’d spent a lot of time on it!
Professor: It certainly does. You’ll probably find that you need to do some
extra research during the, second half of April. Ideally, you’d be writing then,
but very few students get all the information they need and
the […………………………..]tutors almost always need to make some
farther […………………………..]. That’s why it’s really important to get the
bulk of your research done by mid-April.
Martin: I see. If we get into trouble or can see that we re going to get
into[…………………….] with our research, we should […………………………..]
contact you ASAP.
Professor: Absolutely.
Amanda: Do you think that we should look at what other students have done
in the past, in order to get a better idea of what to do and what to write?
Martin: I know that we have the research guide to help us- But are there any
other books or sources that you would […………………………..], I mean, to
help us with planning a dissertation and the organisation and so on?
Professor: There are several available from the library. I wouldn’t bother
buying any. My personal […………………………..]is “Dissertations and You”
by Roger Kline. Another good one is “Mastering Your Dissertation” by Helen
Blondel. There’s a book about research[…………………………..]… Oh, what’s it
called? It’s something simple like “Research Techniques for Dissertations”.
The author is Helen Trailforth. Oh, I know! It’s called “PisBertatiQn Research
Techniques”. Very good book. There’s more than one copy of each of those in
the library. One is for […………………………..]only and yon.know about the
recall system if a book is being[…………………………..]by someone else and
vou want it. don’t you?
Professor: My pleasure.
SECTION 4
Presenter: Have you ever wondered where your […………………………..]end
up after they get picked up from the curb, after you’ve left them at a recycling
drop-off centre or when your[…………………………..]has come to empty your
recycling […………………………..]? Well, this presentation will tell you.
After materials are put out for recycling, the recycling truck comes to pick
them up. Recyclables brought to the drop-off centres should be placed in
the [………………….] bins. The large containers are […………………………..]
periodically or whenever they are full. Businesses and multi-family residences
collect on the days decided by the […………………………..].
The trucks that collect recyclables from the curb and drop – off centres then
drive the[…………………………..]to a material recovery facility –
or […………………………..]. When the trucks arrive at the MRF, they are first
weighed at the station to […………………………..]the weight of materials
delivered to the facility. Next, the trucks […………………………..]to the tipping
floor where they dump their materials. Items are […………………………..]in
specific areas to facilitate the sorting process.
Remember to close the recycling loop: buy recycled both at home and at work,
as this is the only way that recycling truly […………………………..]. Find out
more about buying recycled products. Remember: if you’re not buying
recycled, you’re not really recycling!
So, how are we doing? Let’s take a brief look at our recycling rate information.
All[…………………………..]are required to maintain a minimum recycling rate
of 25% of the total[…………………………..]solid waste generated annually. We
are required to annually report on recycling activities and file a report with the
Department of […………………………..]Quality or DEQ. These reports are due
to the DEQ on April 30th of each year for the[…………………………..]calendar
year. Based on information received to date, last year
we[…………………………..]a recycling rate of […………………………..]%, 2.8%
higher than the previous year. Paper recycling was up 36% as was the recycling
of [……………..]and […………………..]. Our target is a recycling rate of over
50% by […………………………..].
A. badly hurt.
B. unhurt.
C. very upset.
5. Which woman had once had her bag stolen in the past?
B. Mrs Reynolds
Question 6
A. a purse.
B. £50.
C. a cheque book.
D. a cheque card.
F. a door key.
Questions 7-10
Distinguishing
Age Build Hair colour
marks
younger
about 17 7 _____ 8 _____ None
man
SECTION 2
Questions 11-13
C. the suburbs.
A. a swimming pool.
B. a fitness centre.
C. a tennis court.
A. healthy food.
B. local food.
C. international food.
Questions 14 and 15
A. internet access
D. airport transport
E. translation services
Questions 16-20
As above, plus:
3 days £60
▪ a 18 _____________
As above, plus:
21. Last year, Dina got a grade __________________ for the Theory and
Practice option.
22. Dina has some free time because her ___________________ has been
cancelled.
Question 23
C. Piresi: On Giants’Shoulders’
Questions 24-30
Check mail in your department twice a day to see if book is ready to collect. It
normally takes 3 days.
Find two or three people on the course who live near you.
Take it in turns to 28_______________ what you have read for the others.
SECTION 4
Questions 31-33
PEREGRINE FALCONS
33. When the female is guarding the nest, the male spends most of his time
Questions 34-37
Questions 38-40
Answer keys:
1. C
3. C
4. B
5. A
7. slim
8. black
9. 35
11. C
12. B
13. C
16. 75
17. evening(s)
21. A +/plus
22. lecture
23. 8
27. summarise/summarize
30.
31. Australia
37. die
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
You will hear a woman called Mrs Reynolds being interviewed by a police
officer about an incident she saw the previous evening.
M: Well, if you can just tell me everything you remember. It doesn’t matter
how[…………………………..] it seems. What may seem [……………………..] to
you may not be unimportant to us.
F: OK, I’ll do what I can, officer. Well, as I said, I’d iust come out of the cinema
on the High Street, so it was about […………………………..]. Just before 8 in
fact. I’d been to see a film with a friend and she’d just gone off home. So I was
just [……………..] there wondering what to do, whether to go and have a cup
of coffee somewhere or not. I was just standing there[…………………………..]
All in all, she was pretty […………………………..]. I don’t think I would have
been, but[…………………………..]it had happened to her once before so maybe
that’s why you know, I’ve got a friend who […………………………..]to go out
alone anywhere after[…………………………..]now. What’s this town coming
to?
Well, anyway, she just kept saying, “I didn’t see a thing, I didn’t see a thing.”
One of them had just […………………………..]her from behind and as she put
out her hand to steady herself, the other one had just taken the bag from under
her arm. And then he[…………………………..]across the road. I asked her
what she’d had in it, and she said she’d had her […………………………..]with
about £15 in it, but no cheque book or cards or things like that. And luckily she
had her front door key in her pocket. Oh. and she’d had her bus pass taken too.
M: Different?
F: Yes, different, I feel as if I’d know him anywhere again. I got more of a look
at him because he ran across the road more slowly than
the […………………………..]. I remember being surprised because he was
quite a bit older than the other one. I’d say about 35. Funny, because you don’t
think of people of that age […………………………..]handbags in broad daylight
like that, do you? He was quite a bit smaller than the other man.
And […………………………..]build.
M: What did he look like? You didn’t give the officer much [………………..]
last night.
F: Well, I did get quite a good look at his face. No beard or [………………..]–
clean shaven and quite smart-looking really. He had light brown hair cut very
M; A scar on his chin? That could be important. Thank you, Mrs Reynolds.
You’ve been really helpful. If you really think you’d […………………………..]
him again, then what we’d like you to do later this morning, if you can, is to
come down to the police station and look at a few[…………………………..]for
us…(Fade out)
SECTION 2
You will hear a recorded message giving information about an English hotel.
Welcome to the Bridge Hotel Information Line. The Bridge Hotel is part of the
Compact Group, which is a large […………………………..]of family-owned
hotels offering a warm friendly atmosphere and high quality service
at […………………..] prices. All of them cater for a[…………………………..]of
people-from business to leisure clients.
Welcome to the Bridge Hotel Short Breaks Information Line. We offer three
packages: 2-day, 3-day and 5-day.
The 2-day costs £75 per person per night and includes full cooked breakfast
and evening entertainment. Very popular for weekend [……………………..].
The 5-day break costs [………………..] par person per night and, in addition to
offers from the 2-and 3-day breaks, includes free [………………..]on two days
and a full-day pass to a golf club. This […………………………..]is particularly
popular with couples who want a completely […………………………..].
If you would like more information about these special packages, call
Extension[…………………………..]to speak to our Customer Service Manager,
John Martin. Thank you for calling the Bridge Hotel Information Line.
M: Hi, Elaine, I was hoping I’d see you here. How’re things?
M; Yes.
F2: Yes.
F2: Are you? Well, one bit of advice I’d […………………………..] give is not to
spend hours wading through that […………………………..]volume by
Jespersen: it really isn’t very helpful-I think the only […………………………..]
they keep it on the reading list is that the library has got so many copies of it.
Personally, I found the […………………………..]source was Piresi; have you
read her yet?
M: Right.
F2: Yes it’s a very […………………………..]book. Did you try the recall system?
M: The what?
F2: Don’t you use the […………………………..]? You should, you know. You
iust have to take a[…………………………..]slip from any of the librarians1
desks, fill the details of the book in, put your […………………………..]address
on the back- your departmental address not your home address-and hand the
slip in at the Information Desk. Then check the mail in your department twice
a day, say at 10 in the morning and 3 in the afternoon, for a slip telling you the
book is ready to […………………………..]. Last week I recalled a book
at […………………………..]and got the slip telling me it was ready just 4 hours
later. That was […………………………..]; it usually takes about 3 days.
F2: I would, if I were you. You get so much more out of the assignment that
way.
F2: Usually, yes. It makes the whole thing much easier and
more [………………..].
M: Right. Well, I think I need another coffee before getting started. Can I get
you one?
SECTION 4
You will hear a talk by a university lecturer in Australia on a type of bird
called a peregrine falcon.
I’m Professor Sam Richards, and I’ve come as the third […………………..]on
this course in Australian birds of prey. My job is to keep a […………………..]
scientific eye on the state of Tasmanian [………………..], so I’ll start by giving
However, a number of text books claim that their flight speed can go as high
as[…………………..] an hour, so there is still some […………………………..]
about iust how fast they can actually fly.
Female peregrine falcons, like all other Australian falcons, are larger than their
male[…………………………..]; in fact the female is almost a third larger than
the male in the case of peregrines. While she stays close to the nest
to […………………………..]the eggs and the young chicks, the male is
mostly […………………………..]looking for food.
Peregrines typically lay two or three eggs per nest and, after the eggs
have[…………………………..], when the chicks are about 20 days old, they
start to flv. So they fly at a very young age. By the time they are
just […………………………..], they have already reached full adult size: in
other words, they are fully grown. Soon after this, at about 2 months
Well, that’s all I have for you today. If you’d like to do some farther reading…
Example
Surname: 2_______________
Postcode: 4 _______________
Questions 6-9
10. How much does the student actually pay for his ticket to London?
A. £7.66
B. £15.34
C. £33.34
SECTION 2
Questions 11-13
Circle the correct letters A-C.
C. University teachers.
A. Once a week.
B. Once a fortnight.
C. Once a month.
Questions 14-17
List FOUR things which students may be given information about. Write NO
MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.
14 ____________________
15 ____________________
16 ____________________
17 ____________________
SECTION 3
Questions 21-24
What did each person say was the principal cause of stress for them?
Choose from the list of possible causes in the box.
Example Answer
21. Kikuko
22. Boris
23. Etienne
24. Nagwa
Questions 25-27
A. bad management
B. dual-career family
C. fear of unemployment
D. new technologies
E. working surroundings
F. powerlessness
25 ________________
26 ________________
27 ________________
Questions 28-30
SECTION 4
Questions 31-36
Circle the correct letters A-C.
A. religious experience.
B. scientific event.
C. popular spectacle.
32. The speaker says that the dark spot of an eclipse is A simple to predict.
A. simple to predict.
B. easy to explain.
C. randomly occurring.
A. fascinated.
B. rational.
C. disturbed.
A. moon.
B. sun.
C. earth.
A. religious attitudes.
B. inaccurate observations.
Questions 37-40
Complete the table below.
Janssen and
1868 discovered 38
Lockyer
Answer keys:
1, Stephen
2. Krockers
4. NR4 6JF
5. 456 321
6. 18
7. one day
8. 29.30
10. B
11. B
12. B
13. C
21. C
22. G
23. D
24. E
31. C
32. B
33. C
34. B
35. A
36. C
40. gravity
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
C: Yes.
S: Er…is there a card that you can buy railway tickets and allows you to
get […………………………..]on it?
S: Well, I’d like a Yong Person’s Railcard, but I’m over 21. Is that OK? Do I
still […………………………..]?
C: […………………………..].
C: Well, I can take your details and process it now over the phone, but you’ll
need to come in to collect the card.
C: OK, so I just need to take down some details. First of all, can I have your
name?
S: That’s Krockers.
C: Right, thank you. Now, you said you were over 21-can I ask for your exact
date of birth, please?
C: Yes.
C: 1979. OK, lovely. So the next thing I need to know is your [………………..].
S: Right, I’d better give you my parents’ address then. I’m […………………..]
moving soon.
C: Right.
S: Norwich.
S: It’s […………………………..].
C: NR4 6JS?
S: No, in term-time I’m in lodgings. But like I said, I might be moving soon.
C: Never mind, just give me the address where you’re staying now.
S: […………………………..].
S: And I want to get a ticket…can I do that now, and get the discount, or do I
have to wait until the card’s ready?
C: No, you can book the ticket now, and […………………………..]it at the same
time as you get the card.
S: OK. So I want a return ticket to London next week…how much will that
cost?
S: OK…
C: It’s £23.
S: That doesn’t sound too bad. What about the other types of tickets?
S: £60! Right, I’ll have a Super Advance. Now, I’d like to leave next Friday
morning on the 8:30 train and come back on Sunday at 10 p.m. And… you said
that usually costs £23?
C: That’s right.
C: You get a third off…a third off £23 is £7.66. so you’ll pav £15.34 . But then
this time you have to pay for the railcard too…that’s […………………………..]
plus 18.00…so altogether you’ll have to pay […………………………..].
S: Oh…I don’t know if I can make it on Wednesday. You can’t post them, can
you?
C: No, you have to collect your railcard in person and sign it, and I nearly
forgot to tell you, you need a […………………………..]photograph for it. If you
don’t have one, there’s a machine on the station.
C: Goodbye.
Hi! It’s good to see you all here today and what a pity the weather is so bad for
your first day at university! It could at least have stayed [………………………..]
today! Now, my name is Pat Baker, I work for student […………………………..]
and I’m going to tell you all about our […………………………..]scheme for new
students. We’ve had it in place for a few years now and people starting at
university for the first time in general find it a
very […………………………..]experience at these meetings. What happens is
this: each of you, if you want to join the […………………………..], will be
assigned a mentor-that is, someone who’s been studying here for a year or two
and who can show you the ropes, in other words, show you how things work,
give you advice if you need it and just generally be […………………………..]
contact for you in the university. Of course you’ll have your […………………..]
and lecturers who will also help you with […………………………..] problems,
but this is someone at 37our own age who has been through the same
experience quite recently.
If you’re joining this scheme, you’ll be meeting your mentor today just
after […………………………..]. If you haven’t signed up by the way, it’s not too
late. Come and see me after the talk. Don’t be […………………………..]about
this first meeting: It’s going to be quite short so you won’t have time to tell
your mentor all your […………………………..]-you’ll just get to know each
other a little bit and, most importantly, fix a time and a place for your next
meeting, which you can have when you’re feeling more [……………………..]
and not so […………………………..]by the newness of it all.
So, as you can see, this is a pretty useful scheme, but it does rely on
people […………………………..]. The telephone’s pretty useful if you have one,
but students are busy people and often out doing things, so [………………..] is
probably better. Your mentor will be able to show you how to get an e-mail
account.. .they don’t cost anything to students. They’re free. For people who
have never been away from home before, a mentor is a useful contact
and […………………………..]-somewhere between a friend and a parent. And
no doubt as the year […………..] and you start getting [……………………..]
around exam time, your mentor will be ready with usefal tips on the best wav
to pass your exams- after all, they did the same ones either last year or the year
before and they […………………………..] them!
SECTION 3
Disc Jockey: And now, after that old favourite from “The
Corrs” […………………..] ”1 never loved you anyway”, we have Dr. Greenhill to
talk to us today about stress in the […………………………..]. Is it getting
worse, Dr. Greenhill?
Dr. Greenhill: I’m not sure whether it’s getting worse or just that more people
are talking about it. Certainly lots more people are […………………………..]
about it. I’ve just completed a study of […………………………..]workers from
20 different countries. And I’ve taken a multi¬cultural [……………………..] to
the subject.
Dr. Greenhill: That broadly speaking the cause of stress are […………………..]
all over the world. For example, Ramon from Mexico City says that
society […………………………..]people by individual success. But, he says,
Then there’s Kikuko, from Osaka, Japan, who says she’s under a lot of stress
because the company she’s worked for 30 years is in […………………………..].
She says it’s because her […………………………..]made a number of
bad […………………………..], but really what worries her most is that she
might lose her job. You know, she’s in her 50s and at that age it’s not easy to
find another one. She says that she also feels […………………………..]and
that’s getting her […………………………..]too.
Well, then there’s Boris, from Odessa in the Ukraine. He puts overwork at the
top of his list of […………………………..]. Then there
are other factors. Both he and his wife have full-time jobs so that when they get
home they don’t get to relax much either.
Disc Jockey: We always hear about computers, e-mail and cell phones as
things which get people tearing their hair out. Is this true?
Dr. Greenhill: Mmm. In many cases, yes, but not so much as you might think-
only […………………………..] of […………………………..]give this as the main
cause- Etienne from Quebec. Canada, is one-though he also mentions change
and the feeling of being a victim of […………………………..]beyond his
control. Other people talk about the amount of work which comes with
continual change as being more stressing than new […………………………..]
themselves. People feel they lack […………………………..]in their working life.
But we must remember that in many places it’s really lack of new technology
that puts people under most […………………………..]. Take Nagwa from
Sohag in Egypt, for example. She says that for her the main source of stress
was working in noisy, hot, […………………………..]conditions day out and
with no end in sight. So it seems, we can’t win either way!
For particular cause of stress there are various things you can do. If your
problem is that you think you’ve got too much work on your [……………..],
what you probably need to do is […………………………..]time better. You have
to learn to deal with the things which are really vital. Don’t waste time
on […………………………..]. There are courses to help you with this. If you are
worried about […………………………..], make plans so that if it happens you
are ready for it. Do things like set money aside and update vour cv so
it’s […………………………..]to new employers. As for new technologies, do
training courses so that you feel at home with them and so that you don’t
feel […………………………..]of them. So in the end the best way to deal with
stress is for you to take control of your life and not allow yourself to be a victim
of […………………………..].
Disc Jockey: Thank you, Dr. Greenhill on fighting stress, and, just when you
thought you could relax, here’s Dolly Parton working 9 to 5…
SECTION 4
Good evening and welcome to this month’s […………………………..]Club
lecture. I’m Donald Mackie and I’m here to talk to you about the [……………..]
in history.
Well. What exacdy causes a solar eclipse-when the world goes dark for a few
minutes in the middle of the day? […………………………..]speaking, the dark
spot itself is easy to explain: it is the […………………………..]of the
moon […………………………..]a different and, to all intents and purposes, a
seemingly […………………………..]part of the globe.
Firstly, there can be no doubt that they are very beautiful. It’s as if a deep
blue […………………………..]has fallen over the […………………………..]sky
as the sun becomes a black void […………………………..]by the glow of its
outer atmosphere.
And thirdly, they are rare. Even though an eclipse of the sun [………………..]
somewhere on earth, if you sit in your garden and wait, it will
take […………………………..]on average for one to come to you. If the moon
werp any larger eclipses would become a monthly […………………………..]: if
it were smaller, they simply would not be possible.
Then Albert Einstein came on the scene. Einstein suggested that rather than
being wrong about the number of planets, astronomers were actually wrong
about […………………………..]. Einstein’s theory of relativity-for which he is
so famous-[…………………………..]with Newton’s law of gravity in just the
right way to explain […………………………..]odd orbit. He also realized that
a […………………………..]test would be possible during the total eclipse
of […………………………..]and this is indeed when the theory was finally
proved correct.
Example
C. C. in a meeting
A. bronze
B. silver
C. gold
A. £50
B. £20
C. £40
A. credit card
B. debit card
C. cash
A. $1000
B. £1000
C. $600
Questions 5-10
Complete the form below.
Address 5 ________________
D.O.B. 6 ________________
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
Choose the correct letter, A, B or C.
A. navigate rivers.
12. The building constructed by the first Europeans at the observatory was
A. a village.
B. a windmill.
C. a fort.
A. coats.
B. expensive items.
C. bags.
A. 5.30.
B. 5.15.
C. 4.30.
Questions 16-20
Choose FIVE answers from the box and write the correct letter, A-F, next to
questions 16-20.
ATTRACTIONS
A. Powerhouse
B. Sound house
C. Discovery Centre
E. Vector lab
17 Which of the venues is located near the recreation area for children?
SECTION 3
Questions 21-22
Choose the correct letter A,B or C.
A. Professor Francisco
B. a headache
C. an essay
A. They’re in a list.
B. They’re in a spidergram.
C. They’re in a spidergraph.
External influences:
23 _____________ attention
24 modern ______________.
Internal influences:
adrenalin rush
element of 26
Questions 27-30
Complete the table below.
SECTION 4
Questions 31 -40
Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each
answer.
pollution of air,
new alternatives to 33_________ and
31 ________
32______ practice respect for nature
and _______
A. new technologies
B. unpopular changes
F. financial inequality
Answer keys:
1. B
2. C
3. A
4. A
5. 17 HANLEY CARDENS
6. 230770
7. 0793245098
8. BENNETT
11. C
12. B
13. B
14. A
15. C
16. F
17. B
18. D
19. C
20. A
21. C
22. A
23. MEDIA
24. CULTURE
25. PSYCHOLOGICAL
26. Competition
35. MANAGEMENT
36. TECHNOLOGY
38-40 B,D,F
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
(J – Julie; M = Mike)
M: OK, well if we’re travelling in two days’ time, we don’t really need the
cancellation […………………………..], do we? What do you think?
J: Well, personally, the only thing that’s really necessary is the […………..].
M: Yeah, but would you think that if you had everything stolen?
M: Sorry, don’t you mean the silver? I thought we agreed that we don’t need
the cancellation cover.
J: Right, now, how are we going to pay? If we pay by debit card, there’ll be a
five per cent [……………………..] but I only have a […………………………..]
and there’s a two and a half per cent charge for that. They don’t have an office
in central London so we can’t pay by […………………………..].
M: Yes…
M: Well at the time that was around […………………………..]but it’s worth less
than that now, maybe only £300.
M: Mmm …
J: I just need to check your personal details to complete this online form and
then we’ll be sorted.
J: Firstly, I need to make sure I’ve got your full name. It’s Mike Wood, right?
M: Yep.
M: No, Gardens!
M: That’s […………………………..].
J: Right, so now I need an emergency contact number. It’s your mobile right?
J: Well, they need the main […………………………..]. Who would that be?
M: I think that would be you, since you’re paying for it with your card.
J: Of course! So I just type in Julie Bennett… Hang on just typing B-E- N-N-E-
T-T. OK, we’re just about done. All I need to do is enter the dates of departure
and return.
J: No, we don’t! OK, so return date is Saturday the lst of August. OK, my
goodness that certainly took longer than I […………………………..]it to. I hope
our trip is worth it!
M: See ya!
SECTION 2
Now the site of the […………………………..]on Observatory Hill has its own
interesting story. Before the […………………………..]arrived, it belonged to
the Cadigal people, who may have even […………………………..]the arrival of
the new visitors from here, as this is the highest natural point in Sydney
Harbour. The early Europeans then built a […………………………..]on the site
though it didn’t last for long due to its […………………………..]position. A
little while after that, the land was used to build a fort, which was to finally
become the […………………………..]that you see before you today.
Now, let’s take a look inside. To the left of the main entrance is
the […………………………..]where you can leave your coats and bags, but
please make sure you don’t leave any […………………………..]or valuables as
So, I hope you enjoyed the tour but before I leave you I just want to draw
your […………………………..]to one more thing. Your Observatory ticket
also […………………………..]you to visit another of Sydney’s famous sights at
a […………………………..]. You’ll find lots on to keep the children [………..].
For example, they’ve got sound […………………………..] where you can have a
go at being a DJ. This is called the […………………………..], and you’ll find it
up on the second floor, just after the kid’s playground. Look for signs for the
Vectorlab […………………………..]if you get lost. For those of you interested in
fashion and design, the Lace Study Centre should not be [………………..].
You’ll get the chance to look at one of the country’s best [……………………..]
all in one place. However, like most […………………………..], only a fraction of
their collections are actually on display, but in the museum’s nniqno Discovery
Centre, you can take the […………………………..]to go behind the scenes and
see parts of the collection that are not on […………………………..]. All of these
attractions can be found under one roof at Sydney’s famous [………………..]
museum. 1 do hope you are able to go and enjoy the experience. You won’t
be […………………………..]!
SECTION 3
(T = Therese; S = Simon)
T: Hey Simon. You look down. How are you getting on with
your […………………………..]for Professor Jones?
S: Not very well I’m afraid. I can’t seem to get mv head around it. T mean, it’s
such a […………………………..]that I really haven’t got a clue where to start.
S: Yeah, I have to hand the essay in on Friday afternoon, but the Professor
wants to see my […………………………..]on Wednesday morning!
T: Today is Tuesday so that’s tomorrow! You had better get a move on! Let’s
have a look.
T: Let me see… Well firstly I think that writing your ideas in a list like that
really isn’t going to help. Remember how we were taught to
do […………………………..]at the beginning of the year?
S: Diagrams?
S: Well, the first thing that comes to mind is the amount of media attention on
the topic. There are always stories about people taking part in the
latest […………………………..].
S: What’s that?
S: Right! It’s the element of competition that dnves all things to be the best!
Now why didn’t I think of that before?
S: Actually, none at all – it’s really bad isn’t it, but I just haven’t had the time
with my part-time job.
T: I know what you mean, but, honestly, it’s so much easier once you’ve read
around the topic a bit. Did you get a copy of the […………………………..]
sources, because if not I’ve got one here?
T: I tell you what. You write down the main points and I’ll read it out.
T: The first one’s by a guy called Hans German and it’s called Crossing
Borders. It’s a […………………………..]project that was carried out on
around […………………………..]of extreme sports. It’s a really interesting
read.
T: The next book was written by a man called Richard Bell and is called
Motivation […………………………..]. It gives an overview’ of thrill seeking and
why people choose to put their lives in danger.
S: Is it long?
S: It’s just I really don’t have very long before the essay needs to be in, so is
there anything on there that would help me more quickly?
T: Well, I did find a podcast on the topic. I didn’t write down the author’s
name, but they are called The Mind Files and it’s also about the theories
and […………………………..]but obviously doesn’t go into as much detail as in
a book.
S: Of course, my treat!
Shall we start? Right, now … where did we get to last week? Ah, that’s right, we
were going to begin with a look at three of the world’s most [………………..]
problems; what has caused them as well as looking at some of the
many […………………………..]. Top of the list is air, water and
soil […………………………..]. With an ever increasing demand for food, came
the increased use of chemical […………………………..]during the
late […………………………..]. Now, some of you may say that this isn’t the
ultimate root of the problem, […………………………..]is, but you would be
missing out a very important step. The increase in population didn’t in itself
lead to the pollution of the air, water and soil. What caused the problem in the
first place was a move away from traditional farming […………………………..],
thanks to advances in technology. […………………………..], the answer comes
from past farming practices. Well, thankfully, the […………………………..]has
already begun. Organic, farming, and a […………………………..]for nature’s
cycles, is the key to solving the problem.
Now, although the solutions I have presented are viable, it doesn’t mean that
they’re without their own […………………………..]. Firstly, making these kinds
of changes is going to be expensive in the […………………………..], as we
invest in the research and development of new technologies. Secondly, there’s
also the issue of […………………………..]. It’s the politicians of the world who
need to make these changes, but they also need to keep their voters happy and
may be […………………………..]to bring in new practices that may
prove […………………………..]among voters at election time. But the biggest,
and most important, […………………………..]is making the world’s monetary
system fairer, by making things more equal and balanced for all. This
includes […………………………..]ecological practices that benefit all, not just a
company’s […………………………..]. We need to begin an age of Corporate
Social Responsibility, only then can we truly move forward.
Surname 1 _____________
Questions 6-9
Label the diagram of the gym using FOUR of the following six labels. Write
the appropriate letter in the correct space on your answer sheet.
SECTION 2
Questions 11-12
Complete the following sentences using NO MORE THAN TWO
WORDS for each answer.
11. The university has produced a __________ to inform students about the
different accommodation options available.
Questions 13-16
14. This is the best accommodation for people who want to choose when they
eat.
Questions 17-20
Decide which letter on the map shows the location of each of the following
university halls of residence.
Questions 25-27
Questions 28-30
Decide which three items Jenny needs to buy and write the appropriate
letters on your answer sheet in any order.
A. binders E. pencils
B. notebooks F. pens
C. notepaper G. printer
SECTION 4
Questions 31-33
32. Which pie chart shows the main reasons Asian students wanted to study
abroad?
33. Which bar chart shows the percentage of Asian students who made
Australia their first choice destination?
Questions 34-35
34. Approximately how many foreign students enrolled in Australia in the year
2000?
35. How much did Australia’s education exports rise by last year?
Questions 36-40
Complete the following sentences using NO MORE THAN TWO
WORDS/NUMBERS for each gap.
36. It became harder to get a ______________ for the USA after September
11.
37. _____________of Asian students gave lower study fees as a reason for
choosing Australia.
Answer keys:
1. Pierce
2. 70 Welcome Lane
4. 180
5. September 2009
6. D
7. E
8. 8 .A
9. B
10.C
11. Guide
13. A
14. B
15. D
16. D
17. B
18. D
19. H
21. Thursday
23.Geography
31. D
32. B
33. A
34. 100000
35. 17.8%
36. visa
37. 20%
38. three/3
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
Man: Yes. I’ve got one right here. Or I could just enter your
details [……………………………..]into the computer. It would be quicker.
Woman: [……………………………..].
Man: OK. That’s £20 a month, £50 every three months or [………………..] a
year.
Woman: Great. Thank you. Could you just show me around very quickly?
Man: Certainly. Mike? Could you take over here for a few minutes? … Come
this way. Right by [……………………………..], we have a [………………..] area,
serving healthy food and drinks-no coffee or chocolate!
Man: Beyond that, as you can see, there’s the main gym area.
The [………………..] are by the window, so you get a great view across the
river. Opposite them are various machines and at the far end you can see the
free weights area. If you look at the far end, you’ll see two doors. The one on
the left is the ladies’ [……………………………..]area and the one on the right is
the men’s.
Man: Yes, there’s a flight of stairs leading from each changing room to the
spa area. Oh, I forgot to [……………………………..]that there’s
a [………………..] beside each changing area. Our members love using those
after a workout.
Man: I’d sav that there are a few more women than men. [………………..] are
more likely to join the gym and spa, whilst men usually iust join the gvm.
Woman: Well, thank you very much. I’ll be along tomorrow for my
first [……………………………..]. You open at 7, right?
Man: Yes, we’re open from 7 in the morning to 10 in the evening. See you
tomorrow!
SECTION 2
Now, here you can see a map of the university accommodation nearest to
the [……………………………..]. Malvern Halls are located on Humber Road,
Well, whichever type of accommodation you go for, I hope it suits you. Now,
I’d like to mention…
SECTION 3
Jenny: Hi Tom! How are you? Have you been here long?
Tom: Hi Jenny! I’m fine. I arrived yesterday, on Sunday. How about you?
Tom: Why did you come so early? We don’t have to be here until tomorrow.
Couldn’t wait to be free from your parents, I bet.
Jenny: Very funny! I know I came a bit earlier than most people, but I wanted
to move my things into my flat and take a look around the [……………………..]
and the town. So, did you [……………………………..] to take
English [………………..]in the end?
Jenny: Well, I guess there are [……………………………..], but they’re not quite
the same. What kind of information have you been given about your courses?
Jenny: Yeah, me too. I’ve been given a list of books to start reading. I think
there are 5 or 6 of them.
Tom: Yeah, I’ve got a similar list. They’re just books that [………………….]
the basics for the courses during the first year.
Jenny: So, what’s your timetable like? I get Wednesday and Friday afternoons
off, but the rest of the days are fairly full.
Tom: That’s what I gathered. My first class on Monday morning is …wait for
it… oh, Modern British History-I’m looking forward to that! How about you?
Tom: It says here that the title of the first [……………………………..]is “The
Victorian
Tom: That’s very close to the university campus, isn’t it? My place is
I guess I’ll walk if it’s not a bad day and take the bus if it’s raining.
Jenny: I’ll t.hink of you when I am taking the five minute walk from my hall to
the [……………………………..]!
Tom: I’m sure you will! At least I’ve got somewhere to stay if I don’t want to
walk home!
Jenny: Cheeky!
Tom: Is your hall near the main gate or the north gate?
Jenny: The north gate. Hey, I’m on my way to the shops. Coming?
Jenny: That’s a good idea. I’ll get a couple too. Pencils? No, I’ve got a few.
Tom: Oh, some pens-I always seem to lose them! Well, you’ve been here the
longest. Where do we go?
Jenny: There’s a shop here on campus, near the main gate. There’s a café next
door, so we can stop there too, if you like.
SECTION 4
http://ieltsmaterial.com/ielts-listening-practice-test-91/
A. allow the student to buy a similar replacement item at the current cost
Questions 3-6
A. £150
B. £250
C. £600
D. £2000
E. £3000
3. a computer
6. three suits
Questions 7-10
SECTION 2
Questions 11-14
Answer the following questions using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS
OR NUMBERSfor each.
Questions 15-17
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25
Complete the notes about what makes a good teacher using NO MORE
THAN THREE WORDS for each gap.
clothes- 25 __________________
Questions 26-30
SECTION 4
Questions 31-32
Complete the following sentences using NO MORE THAN THREE
WORDS.
32. A key thing for lecturers to consider when they mark an essay is whether it
is
Questions 33-36
Complete the notes on the words used in the essay title using NO MORE
THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.
Answer keys:
1. B
2. A
3. D
5. C
6. B
7. (course) fees
10. 5 (o’clock)
11. 13%
12. 9%
13. leafy
14. 28000
15. greenest
24. patient
26. confirmation
29. blame
30. enjoyable
32. relevant
33. explanations
34. analysts
37. A, C
39. B
40. A
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
Student: Oh, that sounds like it’s exactly what I need. Please tell me more.
Salesman: Yes, it does. It also covers any shared areas in your accommodation
and anything you leave in locked [……………………………..]on campus at any
time.
Salesman: Yes, you are. I should also point out that your mobile phone is
fully [……………………………..]and the insurance covers any airtime abuse by
the thief up to [……………………………..].
Salesman: Yes, it’s still valid. There have been no changes in the terms of the
offer. Can I just mention that the following [……………………………..]cover is
automatically included free of charge in all our [……………………………..]-our
24 hour help line, providing advice and [……………………………..]on health,
drugs, debt, housing, legal and [……………………………..]matters; cover for
your personal legal [……………………………..]of up
to [……………………………..]; loss or damage to property on loan to you, up
to [……………………………..]; loss or damage to your landlord’s property, up
to [……………………………..]; credit card theft, up to £500; injury and
damage to [……………………………..]by mugging or assault, up to £5000; and
accidental death of a parent or [……………………………..], £5000.
Student: That’s exactly what I’m looking for-a fully comprehensive [………..].
I’ll come to your office this afternoon. Should I come to see you personally,
or…?
Salesman: OK I’ll see you this afternoon. We normally close the office at 5 but
I’ll be here until 6 today.
SECTION 2
Let. me tell you a little about our campuses. Right in the heart of Newtown’s
busy city centre is the university’s City Campus, a welcoming
modem [……………………………..]with some of the finest learning and
teaching facilities in Europe. Around this hub revolves a flourishing,
diverse [……………………………..]community. Our second campus, only a
It’s not only the University environment that’s popular with students- the city
of Newtown is a big [……………………………..]too. Home to two universities
with more than [……………………………..]students, plus Europe’s largest
further education college and the headquarters of Learn Direct, Newtown is
very much a learning city. It’s one of the country’s most in-demand
student [……………………………..], and once they arrive students enjoy the
Newtown experience so much that a higher [……………………………..]stay on
to live and work here than in any other city outside London.
They have an office in the Student Union Building, but they also have a
website, which provides details of all our [……………………………..]and self-
catered [……………………..] and a searchable private housing […………….].
The University guarantees to offer all first year students accommodation of a
reasonable standard in university owned [……………………………..], or in the
private sector. On the website, we have also tried to answer some of the
most [……………………………..]asked questions and provide some useful help,
advice and information on how to apply for accommodation. If you can’t find
the information you are looking for on our website, go into the office where our
staff are happy to answer any questions you may have-or you can contact them
by phone, fax or e-mail. The university is [……………………………..]to the
accommodation needs of [……………………………..] and provides both single
sex accommodation and accommodation that is suitable for students with
disabilities and [……………………………..]requirements. We also cater to the
needs of mature and international students.
Mike: OK everyone. This is what Cindy and I came up with. First, the teacher
needs to be a good [……………………………..]. The teacher needs to be able to
speak clearly and to explain what things mean. Taking this idea a bit further,
the teacher should have an interesting voice. [……………………………..]is
often boring enough, without having a teacher with a boring voice.
Mike: We also thought that a good teacher should get to know his or her
students. We don’t mean that he or she should try to make friends with the
students-that’s generally [……………………………..]a bad idea at primary and
secondary schools. We mean that the teacher needs to know something of
their [……………………………..]and their interests.
Cindy: The third thing is that a good teacher must know his or
her [……………………………..]inside out at the required level. It would be
a [……………………………..]if the students knew more than the teacher! This
means that the teacher must be well [……………………………..]and fully
familiar with the [……………………………..]not only at the current level he or
she is teaching but also at the [……………………………..], so that he or she
knows what the students already know.
Janet: Or at least should know! You could say that a good teacher is aware that
what is taught is not always the same as what is learnt.
Mike: Good point, Janet. Our next point is that a good teacher [……………..]
you up one step at a time. They see that the gap between where you are and
where you need to go is small enough to [……………………………..], so you
can move up [……………………………..], one step at a time, but large enough
to [……………………………..]true, real progress. Another thing is that teachers
are [……………………………..], sometimes even role models, for students.
Tim: We also thought that a good learner focuses on finding reasons why to do
something not on reasons not to do something. Poor students usually tend to
offer the [……………………………..]response “But…”
Tim: Haven’t we all? A good student is aware that learning often happens days
or months later. It is not always linear and it is not always immediate. He or
she sees learning as a long-term ’project’ rather than ’[………………………..]’ it
if you like into clusters of’to do’s’, e.g. [………………….] for an exam. Many
students will not do anything until about two weeks before a test and then
cram.
Tim: I think that the key point is that a good student sets up his or her learning
to be [……………………………..].
SECTION 4
I asked three different students spent some time analysing the divorce essay
topic. On the following three slides, you can read each of
their [……………………………..]of the topic. After reading each, decide
whether you think it is a reasonable interpretation of the topic.
This slide shows Student As analysis – “This essay topic is about divorce in
Western countries. I would look in detail at [……………………………..]for
divorce in various countries. I would then turn to the [………………………..] of
divorce, as discussed by various [……………………………..]. I would describe
the effects divorce is thought to have on parents and on children. Then I would
consider what social [……………………………..]solutions there are for the
problems arising from divorce.”
Student B wrote-“For this essay I would focus on why rates of divorce have
increased in [……………………………..]. To answer this question, I would give
my own critical explanation, [……………………………..]on what I know from
experience are the reasons why [……………………………..]choose to divorce. I
would then interview a number of divorced people I know asking them what
the reasons were for the [……………………………..]of
their [……………………………..]. I would then consider current social policies
relating to divorce and find out how well the people I interview have coped
since they were divorced.”
Having read the three interpretations, in your opinion, which seems the most
reasonable [……………………………..]? … Ah, yes, I think you’ve got the
answer. Of the three [……………………………..], Student 3’s would be closest
to what is required. The student is proposing to comment on the adequacy of a
range of [……………………………..]explanations for divorce, i.e. critical
analysis, and then to consider what types of social policy would follow on from
her explanations, i.e. [……………………………..].
Property to rent
Name: 6_________________
Addre as above
Telephone: 7 _________________
Questions 5 – 10
A. dishwasher
B. washing machine
C. dryer
D. gas stove
E. microwave
A. a swimming pool
B. air conditioning
C. central heating
D. a games room
E. a fireplace
A. the university
B. a shopping mall
C. a park
D. a sport centre
E. a movie theatre
SECTION 2
Question 11
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for your answer.
_____________________________________
Period:
S = Short-term
M = Medium-term
L = Long-term
LIST OF PROJECTS
Special
Country Period Project
information
basic knowledge
Japan S village 12_________ of Japanese
required
renovating a children’s
Poland 13_______
holiday centre
accommodation in
Mexico S sea turtle conservation school with
14_______
general information
formal 19______________
a questionnaire.
We use the questionnaire to match you to your job.
SECTION 3
Questions 21-30
▪ write features
▪ 22________
Grapevine 21 _________
▪ profread
▪ 23 ________
SECTION 4
Questions 31 -40
Complete the summary below.
Both social factors and the development of 31_have been important in the
growth of tourism. It would appear that how much 32_ a country possesses is
the main factor in whether its people will travel widely. Most tourists today are
from the 33_world, but their populations are levelling off. Soon there will be
an increase in the number of older tourists, who will be less likely to want to go
34_and will probably prefer alternatives such as trips to 35_.
Questions 36-40
Complete the tables below.
Destination Attraction
Answer keys:
Section 1, Questions 1-10
3. per room
4. (the) cleaner/cleaning
7. 6047 4106
8. AE
9. CD
10. BC
12. improvement
13. M
14 (very)basic conditions
15. L
16. 250
17. disabled
24. (a)newspaper
25. edit
31. technology
32. wealth
33. developed
34. skiing
38. literature/writers
39. garlic
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
Woman: Hi. Bellingham Real-Estate Agents. Could you hold, please?
Man: OK.
Man: Yeah. I’m looking for some tenants for my house and I was hoping you
could [……………………………..]it for me.
Woman: Right. And you’re wanting to rent out the whole place, is that right?
Man: No, no, just two rooms are for rent-that’s two [……………………………..]
plus the use of the rest of the house-it would really suit a couple of students.
Woman: OK, that’s quite a way out. And how much were you thinking of for
these rooms?
Man: Sure.
Woman: Cleaner, OK. And how much would your tenant have to pay her?
Woman: Fine, as above. Got a phone number you can give me?
Woman: Now let’s get down to the serious stuff. What have you got in the
kitchen? A fridge, of course.
Woman: Fine. Now what about the house? Anything worth [……………..]?
Man: No.
Man: Sure.
Woman: Cable?
Man: Er, afraid not. I’ve never gotten around to putting it in.
Woman: Fine. What sort of tenant are you looking for-students, you said?
Man: That’s right. Although it’s quite away from the university, though-I guess
they’d need a car.
Man: Yup, just a small one-no movie theaters or anything like that. We’re
right by the [……………………………..]though and that’s something.
SECTION 2
Hi, everyone. My name’s Sam Thomas, and I’m here to give you some
information about [……………………………..]Student Projects, or WSP for
short. The talk takes about [……………………………..], and after that I’ll be
happy to answer questions, OK? Right, well, WSP is a voluntary
service [……………………..], which was set UP to [……………………………..]
international understanding. Right now, we’ve got people from 30 different
countries working in local [……………………………..] around the world. So, if
you’re interested in joining them, I’d like to tell you about some of
the [……………………………..] that are available.
Now, depending on how long you want to be away, there are three sorts
of [……………………………..]to choose from: short-term projects lasting two
to three weeks, [……………………………..]projects lasting between one and six
months and long-term projects which can be anything up to a year. One of the
short-term ones we’ve got on offer at the moment is in Japan.
It’s […………………..] improvement project, and the work [………………..]
clearing the river banks and planting flowers, things like that. You’d be
working alongside local people, so you need a basic [……………………………..]
of Japanese for that.
The next one to tell you about is a children’s holiday center in Poland.
What’s [……………………………..]here is basically manual work. You’ll be
painting rooms, gardening and generally preparing for the
children’s [……………………………..]. It’s a medium-term project lasting six
weeks, and there’s comfortable accommodation on site.
First of all, you need to fill in an application form and send it to us. Oh, and
you should also include a [……………………………..]photo, by the way. Once
we’ve [……………………………..]the form and photo, we process them
and’then we send you a “Welcome Pack” containing general information about
the programme, together with the formal terms and conditions. These terms
and conditions are basically a list of [……………………………..]on both sides,
yours and ours-what happens if you want to leave early, ect. And you also get a
detailed [……………………………..], which helps us identify a suitable job for
you.
Then, about one month before you leave, you’ll receive all the details about
your particular [……………………………..]. And I think that’s about it. Oh, I
never forgot to mention, we’ve also got a website. The address is in our
brochure. Now, are there any questions?
David: Isn’t there? Let’s look at all the information we’ve got and we can
decide what we want to do later.
Sarah: Oh yes, they want lots of people. It says here they need people to
write [……………………………..], sell advertising, and to proofread articles.
Oh, and to take [……………………………..].
Sarah: That might be good experience. What do they need people for?
David: They want people to edit and organise. I wonder what they mean
by [……………………………..].
David: Now that does sound interesting. What type of programmes do-
they [……………………………..]?
Sarah: Again there aren’t a lot of details. It says they want people to work in all
areas of radio [……………………………..]. I think I’d like to find out more
about that one.
Sarah: Yes, there is. It’s called Nexus UTV. They produce a wide range
of [………………..] and they have a production deal with the [………………..]!
Sarah: I don’t know, I don’t think so. They want a lot of people. Actors…
Sarah: Well, maybe acting isn’t for you. But they also need people to direct,
programmes, to read the pews and to be comedian. I could see you as
a [……………………………..].
David: I think there are two more, yeah something called Notice Board-
whatever that is-and Student Web.
David: Well, if you change your mind. They want people to write articles and to
produce the magazine.
Sarah: It’s quite a big website. Look, there are a thousand pages.
Sarah: Well, there’s information about shops and entertainment but there are
also [……………………………..]and a news [……………………………..]. They
want people to write websites.
Sarah: Ah, but they also need people to do some graphics and to
write [……………………………..].
David: I still don’t think that’s for me. What about you?
Sarah: No, it doesn’t really interest me either. I like the sound of Grapevine,
Livewire and Nexus UTV.
David: Yeah, those are the three I’d choose. But we’re only going to have
enough time to join one club so let’s go back and look at the information on
those three again.
SECTION 4
Travel and tourism is the largest [……………………………..]in the world, but
calculating its economic [……………………………..]is quite difficult. The one
thing everybody can agree on, though, is that it’s huge. There are two things
which have [……………………………..]the growth of tourism. There are firstly-
social [……………………………..], and secondly- technology and the way
it’s [……………………………..]. Let’s consider the social factors first of all.
Demand for tourism is [……………………………..] mainly by the amount
That said, the majority of tourists are still from what are called
the [……………………………..]nations. However, studies show that their
number will not rise much further in the next few [……………………………..]
because their populations are fairly [……………………………..]. As a result
there’ll be a growth in the number of [……………………………..]people who’ll
have more time on their hands. This will influence the kind of tourism wanted:
fewer skiing [……………………………..]will be required, but there’ll be an
increase in.
Festivals are another way to bring them in-literary, food, art they’re all staged
for one reason only: to attract tourist revenue. Many a town has sought to copy
the success of Stratford, Ontario, which was [……………………………..]from a
small run-down blue-collar town to a busding [……………………………..]
centre by the [……………………………..]of Tom Patterson, who managed
to [……………………………..] a British director to stage their first drama
festival in [……………………………..].
But then boosting a city through tourism is nothing new. In 18th Century
England, Bath Spa became [……………………………..]after the owners of the
hot baths [……………………………..]Beau Nash, the trend-setter of his day,
to [……………………………..]the city. I want Zto end the lecture there for
today. Now, Thank you.
Example: Answer
Questions 4-6
Circle the correct answer for each question.
C. For research.
5. How long can the caller have the books after the date of posting?
A. 3 weeks.
C. 5 weeks.
D. 2 weeks.
A. Credit card.
B. Cheque.
C. Money order.
D. Cash.
Questions 7-10
out on loan OL
ITEMS REQUESTED
Example Answer
Hallsworth, E.G. (1978) Land and Water Resources Of Australia [A]
7. Government publication (1984) Land Degradation in
[]
Australia
8. Government publication (1998) Coastal Zone Inquiry Report [ ]
SECTION 2
Questions 17-16
What is Dr. Pendleton’s opinion of the following developments?
Example Answer
Questions 17-20
Complete the notes below.
Questions 21-27
Who gave these explanations for rises in intelligence?
24. car-driving
Questions 28-30
29. Which graph best illustrates changes in intelligence in some East Asian
countries over the last 40 years?
A Better Teaching
B Higher Intelligence.
C Lower Standards
SECTION 4
Questions 33-35
Complete the sentences below.
Questions 38-39
Complete the table below.
Look at the table and notice that in this section you need to listen for
percentages.
Answer keys:
1. M 9301274
2. 863 5923
3. 5791857
4. B
5. B
6. D
7. R
8. A
9. A
10. OL
11. A
12. B
13. A
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
L = Librarian M = Mackie
(Phone rings.)
L: Yes, certainly. I’ll just get the form and take down some […………………].
First your name please, sir.
M: That’s M [………………………………].
L: M 930…
M: [………………………………].
L: Thank you. Now your address please. That’s the address you want us to
send the items to.
L: 863 5923.
L: Well, as you know our normal loan period is three weeks with a two
week [………………………………]over the phone. However, in cases where we
send books out by post we allow a longer [………………………………]loan
period to allow for the [………………………………]time. So you may have the
books for six weeks from the date of [………………………………]. But I’m
afraid the two-week […………………………] won’t apply then. However, you
would be able to renew them by bringing them in for [………………………],
provided no one else has a […………………………] on them.
M: I should think the normal period will be enough. Now how do you prefer
the [………………………………]and [………………………………]fees to be paid?
M: Hm. Would it be alright if I left it until I come in next time and mat pay
cash then?
L: I’m afraid we don’t have the first one. We’d have to get that from the
government [………………………………]for you, but the second one, the later
one, has hist, come in so I’ll put that aside for you.
M: Wonderful. Now there are three more. Two rather old books, but
they’re [………………………………] works so you probably have
them. [………………………………] Law by Fisher, and Environmental
Chemistry by Raiswell. They were both published in […………………………].
L: Yes, we do have both those texts. Environmental Law should be on the shelf,
but Environmental [………………………………]is out on loan at the moment.
I’ll put that on reserve for you.
L: (slowly) Burns, Environment Impact… No I’m sorry we don’t have that, I’ll
have to use the inter-library loan [………………………………]and get it in for
you.
SECTION 2
Hello. This afternoon I’m going to begin by [………………………………]some of
the main changes that have [………………………………]in the labour market
and in working practices over the last [………………………………]. One of the
most significant changes has been the vast move, especially in [……………]
countries, from […………………] to service industries. Although this has freed
many people from heavy and […………………] work in factories, many people
find their work in [……………] industries equally boring and just
as […………………………].
Another important change has been that people no longer expect to spend
most of their working lives with the same company or [………………………]. As
a result people set themselves [………………………………]which they work
towards, and they use the various jobs they do and the different companies
they work for as steps towards these objectives. For […………………………]
workers I think this has helped them become more [………………………………]
and given them more control over their lives.
Competition from new products and from different parts of the world means
that [………………………………]companies have to adapt very fast to changing
markets and this [………………………………] them to be
very [……………………]. Increasingly this means they don’t employ workers
directly, but employ other small [………………………………]companies
or [………………] to do the job when they need them. This means they don’t
have the expense of employing workers when they don’t need them.
Statistics show that generally people work much harder than in the past with
much longer hours. New technologies are largely responsible for
this, [………………………………]mobile phones and beepers or pagers, These
things force [………………………………]to stay in contact with their offices
even in their free time and at weekends. I think this is a pity as people need to
be able to relax and have time for themselves.
SECTION 3
Farouk: Hi, Martin. Hi, Maria. How are you getting on with
your […………………] ? You’ve got to give the [………………………………]on
Friday, haven’t you?
Maria: Hi, Farouk. We’re getting on fine. It’s just so interesting! Do you want
to hear about it?
Maria: Great. And it’ll help us to sort out who said what, won’t it, Martin?
Farouk: Really?
Martin: There’s a political scientist from New Zealand called James Flynn.
Well, he’s a [………………………………]in this field, and he’s found that people
perform the [………………………………]tasks in intelligence tests much better
than they did 50 years ago. Partly he puts this down to people playing with
their PCs and watching TV- things like that.
Farouk: What about diet? Does that have anything to do with it?
Martin: Remember also that far more children have the [……………………] to
go to school nowadays. Howard thinks that must be a leading factor in
improved IQ test [………………………………].
Farouk: Are there any limits to intelligence or will the human race just
continue to get [………………………………]and cleverer?
Maria: On the other hand, this rise in intelligence started to happen some
years later in East Asian [………………………………]-the so-called Asian
tigers-and it still hasn’t leveled off.
SECTION 4
My lecture today is on [………………………………] at work.
If [……………………] are to improve the running of their organization, it’s
important for them to understand what motivates the [………………………]-to
know how to satisfy both the high flyers and those who have
lower [………………] or ability.
First of all, let’s look at the model of how motivation works. You will see that
every member of the workforce has needs or [………………………………], and
these needs and expectations will [………………………………]each person’s
behaviour- For example, they will work harder if they know that they will
be [………………………………]– that is, if they can achieve their goals of higher
pay or promotion. The achievement of these goals will, in turn, lead to
iob [………………………………]. This then feeds back into the worker’s needs
or expectations.
1. One walk includes a break at the oldest pub so that the walkers can get some
___________________
2. The castle walk allows more time to see the castle wall. and walk on the
_____________
3. You have to _______________ if you want to go on the Ghost Walk.
4. The Ghost Walk goes to the castle and the ____________.
5. The walks are suitable for adults and __________.
6. The fourth walk shows people the ___________ of the writer Robert
Jones.
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
Complete the following sentences using NO MORE THAN TWO
WORDS for each gap.
Questions 16-20
19. What medical conditions are not always covered by medical insurance?
SECTION 3
Questions 21-26
Complete the sentences using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each
gap.
21. The professor wants the students to pretend that they are____________.
22. Sandra points out that recruiters need to know if people have the right
________________- not just qualifications and experience.
26. Mike thinks that asking people about their_______________ can tell
you something about them.
Questions 27-28
A. The professor.
B. Sandra.
C. Mike.
Questions 29-30
A. The professor.
B. Sandra.
C. Mike.
SECTION 4
Questions 31-32
31. In which year did the SPI introduce the recycling symbol?
Questions 33-40
Easily recycled?
Number Used for
(yes/no)
Answer keys:
1. refreshments
2. exhibits
3. book ahead
4. cathedral
5. older children
7. 1 p.m. – 6 p.m.
8. 9a.m.-midday
9. Monday(s)
10. www.walknewtown.com
19. pre-existing
21. managers
22. character
26. hobbies
27. A
29. A
31. 1988
34. toys
36. no
38. yes
40. insulation
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
Customer: Good morning. I’ve heard that you offer [………………………………]
of the city.
Tour Guide: Yes, we do. We have four walks. Did you have any [………………]
one in mind?
Customer: Not really. Actually, I don’t know anything about your tours. Could
you…?
Customer: That looks very interesting. I see you have a walk that just takes in
the castle.
Tour Guide: Yes, it spends more time examining the castle and its history. The
first tour I [………………………………]visits the castle briefly, but this one
includes visits to all the [………………………………]there and a longer walk
along the castle wall.
Customer: I heard something about … Ah, yes-there it is. The Ghost Walk in
the evening.
Tour Guide: Ah, yes. This is a very popular tour. You’ll need to book ahead for
this one. The tour starts here at 8 p.m. every evening […………………………]
Mondays and finishes here at about… well, about two hours later.
Tour Guide: Well, again, we take people to the castle and to the cathedral, but
we don’t go [………………………………]. At the cathedral, we see a
few […………………] and tell people some pretty [………………………………].
Tour Guide: Not really. Actually, all four of our walks are really
for [………………………………]or at least older children.
Customer: I see. Now, prices … they’re not listed here in the [………………].
Tour Guide: OK. There’s a small discount or groups of 5 to 10 people. The full
price for the City Sights tour is [………………………………]per person. The
Castle tour is £7. The Ghost Walk is also £7 and the Robert Jones Walk is £8.
The [………………………………]is 5% of the total fee.
Customer: Thank you. And what time do the tours start? You said the Ghost
Walk starts at 8 p.m.
Tour Guide: Yes, the City Sights one starts at [………………………………]. and
finishes at 6 p.m. The Castle tour starts at 9 a.m. and finishes at midday. The
Robert Jones Walk starts at 2 p.m. and finishes at 5 p.m.
Customer: The Ghost Walk is not on Mondays. How about the other walks?
Tour Guide: The same. Our office is open on Mondays for booking walks, but
there are no tours that day.
Customer: I see. Thank you very much. I see you have a website.
SECTION 2
Presenter: Welcome everyone. My name is Derek Palmer and I’m here to give
you some tips about [………………………………]your money. It is worth
making a little effort to keep your [………………………………]affairs in good
shape. Keep your money under [………………………………], and you
can [………………………………]on the real business of studying and living
here. Here are two basic tips for [………………………………]your finances.
Let’s turn to insurance. During your stay, there are three types of insurance
that you might need. The first is personal [………………………………]
insurance-to cover your possessions against [………………………………]or
theft. If possible, try to arrange this in your own country before you come to
the UK. The second is medical insurance-to cover
your [………………………………]. You may prefer to arrange this in advance.
The third is motor insurance. You must have this if you want to drive a car or
ride a motorcycle here.
For each type, there are many different insurance policies available, so look
around until you find one that meets your needs – including your budget. You
will find a [………………………………]of
insurance [………………………………]listed in vour local telephone directory,
and your bank or building [………………………………]may also be able to offer
you an insurance [………………………………]. Many insurance companies
have special policies for students. Ask the [………………………………]adviser
at your college or university for advice. Make sure that you understand all the
conditions before you agree to a [………………………………].
When you are considering a particular policy, ask yourself some questions.
What will be [………………………………]to me when I make a claim? Some
personal property insurance policies, for example, only pay you the second-
hand value of your lost [………………………………]. “New-for-old” policies will
pay you the lull cost of replacing the item, but they tend to be more expensive.
SECTION 3
Sandra: But vou need to know if they have the right […………………………] ,
don’t you?
Professor: Precisely, Sandra. If they start work and you realise that they just
don’t get along with everybody else…
Sandra: Even adding one person to a team can change the whole?
group [………………………………], can’t it?
Professor: Possibly, but company training tends to show new people how you
do something at a particular company rather than changing a person’s
character to suit vour company.
Mike: I don’t know. It could tell you something about their personality-
whether they’re outgoing, for example.
Mike: Yes. You mentioned those in the last lecture. Do they work?
Professor: Well, most employers use them, but there is concern that they do
not reveal the applicants’ true [………………………………].
Professor: That’s true. Very often, employers can weed out the applicants who
do that by asking more detailed questions during the [………………………],
Mike: The fact that they have been used for so lone and that they are so
widely used makes me think that there must be something in them.
Professor: Well…
Sandra: I’m not so sure. Just because they’re used a lot, that
doesn’t [……………………] mean that they are useful or [……………………].
Sandra: How about the idea of setting problems for applicants and
seeing how they [………………………………]them?
Professor: I like that idea, but the problems need to be simple, since Q29/30
there’s not much time to [………………………………]a full answer. In addition,
the applicant doesn’t have much [………………………………]knowledge of the
way that the company does things.
Sandra: It’s a good idea, but may not always be practical. Usually it is though.
SECTION 4
The symbol code we’re familiar with-a single digit ranging from 1 to 7
and [………………………………]by a triangle of arrows-was designed bv The
Society of the [……………………] Industry, or SPI. in [………………………] to
allow consumers and recyclers to differentiate types of plastics while providing
a uniform coding system for [………………………………]. The numbers, which
many countries now require to be [………………………………]or imprinted on
all-or at least most-containers that can [………………………………]the hajfjnch
minimum-size symbol, identify the type of plastic. The [………………………]
also help recyclers do their jobs more effectively.
Questions 5-7
Questions 8-10
Answer the following questions using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS
AND/OR NUMBERS for each.
SECTION 2
Questions 11-12
Answer the following questions using NO MORE THAN THREE
WORDS for each answer.
1. What is the title of the series of presentations that David Price will
make?
2. What item has David Price given each student?
Questions 13-14
Decide which TWO things David Price recommends doing 1 year before
going abroad. You may write your answers in any order. Choose from the
following list:
Questions 15-16
Decide which TWO things David Price recommends doing 6 months before
going abroad. You may write your answers in any order. Choose from the
following list:
Questions 17-18
Decide which TWO things David Price recommends doing 2 or 3 months
before going abroad. You may write your answers in any order. Choose from
the following list:
Questions 19-20
Complete the following summary of what students should do about health
issues using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.
Questions 15-16
Questions 17-18
Decide which TWO things David Price recommends doing 2 or 3 months
before going abroad. You may write your answers in any order. Choose from
the following list:
Questions 19-20
Complete the following summary of what students should do about health
issues using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.
SECTION 3
Questions 24-26
Complete the following notes using only ONE word for each gap.
Professor s suggestions:
Questions 27-30
Choose the correct answer, A, B, C or D.
27. The professor points out that the university language centre
SECTION 4
Questions 31-34
32. A student or staff member might become a_to a student working independently.
33. Study trips provide opportunities for independent students to learn off_
Questions 35-37
Complete the notes concerning the example of Mary and Jim using NO
MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.
35 ______ materials
Question 38
Decide which of the following can be used by independent learners. Write all
the correct letters in any order.
A. tapes
C. letters
Questions 39-40
Decide which of the following places independent learners can learn at. Write
both the correct letters in either order.
A. libraries
C. museums
D. shops
E. cafes
Answer keys
1. ten/10 o’clock
2. further
3. heavy smoker
4. bus connection
5D
7. D
24. revise
25. progress
26. realistic
27. C
28. D
29 D
34. self-access
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
(A-Accommodation Officer S-Student)
S: That’s right.
A: I’m sorry about that. Weren’t you given the option of accommodation with
smokers or non-smokers?
S: I’m afraid that’s really my fault. I don’t mind light smokers, but I didn’t get
my accommodation [………………………………]very much in advance, so most
of the accommodation had gone by the time I [………………………………].
However, a friend told me that there is sometimes accommodation … er … you
know … er … accommodation becomes available [………………………………]
because some people leave the university or change their place … er … the
place where they live, so I thought maybe …
S: Yes, of course.
A: Yes, that’s a fair way away. The bus connection isn’t too good either, is it? I
think that it would be better to focus on that as the reason for moving, rather
than the smoking [………………………………]. However, I will change the
information in the computer to say that this accommodation is
only [………………………………]for smokers or people who don’t mind heavy
smokers. That way we can [………………………………]similar problems in the
future.
A: Not at the moment. Something could become available at any time. Vmt
then again, vou might have to wait weeks.
A: Sure,.., It looks like this, You can see that there is a [………………………] for
each student and a common living room and bathroom. There are no
S: Can you tell me anything about the people I’d be living with?
A: There are two girls there, One is British and one is Indian. They are
studying law and marketing [………………………………]. They’re the same age
as you, 20. And they’re not smokers!
S: I understand. I’ll take it. Can I move in on the first day of next month?
A; What day is it today? 22nd. Yes. That should be fine. Give me a minute to
print out the standard rental [………………………………]…
SECTION 2
Next, about one month before leaving, find out whether you will be entitled
to [………………………………]free health [………………………………]in the
country you are going to and find out how much you will have to pay if not.
Look into arranging health insurance if [………………………………]. Also buy
currency and travellers’ [………………………………]to cover your first few
weeks in the country. Watch the exchange rates and pick a good time, but do
not leave it too late. If you are buying travellers’ cheques or a
large [………………………………]of money or currency, your bank may need a
while to [………………………………]this. Another thing to do is to find out
what you can take into the country and what items are [………………………].
Finally, find out whether your home [……………………] will cover your
belongings while they are abroad. If not, arrange suitable insurance or look
into the [………………………] of arranging a policy in the foreign country.
The last point on this timetable is two weeks before you leave. At this time, you
need to do two things. One is to ask your [………………………………]to write a
letter explaining any [………………………………]medicines-what they are and
why you are taking them. The second is to request a […………………………]
letter from your bank in your own country as this will help you to open a bank
account [………………………………]. Now, let’s take a closer look at…
SECTION 3
Dinesh: Thank you very much, professor. I’ve been having some
problems [……………] to the style of learning at a British [……………………]
and was hoping you could give me some advice.
Professor: I see. Take control of this time and organise it carefully. Time that is
not organised can [………………………………]very quickly, leaving
you [………………………………]to catch up on your work or even running out
of time altogether. Learn the [……………………] of time management. First,
make weekly or monthly plans that set out your study [………………………] for
the week or month ahead. [……………………] time for reading, and work out
roughly how much you want to read in each [………………………………]. Plan
time to research and write your essays or prepare [………………………………],
so that you do not have to stay up late doing them at the last minute. Have you
made such a plan?
Dinesh: No, I haven’t. That’s obviously something I should do. I can easily fill
that free time with extra studies.
Professor: No, no, That’s not what I mean. Don’t plan to spend all your extra
time studying. Remember to leave some time free for [……………………],
sports, seeing friends or simply relaxing. If you do not take time to enjoy
yourself, your work will suffer and you will miss out on many other
worthwhile [………………………………]. Make a timetable for your free time, if
you like. Plan when to see your friends, play your favourite sport, or just hang
out. Don’t [………………………………]to revise your plans if you need to. As
you [………………………………]through your course, you will get a better idea
Professor: That’s right. Feel free to show me your plan when you’ve made one.
Dinesh: Thank you. My next problem is coping with my course. Living abroad
in a new [………………………………]makes studying
more [………………………………]than usual. I’m worried about my progress
and about how I will cope with [………………………………].
Dinesh: Yes. The second idea is particularly good. As you know, there are not
so many overseas students on this course, but I know some other students
from my country on other [………………………………]here. I think that I feel
overwhelmed because I have set myself [………………………………]goals. Just
talking to you has made me realise that I need to take a more
realistic [………………………………]and put my problems into perspective.
Dinesh: Thank you very much. There is one other thing. When we had
the [………………………], the International Student Advisor [………………] a
book that’s available from the campus [………………………………]. It’s not
specifically for overseas students, but she said it was useful. I didn’t write it
down. You wouldn’t happen to know the book I mean, would you?
SECTION 4
Lecturer: Part of the role of university [………………………………]is to prepare
students for their [………………………………]life and career. Part of
this […………………] is to introduce and train students in [……………………]
learning-preparing them to [……………………] their career as a continuous
learning experience, rather than […………………] that the end of their
university education [………………………………]an end goal beyond which
there is no need for further learning. Therefore students are […………] to
develop as independent learners. An [………………………] learner is one who
takes […………………]for his or her own learning and is not always dependent
on teacher being available to [………………………………] and correct. Such a
student sets their own learning goals, makes their own [………………………] as
to when and how to study for these goals, and also [………………………………]
their own [………………………………] and develops further goals. This is not
always easy for students, particularly those whose [………………………………]
education has been very teacher focussed with teaching [……………………]
mainly in lecture format and with little [………………………………]for the
students to take any control of the learning process. At university, while much
teaching is conducted via lectures, students are expected to
become […………………] independent in their learning. Departments
approach this issue in a number of ways. For example, they might provide
personal [………………………………]. This could be a student or a member
Let’s take an example. Mary and her friend Jim have decided they need
to [………………………………]their report writing skills. They decide to go to
the ELC twice in the next week, for two hours each time, from five o’clock to
seven o’clock. The first thing they do is to talk to the English teacher there, to
help them [………………………………]what
particular [………………………………]of writing a report they find especially
difficult. Having done this, they identify [………………………………]books,
videos, or computer programs from the index, with help from the teacher if
needed. Looking at the [………………………………], they decide which to use
first, and how to best to use it. Working through the materials,
they […………………] problems with each other, [………………………………]
notes and evaluate each other’s work and progress. This process of working
together is important, as the students are able to [………………………………]
each other in the learning process. Of course, sometimes they need more help
and so they ask the English teacher at the centre. When they have finished
their studies, they review what they have studied, with help from their notes,
and [………………………………]the extent to which they have, or have
not, [………………………………]their initial aim In the light of this, they will
There are many ways students can improve their English [……………………] of
a teacher. Firstly, they can use English language videos in […………………]
with learning activities such as exercises to practise [……………………]
listening skills, questions to lead [………………………………]on the topic
introduced by the video. They can do [………………………………]tasks that use
the content of the video to focus on other [………………………………], such as
learning vocabulary or understanding the [………………………………]used by
the characters in the video. Secondly, they can use a computer programme to
improve their [………………………………], by identifying, and
then [……………………], the individual sounds used in English. Thirdly, they
can use a book to find a model business letter, for example, writing one of the
same type, but with different information, and then discussing it with the ELC
teacher before [………………………………]re-writing it. Finally, they can use
newspapers or [………………………………]as stimuli for […………………]
activities with a brief report written at the end, [………………………………]the
discussion.
Complete the following information about the cars available for rental
using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS OR NUMBERS for each
answer.
Questions 5-7
Complete the following information using NO MORE THAN THREE
WORDS OR NUMBERS for each answer.
Name David 5
Company 6___________
Telephone 0676934888
Questions 8-10
SECTION 2
Questions 11-14
Answer the following questions using NO MORE THAN THREE
WORDS for each answer.
Questions 15-17
16. Things that the traveller didn’t like in New York were the___________
A. kind.
B. rude.
C. pushy.
D. helpful.
A. Her friend.
B. Her friends.
D. Strangers.
A. A chess tournament.
21. Cestures-especially_____________ones.
Questions 25-27
Questions 28-30
Complete the summary on auditory learners using NO MORE THAN
THREE WORDS for each gap.
Each student gets a flash card and holds up their card when the 29_______ is
used in a song, poem or story. Students add a sentence to a story, including the
word on their flash card.
The teacher gives the students lyrics with some words replaced by
30____________ words. Students listen to the song and make corrections.
SECTION 4
Questions 37-33
Complete the following sentences according to the information given by the
tutor. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.
33. There are many ways of taking notes, but they must allow you
to________________ contained in them and connect them together.
Questions 34-38
Complete the following notes according to the information given by the tutor.
Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.
Questions 39-40
Complete the following notes on recommended books. Use NO MORE
THAN THREE WORDS.
Answer keys:
1. medium
2. 17
3. 31.05
4. insurance
5. Browne
6. Hectrix Electronics
7. Unit2/Two
9. K758 SMD
10. central
12. none/never/0
17. Ocean
A, D
19. C
B, D
21. finger
22. air
24. act
26. highlight
28. Dictation
30. rhyming
31. concentrate
34. in full
36. Go back
38. Omit
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
Saleswoman: Good morning, sir. How can I help you?
Saleswoman: Of course. We have one type of small car and two types of
medium sized ones. As you can see, the small type is called the Iota and the
medium ones are called the Combi and the Roadster.
Saleswoman: I see. Well, I’d recommend the small Iota. Parking can be
difficult in town and it’s a touch easier with a small […………………………].
Saleswoman: Yes. So the total costs are £23, £28.75 and £31.05 per day
respectively.
Saleswoman: Yes, they do. However, the insurance only covers one driver –
the one who signs the [………………………………]. We can cover other drivers
for an additional fee.
Man: That’s OK. I’m here alone. OK, I’ll take the Iota. Oh, what
about [………………] costs?
Saleswoman: All of our cars have a full tank when customers take them. If the
car is [………………………………]with a full tank, there’s no additional fee.
Otherwise, we have to charge for the tank to be [………………………………].
Man: [………………………………].
Saleswoman: Will you be using a company credit card or your own one?
Saleswoman: Thank you. I’ll just run this through the machine. Could you
enter your PIN, please? … Thanks. … OK I’ve [………………………………]the
details of the rental, but I’ve left the rest blank in case there are any extra
charges, such as fuel.
Saleswoman: Yes, please. Now, let me tell you a few things about the car.
There’s a first aid kit in the boot. That has to be there by law. There’s also a
torch in the glove [………………………………], just in case. Do you have a map
of the town?
Saleswoman: That’s no problem. Here you are. You won’t need one for
the [………………………………]area, will you?
Saleswoman: Here are the keys. The car has an alarm that you can switch on
and off using this [………………………………]here.
SECTION 2
Interviewer: What was your holiday [………………………………]and how did
you hear about it?
Interviewee: My holiday location was New York, I heard about visiting New
York from some friends who were there and who were [……………………] of
the beauty of the city and who even [………………………………]to stay there
and start a new life. My friend and I [………………………………]an invitation
last summer from these friends so I spent
my [………………………………]there. It was the best holiday I’ve ever been on.
Interviewer: So, you just went there with one friend, right?
Interviewee: Yes. I travelled with my best friend and it was very [……………]
because it was the first time either of us had [………………………………]by
plane- Our excitement grew higher and higher as we got close
to [………………………………]. At the airport I saw a lot of […………………]
who had come there to work or to visit this [………………………………]city and
Interviewer: How much time did you spend finding out information about
New York and what [………………………………]did you use?
Interviewer: Can you tell us the thing you like most in this place?
Interviewee: The thing that I liked most in New York was [……………………]
the variety of buildings and [………………………………]. I also enjoyed the
parks. They were great. New York is a [………………………………]city. It’s like
you are in the middle of the world. It’s [………………………………]by many to
be the economic centre of the world. I also liked the people. Some people told
me that New Yorkers have a [………………………………]for
being [………………………………], but I didn’t notice this.
Interviewee: Yes. The people from New York are very kind and now I will tell
everybody I know this. Whenever we [………………………………]help on the
street, because we didn’t know where to go or because we found the
map [………………………………], they always gave us a hand and […………] us
find our way.
Interviewer: Did you make any new friends? Have you kept in touch?
Interviewee: Yes I made some new friends there. I made friends with mv
friend’s [………………………………]. We spent much of our time together and
sometimes they were our guides around the city.
Interviewer: How did you spend your time? Did you participate in
any [………………………………]activities?
Interviewee: During the day we went visiting and walking on the streets for
hours. And when the weather was bad we played a lot of chess. We had the
chance to [………………………………]in the 78th Annual Feast of San
Gennaro. but we missed the [………………………………] Annual African
American Day Parade through the whole of [………………………………]. And
we went to the Richmond Countv Fair on Staten Island, which amazed us in
every possible way.
SECTION 3
Jack: Yes, I was. The first idea I had was using [………………………………],
particularly finger gestures. Teachers can use them to [………………………]
stress on certain [………………………………]. They can also use
Helen: Games are good for them. Jack, did you think of any?
Jack: I know a good game for visual learners. Make a set of cards-half with
words on and half with [………………………………]. The cards are face down
and students can turn over two at a time. If the word and picture match, they
keep the cards. If they don’t, they turn them face down again and the next
student tries.
Helen: OK. I had these ideas for teaching auditory learners. First, they could
listen to a [………………………………]and draw what they hear. For example,
students listen to the teacher [………………………………]items of furniture
and then draw them in the [………………………………]rooms of the house. Or
the teacher could describe a picture. After the [………………………………], the
teacher and students can see whose picture was [………………………………]to
the original. Flash cards can also be used. Each student gets
a [………………………………]and they hold up their card when they hear that
word or phrase in a song, poem or story. Another way of using them is to go
around the class, with each student adding a [………………………………]to a
story, including the word on their flash card.
Tutor: Auditory learners can also learn using songs and music.
Any [………………………………]?
Tina: The teacher could give the students a text of a song, you know, the lyrics,
with some words [………………………………]by a rhyming word. Students
then listen to the song and make [………………………………].
Tutor: That’s a really good idea. Perfect for auditory learners. Well, thank you
for your suggestions. I have a few other ideas you might consider…
SECTION 4
How do you know what is important and what is not? This is not an easy
question to answer, but there are things you can look out for, The first piece of
information you [………………………………]is the title of the lecture. This is
perhaps the most important single piece of information of the
whole [………………………………], so you should make sure that you write it
down in full. Even better-find out what it is [………………………………]so that
you can have time to think about what the lecture will be about.
Many students ask me when they should write up their notes. You might not
have time to note down everything you want during the [……………………]
itself so you must rewrite them as soon as possible so that you minimise the
risk of [………………………………] something. Finally, you
should [………………………………]on a personal note-taking style and be
willing to [………………………………]according to whom you are listening.
For more practice in note taking, take a look at these books which can be found
in the [………………………………]Room: “Study Listening” by Tony
Lynch, [………………………………] units 6 and 12. Then there’s “Learning to
Study in English” by Brian Heaton and Don Dunmore, [………………………]
units 5 and 10. The first one is [………………………………]by Cambridge
University Press and the second one is published by Oxford University Press.
Select the correct answer from the choices given. Write A, B, Cor D on your
answer sheet.
A. Private accommodation.
B. With friends.
Questions 5-7
Age 19
Smoker? No
Questions 8-70
Select the correct answer from the choices given. Write A, B, C or D on your
answer sheet.
B. There is no contract
B. 1 month’s rent.
D. There’s no fee.
SECTION 2
Questions 11-13
Choose the correct answers to the following questions. Only ONE answer is
possible for each question.
11. Which member or members of the speaker’s family have health problems?
A. The speaker.
Questions 14-16
15. One of the children from the other family was a ______________than
the speaker.
16. Before leaving, the speaker and his family got information from the
Internet and a______________.
Questions 17-20
17. What did the speaker especially like about the holiday?
19. How does the speaker describe the people at the resort?
SECTION 3
Questions 21-23
Complete the notes on what Mika says at the beginning of the discussion.
Mika says that if you miss what other people in a seminar say, it makes it hard
to 21__________ the discussion. She might have a 22_______________
if she didn’t understand what, a tutor was asking her, but if she was wrong it
was 23_______________.
Questions 24-27
Complete the sentences using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS.
24. Martina says that native speaker students often continue talking even if
non-native speaker students like her,_____________.
25. However, she points out that native speaker students will usually stop
talking if you___________.
27. Michal points out that non-native speaker students can use__________
and body language to indicate when they are ready to add to a discussion.
Questions 28-30
Choose the correct answer or answers to complete each sentence.
A. aggressive.
B. argumentative.
C. well-prepared.
D. polite.
SECTION 4
Questions 31-32
The lecturer says that he will first look at how some cultural values influence
31 ______________and that then he will 32________________
demonstrating that approaches to learning in one culture may not be
considered suitable in others.
Questions 33-36
Complete the notes on the way students learn in different cultures. Use
only ONE word for each answer.
34_________ of the
Arab culture Koran influences how
other subjects are learnt.
33__________ Little or no talking or
35_________ with
Chinese culture
other students or culture
teachers.
Focus on developing
36___________ skills
Extending American culture
through questioning, for
example.
Questions 37-40
Complete the notes on three Asian students and their experiences. Use NO
MORE THAN THREE WORDS
Answer keys:
1. D
2. B
3. C
4. C
6. garciainuk@email.uk
7. 200-250/200 to 250
8. D
9. A
10. B
12. D
13. C
14. 9/nine
22. guess
24.raise a hand
29. C
33. conserving
34. Memorisation
35. interacting/interaction
36. argumentation
37. undergraduate
38. hesitate
Example Answer
Faculty of 1______________
Telephone: 3______________
Operations: 5_______________
Allergies: 6_______________
Questions 7-9
Circle the correct letters A-C.
C. He has an infection.
Question 10
Circle TWO letters A-E.
10. Which of these things does the doctor suggest Martin should do?
C. sleep more
SECTION 2
Questions 11 -20
Complete the notes below.
ARTISTS EXHIBITION
General details
▪ Place: 11_
▪ Address: 1,12_
▪ Dates: 6th October to 13_
Display details
▪ jewellery
▪ furniture
▪ ceramics
▪ 14
▪ sculpture
Expect to see:
ARTISTS CONSERVATORY
19____________
silk painting
supply of 20___________
SECTION 3
Questions 21-23
Circle the appropriate answer.
B. reading in literature.
C. writing in literature.
D. general studies.
Questions 24-2?
Listen and complete the table below with the appropriate numbers.
Questions 28-30
29. Terry felt _____________after his first tutorial with Dr. Pratt.
SECTION 4
Complete the summary.
Background:
Contributing factors:
economic development
34___________________
industrial expansion
35_______________
Two particularly important factors:
Need to
38____________________
Recommendations:
Need for
long-term view
broad view
modem 39_______________
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
Doctor: Good morning.
Doctor: Come in. Sit down. Now, you’re a new [………………………], aren’t
you?
Martin: H-A-N-S-E-N.
Doctor: Studying?
Martin: Thanks.
Martin: [………………………………]
Martin: No, you got the 6 and the 4 the wrong way round. It’s 24655.
Martin: Yes.
Martin: A broken lee I got plaving football when I was 17. I was in the school
team.
Martin: No, the only time I’ve been to hospital was when I broke my leg.
Martin: Well, recently I’ve been getting this Dain here, iust behind my eves
and in my [………………………………].
Martin: No, not at all, though the pain is pretty intense sometimes.
Martin: I had a cold a couple of weeks ago, but that’s gone. It was only
a [………………] really.
Doctor: Good. Are you studying a lot? Are you getting enough sleep?
Doctor: Very healthy. And has this pain kept you awake or stopped you
jogging?
Martin: Yes, it makes getting to sleep harder. It’s much worse at the end of the
day. I hardly notice it in the morning.
Martin: No.
Doctor: OK. Well I think first you should get that done again, just to make sure
it’s not the cause. In the [………………………………], take an aspirin or two
when you’re in pain, and come and see me again in a week. Ask the
receptionist to give you an [………………………………]with the optician. He’s
here on Tuesday and Thursday mornings…
SECTION 2
All the sessions offer excellent value for money and the opportunity to relax in
a [………………………………]rural setting. Fees are
very [………………………………]and include the use of an excellent studio
and [………………………………]to the art shop, which you will find sells
eveiything from paper to CD’s, and they also include
the [………………………………]of all materials. For more information on dates,
costs and [………………………………]you should get in touch with the
programme [………………………………]on 0459 2839584 or go direct to the
website…
SECTION 3
S: You really think so, Dave? I’m completely worn out. If I have to take in
another piece of [………………………………], my head’s going to explode.
D: Reading!
T: Reading?
D: Yes, reading.
S: You would’
S: No, Dave. That’s not true. It’s just there were some things that I’m not so
sure about or more [………………………………]sure whether they’re important
or not.
S: Well, when I read I just read and Dr Pratt was going on about all these
different [………………………………]that we need to develop and hone.
S: Sixty to seventy!
S/D: What?
T: Yeah and I’m not unusual. One of my friends, doing Medieval European
History, Arnold, he reads about [………………………………] an hour.
T: At the moment, 3.
T: Twenty. 1
S: Twenty!
T: In fact, what matters, is that you develop your reading speed to suit
the [………………………………]. You could still stick to your reading speed
of [………………………………]an hour
for [………………………………]purposes, but double your reading speed for
reading journals or [………………………………]texts. If I’m scanning a text
for [………………………………]information, I can
just [………………………………]through. Then when I find what I want, I’ll
read through that [………………………………]part very slowly.
S: Mm.
S: So he’s your tutor too. You can tell us then what he means when he talks
about learning to read the content words only.
S: Yeah?
T: But if you train your eyes to look at the nouns, verbs, adverbs and
adjectives.
S: Mmmm Right. I think I’m going off to the library to start. Thanks for
the [………………………………]!
T: Twenty-five.
SECTION 4
Mr. Ackroyd: Thank you Ms. Cranston. Good afternoon everyone. Perhaps it
would be best if I first [………………………………]for you what I plan to talk
about. I’ll begin with some [………………………………]to the inquiry looking at
the new [………………………………]we are making on our
old [………………………………], so to speak, and go on to give some idea of
the [………………………………]we came to in our inquiry.
MARKET LIST
Example
8 a.m. -5 p.m. Sat & Tue. Castle
East Street SE17
Mon. – Sat.
Walthamstow E17 4__________ 5__________
Except Web & Sun.
Chalk Farm,
Camden High St. NW1 8 a.m – 5 p.m 7 _________
Camden Town
SECTION 2
Questions 11-16
Radio
Radio South new Wake-up 15______
Soap
approval rating 11_____% 17% 87% 15%
Questions 17-20
18. The praise for the music on the Wake-up show has come
SECTION 3
Questions 21-30
Introduction
• Title 21___________________
• Category 22___________________
Overview
SECTION 4
Questions 31-33
EARLY BRIDGES
Bridge type Material(s) used First examples date from
Arch tone or brick 31 B. C. Middl
32___________ and
Suspension A.D. 550 33___
____________
iron suspension iron 1826 Wales
Questions 34-37
Questions 38-40
BRIDGE PROPOSALS
2. Petticoat/Peticote
3. Aldgate
4. 9 a.m.-4 p.m.
5. Central Line
6. Brixton
7. Sun./Sundays
9. by/take underground/tube/subway
11. 83/eighty-three
12. 7/seven
13. 3/three
18. C
19. A
20. B
23. non-specialists
24. theories
25. function
26. personality
27. medical
28. stories
30. goal
31. 3200
33. China
34. competition
37. chains
40. 2.5
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
T = Tom B = Barbara
B: Well, I’d like to do some shopping, but I have no idea where to go. I’ve only
been here a few days. I was told London is an [………………………………]place
to live.
T: This might give you some ideas. Let me see. East Street SE17. This market
sells cheap food, clothes and [………………………………]. It’s open from 8 a.m.
to 5 p.m.
T: You can take the [………………………………]. We call it tube. You see, there
is a tube station on the list.
B: Yes. We can get off at Aldgate Station. What about the one in Walthamstow
El7?
T: Oh, that’s a big market for clothes and food. It’s open from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m.
on Mondays to Saturdays, [………………………………]Wednesdays and
Sundays.
B: Let me see, yes, we can get there on the Central Line. What about Brixton?
T: Yes. There are several markets on Camden High Street and plenty of shops.
They sell [………………………………]clothes, [………………………………],
recorders and pottery. The most famous one is Camden Hight St.NWl. It’s
good for buying [………………………………], very close to Chalk Farm and
Camden Town Station.
B: I see. It says it opens on Sundays only from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Well, I think
these markets might help to keep my costs down.
B: Thank you so much for your help. Tom, shall we go to Brixton together this
weekend?
T: [………………………………]?
B: Yes, I’d like to go to Camden Town to shop. Would you like to go there with
me?
T: Yes, I’d love to. That’s a good market. Mary is here with me now. She wants
to go there too. Shall we meet at Camden Town Station?
T: We will go there by bus. It’s only three stops from my place. Well, we might
walk there if the weather is fine. How will you get there?
T: OK. Take the Central Line and get off at Tottenham Court Road. Then you
want the Northern Line to Camden Town. It’s only
about [………………………………] stops. Make sure you get
a [………………………………]train though. You want northbound Camden
Town. OK?
B: OK I think I can find the way. I have an underground map with me now.
What time shall we meet tomorrow?
T: Bye.
SECTION 2
And for [………………………………] of you, the new starting time of 5 a.m. for
the Wake-up show went down really well! Only a
small [………………………………]rating for this one: in fact, only 3%. Many of
you said the earlier time is a real hit.
Unfortunately, the Wine Show has not gone down well at all. It had
a [………………………………]approval rating and 25% who did not like it
and [………………………………]didn’t know! Sadly, the
Sharon from Tasmania has written in to say that she has tried to get through
on the [………………………………]to our new Message Line to leave
a [………………………………]on the Voicebox, but she finds it
too [………………………………]. She says, and I quote: Every time I press a
number after the main menu the line won’t [………………………………]my
message. It is so frustrating. Maybe your [………………………………]should
come with a health warning! Well, I can tell you that you’re not the first person
to have [………………………………]about this; in feet, we had 67 letters this
past week alone and complaints have been going up at the rate of 10% a week
recently. And we’re now looking into the problem.
Pangapom from Thailand wants to know if there are any plans to repeat the
English [………………………………], English Worldwide, on Sunday morning
at 9 a.m. or whether we are going to [………………………………]the
programme. We’ve had so many letters over the past weeks ago, the number of
people tuning in has grown [………………………………]. There are no plans at
the moment to increase the 2-hour slot on Friday morning, but if numbers
keep increasing at the rate they are we may have to.
SECTION 3
Tutor: OK. Well, sit down, and let’s talk about it. I presume you’ve chosen the
book you want to write about.
Rachel: Yes.
Tutor: Good. Then have a look at this outline. If we talk it through and you
make notes on it, it’ll help you to [………………………………]your review.
Right, first of all, what’s the name of the book?
Tutor: Right. Now the overview. What would vou say Winston is trying to do?
Rachel: Er…it’s very informative, but I think he’s also telling us how to make
the most of our brains.
Rachel: Well, it starts by looking back at the last few thousand years, and looks
briefly at some of the [………………………………]that have been developed
about the brain, and about its [………………………………]. It wasn’t always
considered as important as we now believe.
Tutor: Mm, I’d probably agree with you. Any more topics you want to
mention?
Tutor: Good luck! Now let’s look at the next [………………………………]of your
review, where you
should [………………………………]and [………………………………]the book.
This is the main section where you give your own [………………………………].
This first point is really a question of whether we should take the writer
seriously. A [………………………………]may be [………………………………]to
write about music, but not [………………………………]to write about the brain,
for instance.
Rachel: Mm. Winston is a professor at the University of London, and he’s done
a lot of research in various [………………………………]fields. So he’s very well
qualified to write about this subject.
Tutor: What would you say are the [………………………………]of the book?
Tutor: OK. Are there any other strengths you want to add?
SECTION 4
The story of the Clifton Suspension Bridge in Bristol began just three years
later, in [………………………………]. At that time, the
city [………………………………]wanted to build a bridge over the River Avon.
In order to choose the best design, they organized
a [………………………………], and the winner, [………………………………]in
1831, was an engineer by the name of Isambard Kingdom Brunei. Work began
the same year, but was almost [………………………………]interrupted when
serious riots [………………………………]in the city. As a result, investors
lost [………………………………], and work stopped until 1836. The two
supporting piers had been completed by [………………………………], but
unfortunately, at this point the money ran out, and work on
the [………………………………]came to a halt for a second time. Then, in 1851,
all the [………………………………]for the bridge was sold off in order to pay
back the [………………………………], and the project seemed to have reached
an end. However, in [………………………………]there was a stroke of luck
when a suspension bridge in London was [………………………………]. That
bridge had chains which were almost the same as the ones designed for
Clifton, and these chains were available to buy. Events moved quickly after
that. Money was raised, and work went ahead again
in [………………………………]. The bridge was finally completed amid
great [………………………………]two years later, in 1864.
Complete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN ONE WORD AND/OR
A NUMBER for each answer.
Questions 6-10
APPLICATION FORM
SECTION 2
Questions 11 and 12
Questions 13-17
Complete the now chart. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR
A NUMBER for each answer.
Questions 18-20
SECTION 3
Questions 21-26
Complete the sentences below. Write NO MORE THAN ONE WORD for
each answer.
21. The tutor is pleased that lane is ahvavs well for seminars.
25. The tutor is that jane makes claims which are not proved.
26. lane needs to use more as evidence for claims she makes.
Questions 27-30
Choose your answers from A-F below and write the letters next to questions
27-30.
29. Interviews
30. Questionnaires
F. can be out-of-date.
Questions 36-40
1. nine/9
2. one/1
3. job / work
6. Al-Shariff
8. 205 Diesel
9. YL34GGB
11. C
12. B
15. email
17 grade
18-20. C, E and F
21. prepared
22. listening.
23. questions
25. concerned
26. data
27. C
28. F
29. D
30. B
31. weight
32. mass
36. straight
37 stone
38. buildings
39. 60/sixty
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
Ma: Hello.
Ma: Yes, it is. A few people have come to see it, but they all want newer, faster
cars.
Mo: That was my first question actually. How old is the car?
Mo: Mmm, that’s good. And how many miles has it done?
Ma: No, I think it’s because the previous owner was an old lady and she didn’t
use it that much.
Mo: Right, great. Can I ask why you’re selling the car?
Ma: Yes, sure. I’ve just got a job in [………………………………]. I can take the
tube so I don’t need a car.
Mo: That’s great, congratulations. Um, icould I just check the price? Uh, the
advert says [………………………………]which seems quite a lot for an old car.
Ma: Not really, when you think it hasn’t done many miles. I can
take [………………………………]off the final price, but that’s it
I’m [………………………………].
Mo: OK, that seems fair. Could I come and see the car this evening?
Mo: That’s really kind, thanks. 1 live on campus. We could meet in the cafe; I’ll
buy you a coffee to say thanks.
Mo: Um, hello, yes, I’ve just bought a car and I need
some [………………………………].
I: OK, I’ll ask you some questions and see what we can do to help.
I: So you’re 19. Great. And what sort of car have you bought?
I: No, per month, I’m afraid and you’ll need to pay an extra £50 in the first
month which is the [………………………………]charge.
SECTION 2
Hi there, everybody. Thank you so much for coming. In the room here today
we have students from Japan, Afghanistan, Europe and North America. Some
of you have English as your first [………………………………]but
the [………………………………]don’t. You all have something in common
though; everyone here works in the field of law, and you are all here for our
new [………………………………]learning course, which allows you to get
the [………………………………]you need without leaving your country or your
job.
So, this two-day [………………………………]is one of only two chances that you
will get to meet your [………………………………]and your
classmates [………………………………]in your first year of study. The next
time we meet it’ll be for a lot longer; our three-month
summer [………………………………]course, which ends with your end-of-year
exams.
Then you will need to find the books on the reading list. Some of the books will
be [………………………………]to download from the VLP, but you may have to
buy some on the Internet.
While you are studying for your first assignment, if you have any questions,
please feel free to write your tutor an [………………………………]. If you’d
prefer, you can arrange to have a phone [………………………………]with your
tutor instead.
If you’ve asked your tutor for help and you don’t want to contact them again,
you can try the student [………………………………]. There will be lots of other
students who will be happy to help. After
you’ve [………………………………]your first assignment, you
can [………………………………]to wait about a week before your tutor uploads
your grade onto the VLP. Assignments are a [………………………………]small
part of the course, however. A lot more time will be
spent [………………………………]in seminars and listening to lectures. There
is one seminar per week, which you’ll be able to participate in on the VLP. We
try to choose a [………………………………]time for everyone but you may find
that your [………………………………]is very early in the morning or late at
night. There are also five [………………………………]per week. These are
recorded and [………………………………]onto the VLP and you can listen to
them at a convenient time.
Now, I think you all know that [………………………………]a full-time job with
studying isn’t easy. It may be that, from time to time, you can’t meet
a [………………………………]. If this happens, let your tutor know and they
will [………………………………]how much extra time you need. There’s also
the option, in the most [………………………………], to extend your degree, to
give you another year of study time. We don’t [………………………………]you
to do this. However, it is an option and we can discuss it with you
if [………………………………]. So, that brings me to the end of my talk. Has
anybody got any questions? I know it’s a lot to take in…
[T = Tutor, J = Jane]
J: OK.
J: Thank you. I find the seminars very interesting. I try to listen to the group’s
ideas as well.
T: Well, that’s partly right, but it’s the type of questions you ask that
is [………………………………]. For example, if one of the people in your
group [………………………………]an idea, you need to ask yourself what
evidence there is to [………………………………]this idea.
J: Yes, that’s because my case study had a very bad car accident as a child and
since then he has not been able to speak [………………………………].
T: Yes, do. They might analyze what happens in the brain after an accident and
why this might [………………………………]speech. Remember to check the
date the [………………………………]was written though;
research [………………………………]to go out of date quickly. Iiave you
also [………………………………]experts who argue against the connection
between speech problems and accidents?
J: OK, I think I see what you mean. I was also thinking about getting a higher
quantity of information through sending this [………………………………]out to
medical [………………………………]. Would you mind having a look at it for
me…
T: Yes, sure, let’s see … Well, on the whole, it’s fine, I think. But you need to be
very careful about asking ‘leading questions’. What I mean by that is some of
your questions may actually suggest what answer you are looking for.
T: Good So, when do you think you’ll have a first draft for me to look at?
SECTION 4
Questions 4-7
Questions 8-10
8. What is the shortest time lost items are kept by the office?
SECTION 2
Questions 11-14
12. You can avoid a commission fee if you use a local bank and the local
currency.
13. Using a local bank and the local currency will allow you to get access to
your money sooner.
Complete the following summary about taking money out of your country.
Questions 17-20
Complete the following notes about having enough money for your first few
days abroad
Advantages Disadvantages
Cash useful for 17__________ less secure
SECTION 3
Questions 21-24
Complete the notes on the purposes of a lesson plan using NO MORE THAN
THREE WORDS for each answer.
A LESSON PLAN
creates a focus
clarifies 22__________________
teacher-student interaction
reminder of materials
Questions 25-28
Time 50 minutes
Answer the questions using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each
answer.
29. When using books, what should the student definitely write down, apart
from the title?
30. What does the tutor give the student a list of?
SECTION 4
Questions 31-34
31. Which three foreign languages are traditionally taught in the USA?
Questions 35-38
36. The young boy finds writing the strokes of Chinese characters in
the____________________to be difficult.
37. The lecturer says that children take more interest in learning
if____________________do.
Questions 39-40
39. They have (He/ She has) been learning Chinese since they were 11 or
younger.
40. They are (He/ She is) learning Chinese to help with their future career.
Answer keys:
1. (bright) red
2. Handle
3. AEJ
4. EDV 758
5. 6a.m./06:00
8. 3/three months
9. twice a year
B,C,D
12. B
13. B
14. D
22. Aims
25. low-intermediate
27. Vocabulary
30. websites
32. 6
34. 52.7
A, B,C
A, B,C
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
Man: Good morning. I lost a briefcase at your airport yesterday and would
like to report it, please.
Man: My flight arrived from Sydney just after three in the afternoon. I had
taken the briefcase onto my flight as [……………………………].
After [……………………………], it would have been almost four o’clock when I
picked up my check-in luggage and left my briefcase at the carousel. It was
so [……………………………]of me.
Woman: Yes. Here is the log book. I’ll just check that it’s here. Do you have a
pen and paper? You’ll need to [……………………………]a few things to
remember for when you claim your briefcase.
Woman: It is. When you come to claim it, you’ll need to tell whoever is on duty
the lost property number-that’s [……………………………]. Have you got that?
Man: Yes, of course. I’m flying to Austria next week, so I’ll pick it up then.
Woman: Yes, sir. We’re open until six, sorry, I mean from six in the morning
until [……………………………], every day.
Woman: OK. In that case, get off at the stop for Terminal One. Go up
the [……………………………]to the main concourse. At the top of the escalator,
turn left and you’ll see a large [……………………………]board-an electronic
one. If you face this, you should see our office off to the right, in the comer. It’s
clearly [……………………………].
Man: Up the escalator, turn left, off to the right of the departures board. Got
it. Thank you very much for your help.
Woman: That’s what we’re here for. I only wish we could return all the items
we get handed in to us.
Man: What a pity! Well, thank you very much for your help. Goodbye.
Woman: Goodbye.
SECTION 2
Presenter: Good afternoon everybody. My name’s Sophie West and I’m here to
give you some information and answer your questions about money when you
are studying abroad. To obtain any form of entry [……………………………]into
the country where you wish to study, you will need to prove that you have
enough money to cover your [……………………………], accommodation fees
and living [……………………………]. Therefore, you need to arrange all your
funding ahead of time. Start by working out how much money you will need. I
believe that you will be having a [……………………………]on that topic later
this weejc so I won’t go into detail about it now.
If you are hoping for a [……………………………]to help pay for your studies,
then start making [……………………………]and applications now. The chance
of [……………………………]a bursary or scholarship or major funding after
arrival is minimal so it is [……………………………]to apply before you leave
home. To find out what scholarships are available, you
can [……………………………]the university you intend to study at and
the [……………………………]of education in your own country for further
information.
When you first go abroad, you will have lots of things to do and it may be a few
days before you are able to [……………………………]a bank and open a bank
As I mentioned earlier, you should not carry large amounts of cash, but do
bring a certain amount to cover the costs of your first few days or so. Cash is
very useful for covering small [……………………………], such as drinks and
snacks. If any of your [……………………………]are travelling with you, you will
obviously need to bring more cash. Most
international [……………………………]have a 24-hour bank or bureau de
change where you can change overseas [……………………………]or travellers’
cheques no matter what time you arrive. However, bear in mind that
the [……………………………]at these bureaux de change are not very good.
Keep this in mind when planning your cash needs. You can also exchange
money at banks. In English-speaking countries, most are open
from [……………………………]., Monday to Friday, and on Saturday mornings.
If you arrive outside those hours, plan to either exchange your money at the
airport/[……………………………], or bring enough cash to cover your needs
until the banks open. Travellers’ [……………………………]are much safer than
carrying cash, as they are [……………………………]against loss or theft. They
can be cashed at banks and [……………………………]de change and travellers’
cheques made out in the local currency can also be used like cash in many
shops and [……………………………]– but check with the staff in each case to
be sure to avoid [……………………………]. Credit cards are widely accepted as
payment in English-speaking countries and you can also use them to get cash
from the [……………………………]at banks. However, check with your bank at
home to find out how much [……………………………]you will be charged if
you use your home credit card abroad. It could be
quite [……………………………]. Now, let’s take a look at…
SECTION 3
Student: Good morning. I’m here for our meeting about creating lesson plans.
Tutor: Ah, yes. Bang on time! Come in and take a seat. Now, didn’t I ask you to
prepare something?
Student: It gives clear aims to the students and to the teacher. I think it’s worth
remembering that there are two [……………………………]to consider in the
learning process. It also serves as a reminder for teachers to put aims first and
materials second, rather than [……………………………]. Those are the five I
came up with.
Tutor: I think that you’ve got the most [……………………………], … the key
points. I can add another five. A lesson plan also helps
to [……………………………]potential student problems, and creates
an [……………………………]to find a solution. Second, it
brings [……………………………]and coherence to a lesson. Third, it clearly
shows the [……………………………]between teacher and student-or at least
the [……………………………]interaction. As we both know, lesson plans don’t
always go according to plan! A lesson plan also clearly shows something else-
the [……………………………]of time spent on different skills. This can really
show if your speaking or writing class is really about speaking or writing. And
finally, it serves to remind you what materials you have to take into class.
Tutor: That’s a good suggestion. What assumptions would you make if you
were the teacher?
Student: Er… I’d assume that the students could understand the instructions.
The topic is [……………………………]sports. Mmm. Perhaps Id assume that
they do not understand some of the [……………………………]related to those
sports-for example, the difference between
mountain [……………………………]and rock climbing.
Student: Solutions? Perhaps one solution would be to elicit the difference from
students via questioning.
Tutor: Yes, that would work. Given their level, the students should be able to
provide some answers to that, using fairly basic vocabulary. At the bottom, you
can see a list of [……………………………], blackboard,
chalk, [……………………………], pictures of rock climbing and mountain
climbing.
Student: Yes.
Tutor: I would certainly note down the page numbers. It’s probably a good idea
to add the author, but probably not necessary to add the […………………].
Mind you, if other people are going to see your [……………………………]plan,
it might be a good idea, because they might want the book […………………]-
knowing the publisher makes it easier for them to find it.
Tutor: Having stored plans for years it has become clear to me that no two
classes are [……………………………] alike and this limits the […………………]
for recycling lesson plans. However, one […………………………] I can make is
that you keep your ideas, rather than necessarily the whole plan. These can be
kept on [……………………………]that are organised by topic-perhaps
with [……………………………]for level, skill or structure- and then kept for
easy access. This is really easy if you do it on a computer.
Student: Can you recommend any books for helping with the creation of lesson
plans?
Tutor: My favourite book is Lesson Plans from Nothing by John Davis. You can
get it from the [……………………………] on campus. If you’re interested in
knowing how others do their lesson plans or just simply need a lesson plan
now, because you have no time, try these websites.
Student: That looks like a useful list. Thank you. Thank you very much.
SECTION 4
The United States has declared this year to be the “Year of Languages”,
although few Americans are [……………………………]of the designation.
According to a survey by the Language Association, more […………………]
students are studying foreign languages than ever before. [……………………]
in Chinese has risen by 20 percent over the past 3 years. The [………………]
students learning 15 leading languages represents a 17 percent increase over
the same period. However, only 9.3 percent of Americans are able to speak a
second tongue, compared to 52,7 percent of Europeans, according to the
Census Bureau.
I spoke to some students who had just started learning Chinese here at
this [……………………………]. All of them had learnt Chinese since the age of
11 and some had [……………………………]even earlier. Student A said he had
Questions 4-6
Complete the following sentences using NO MORE THAN THREE
WORDS AND/OR NUMBERS for each.
Questions 7-10
9. What does the customer decide is the third factor in choosing a school?
10. What does the customer say the reception area should be like?
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 13
Questions 14-16
Complete the following information about the various rooms available at the
CEC.
seating 72
reception 100 used for seminars, lectures,
Bloomsbury Room
receptions
Questions 17-20
Answer the following questions using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS
AND NUMBERS for each answer.
17. In which part of the CEC was the “Sustainable London” event held?
18. How many schemes were shown at the “Sustainable London” event?
SECTION 3
Questions 21-23
Choose the correct answer, A, B, C or D.
A. a few people.
B. some people.
D. developed countries.
Questions 24-27
Choose the correct answer or answers, A, B, C or D.
25. David says that gap years cost £15000 to £20000 because that is
C. the cost of the gap year plus the salary a graduate can expect.
D. how much a person loses throughout their career by taking a gap year.
26. Kelly says that a gap year can benefit young people by
A. increasing motivation.
Questions 28-30
Complete the sentences using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each
answer
29. Research shows employers appreciate young people who have lived outside
_________
SECTION 4
Questions 31-33
Answer the following questions using NO MORE THAN THREE
WORDS for each answer.
33. Prairie Dogs in Arizona and Colorado appear to speak different, but
mutually-comprehensible _________________
Questions 34-36
Questions 37-40
Complete the following sentences using NO MORE THAN THREE
WORDS for each answer.
37. What did the researcher use to record Prairie Dog barks?
39. Why wouldn’t the Prairie Dogs know of the European ferret?
Answer keys:
1. 4/four weeks
3. 5%
4. 38 Temple Way
5. email
6. 4/four
9. location
10. welcoming
15. 20-22
18. over 60
21. C
22. C
23. A
25. B
27. A
28. charity
31. distinct, individual (NB just one of these two words is acceptable)
33. dialects
38. nocturnal
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
Saleswoman: Good afternoon. Can I help you?
Saleswoman: Of course. There are three courses. One runs during the day-
that’s an [……………………………]course that runs for four weeks. Then there
is the weekend course, which runs for eight weeks. Finally, the evening course
runs for [……………………………].
Customer: Actually, my address has changed since I took the previous course.
My new address is 38 Temple Way.
Saleswoman: Thank you. I’ll just change that. Can I have your new […………]
too, please?
Customer: That’s OK. I think I have his email address written on the back of
the [……………………………]card. I have it on my laptop as well somewhere.
Customer I’m banking on it. 1 wouldn’t mind having a friend in Syria when I go
there.
Saleswoman: I’m sure he’ll be glad to show you around. The course runs
Monday to Friday from 10 to 12 and 1 to 3. Nine students have [……………] so
far. Is that OK?
Customer: Thank you. Here’s my credit card. … Will the course be held in this
building, like last time?
Saleswoman: Yes, it will. In classroom 4. The teacher this time is Mrs Aziz.
Customer: Oh, I’ve met her. She seems well spoken and friendly. I’m looking
forward to her class already.
Saleswoman: The first question is about why you chose to study Arabic. I’ve
got your answer to that one. How did you first hear about our school?
Customer: I doubt it. I need to speak a little French and German in mv line of
work, but I speak those languages to an [……………………………]level, so
Saleswoman: What is important to you when selecting a school? Could you put
these five items in order, please? One [……………………………]the most
important.
Saleswoman: Any other important points that are not on the list?
SECTION 2
Presenter: Welcome to this short-and you have my word, it will be short! –
[…………………] on the conference and meeting facilities […………………] at
the Construction Education Centre. The Construction Education Centre is
the [……………………………] focal point for many major activities connected
with building [……………………………], construction, [………………………]
and design-and even some activities outside those areas. For almost seventy
years it has [……………………………]at the heart of the industry and today
plays host to many important events, receiving over [……………………………]
visitors, trainees and [……………………………]throughout the year. The
Construction Education Centre provides the perfect [……………………………]
for a wide range of business, educational and social [……………………………]
including: conferences, [……………………………], meetings, special
events, [……………………………]and press events, exhibitions, presentations,
I would also like to show you a few slides showing our educational […………].
Here, you can see our […………………] students assessing construction plans.
We currently have about 120 students here at the CEC and we hope
to [……………………………]that number to 150 over the next two years. We
provide a wide range of […………………] training for the people who will hold
key positions in the [……………………………] industry of tomorrow. In this
slide, you can see students at work on designing an [……………………………]
friendly home. Their designs are later [……………………………]by experienced
professionals and have led to changes in the way that such homes are
designed.
Finally, I’d like you draw your [……………………………]to this slide showing
the location of the Construction Education Centre. As you can see, it is located
in the heart of London’s East End in Story Lane, off Court Street.
Limited [……………………………] parking is available outside the CEC, but
there is a car park nearby in Russell Street. The nearest […………………]
stations are Court Road and Russell Square. The Centre is also within walking
distance from Queen’s Cross train station.
SECTION 3
Mary: So, do you think taking a gap year between leaving school and beginning
unit is worth it? I was just reading that it is [……………………………]that at
least [……………………………]young people here in Britain take one each year.
David: I think it’s a good idea for some, but not for most.
Mary: Well, David says they might not be worth it, so is there any way we
can [……………………………]the cost?
Kelly: Well, the first thing to do is to assume that you will use the time
available to travel abroad for a [……………………………]of time, working for a
period [………………………] to save up the money [……………………………].
Let’s see. Roughly speaking, you will probably need about [……………………]
for the plane ticket, [……………………………]on w’here you go. Then you’ll
need up to […………………] for the specialist travel [……………………………],
and anything up to [……………………………]to pay for the cost of internal
travel in the countries you visit, plus food, [……………………………]and
other [……………………………]. Many gap-year travellers can make do with
about [……………………………]in total, although this means living on a fairly
tight [……………………………].
David: But then you need to add the above cost the [……………………………]
benefit of one year’s salary after [……………………………]. For example, say
your first job after leaving university were to pay [……………………………]
to [……………………………]a year, that’s what you lose by taking a gap year.
David: Again, I think that the key thing is to make sure that your […………] is
steered into [……………………………] whatever experiences you have gained
during that gap year. Clearly, telling a prospective boss that your six months
on a beach in Oz was “[……………………………]” will put you at a disadvantage
compared with another applicant who goes into great details about the
business skills learned by working in a cafe in the same location.
SECTION 4
Lecturer: Welcome to this presentation on Prairie Dogs. You can see a picture
of these rather cute animals on this slide. As you can see, they are about the
size of a [……………………………] and they have a brown or [………………]
coat with black-tipped hairs and a black-tipped tail. The underside of
the [……………………………]dog is a light tan colour. They have short legs and
sharp claws to help them dig their homes. Their bodies are […………………]
long with a 3-4 inch tail and they weigh 2-4 pounds.
I’ve been interested in these animals for a long time and would like to talk
about a [……………………………]discovery. The barks of prairie dogs
have [……………………………], individual meanings. Prairie dogs have
different “words” for tall human in [……………………………], short human in
green shirt, coyote, deer, red-tailed hawk and many other creatures. They can
even coin new terms for things they’ve never seen before, […………………]
coming up with the same calls or words, according to research done over
two […………………] by a professor from Arizona University, who can now not
only call himself a biology professor, but also a [……………………………] dog
linguist.
Linguists have set five [………………………] that must be met for something to
qualify as language: It must contain words with [……………………………]
meanings: possess [……………………………]in which the order of words is part
of their meaning; have the ability to coin new words; be composed of
smaller [……………………………]: and use words separated in space and time
from what they [……………………………]. The American researchers focussed
their efforts on these five criteria to see if prairie dogs use a language, as
defined by human [……………………………], or not. Work was done in the
field and in a [……………………………]With digital recorders, they recorded
the calls prairie dogs make as they see different people, dogs and other animals
of different sizes and -with different coat colours, such as hawks and elk. They
then [……………………………]the sounds using a computer that dissects the
underlying […………………] and creates a sonogram, or visual representation
of the sound. Computer analysis later [……………………………]the similarities
and differences.
The prairie dogs have calls for various [……………………………]but also for
elk, deer, antelope and cows. It’s as if they’re trying to inform one another
what’s out there. So far, the [……………………………]have recorded at least
twenty different “words.” Some of those words or calls were created by the
prairie dogs when they saw something for the first time. Four prairie dogs in
the lab were shown a great-homed owl and [……………………………]ferret,
two animals they had almost [……………………………]not seen before, if only
because the owls are mostly [……………………………]and this kind of ferret is
foreign. The prairie dogs [……………………………]came up with the same new
calls. In the field, black [……………………………]cut-outs showing
the [……………………………]of a coyote, a skunk and a circular shape
were [……………………………]run along a wire through the prairie dog colony.
Now, there are no black ovals running around out there and yet they all had
the same word for [……………………………]. The researchers believe that
prairie dogs are [……………………………]programmed with some.vocabulary
and the ability to [……………………………]things.
SECTION 1
Questions 1-3
Questions 4-6
Questions 7-10
SECTION 2
Questions 11-14
Complete the following sentences using NO MORE THAN THREE
WORDS for each answer.
Questions 15-17
From the following list, choose the 3 things that you can experience at the
museum. Write your answers on your answer sheet in any order.
Questions 18-20
Complete the following notes about admission and getting to the museum.
Tel.-01940434
Contact details
Website – www.sandowndinosaur.com
SECTION 3
Question 21
Which three guests are on the radio programmer?
B. Tony Wu, a Master’s student from China, Susan Hall, International Student,
and Wendy Clark, Head of the ESL Unit.
C. Tony Wu, a Master’s student from China, Susan Hall, International Student
Liaison, and Wendy Clark, Head of English.
D. Tony Wu, a Master’s student from China, Susan Hall, International Student
Liaison, and Wendy Clark, Head of the ESL Unit.
Questions 22-24
Questions 25-27
Choose the correct answer, A, B, C or D.
A. All of them.
B. 28.
C. 23.
D. 5.
26. How many universities in the country have special course for international
students?
A. All of them.
C. 12.
A. Pre-Master’s courses.
B. Exam-related courses.
D. Technological terminology.
Questions 28-30
SECTION 4
Questions 31-33
Complete the following sentences using NO MORE THAN THREE
WORDS AND/OR NUMBERS for each answer.
Questions 34-38
Label the diagram, of Tiktaalik rosae using NO MORE THAN THREE
WORDS AND/OR NUMBERS for each gap.
Questions 39-40
Answer the following questions using NO MORE THAN THREE
WORDS for each answer.
39. How long had the researchers been looking when they found the Tiktaalik
remains?
Answer keys:
1. faster, more expensive
5. furniture
6. fragile items/things
7. Debra Whealing
8. PT6 2JA
10. 1 o’clock/13:00
B, E, F
18. under 15
21. D
25. C
26. B
27. B
28. challenge
29. full
35. 1.2-2.7
Example Answer
Accommodation:
Conference Centre
▪ 3£……………………per night
▪ near to conference rooms
Guest House
6 ……………………………
▪
▪ an application form
Location:
SECTION 2
Questions 11-13
Which team will do each of the following jobs?
Choose THREE answers from the box and write the correct letter, A-D, next
to questions 11-13.
Teams
Questions 14 – 20
Complete the table below.
Travel Expo
Temporary Staff Orientation Programme
The libraries on both sites provide internet access and have a variety of
21………………… materials on education.
The Castle Road library has books on sociology, together with 22………………
and other resources relevant to the majority of 23…………………… school
subjects.
Questions 26 and 27
Answer the questions below.
Questions 28-30
Choose THREE letters, A-G.
D. Planning a dissertation
SECTION 4
Questions 31-34
Choose the correct letter, A, B or C.
A. Greece.
C. India.
A. a long mane.
Questions 35 – 40
Complete the sentences below.
37. The ancestors of the Gir Sanctuary lions were protected by a…………………….
Answer keys:
1. 75
2 cheque/check
3. 15
4. 25
5. 10 minute(s’)/min(s’)
6. conference pack
7. South
8. Library
9. 5
11. D
12. A
13. C
14. Tax
15. Security
21. Reference
22. Textbooks
23. Secondary
24. Primary
25. Back
C
E
F
31. B
32. A
33. B
35. 1,450
36. Disease
38. Diet
40. leadership
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
WOMAN: Yes, that’s right. Could I ask you a few questions about it?
CLERK: Of course.
WOMAN: OK. I know the conference is for three days but actually I want to
attend on the Friday and Saturday only. Will that work out to be
any [……………….]?
CLERK: Let me have a look. Well, you could register for the two
days […………….], but that wouldn’t actually save you very much as it still
costs [……………….] for each day. In fact, if you could register for the three
days, you also get an […………….] to a free dinner on the Saturday night, so
that’s probably the better option.
WOMAN: Right, I’ll do that. How much will the fees be in that case?
WOMAN: All right. I’d like to register for the full three days. Now, can I pay
that by [………………………….]?
CLERK: I m afraid not. You’ll have to send a cheque to us, or you can pay at
the conference office.
WOMAN: Uhuh.
CLERK: The details are all in our conference pack, which I’ll send you.
WOMAN: Great, thanks. That’ll be very useful. Oh, and can you also send me
an [………………………….] form?
CLERK: Of course. I’ll get that in the post to you straight away. Is there
anything else?
WOMAN: Yes, actually. Can you tell me where exactly the conference centre
is?
CLERK: Well, it’s on South Park Road and it’s right at the end of the road next
to the library, It’s a [………………………….]taxi ride from the station and will
cost you £5. Otherwise, you can take the bus which runs every half an hour
from the [………………………….]– that’s the 21A – and it brings you straight
to the conference centre.
Good morning and welcome, everybody. I’m Jenny Stewart and I’m
the […………….] here at the exhibition centre. We’re [………………………….]
this year’s International Travel Exhibition to attract over [……………….]
visitors a day, ladies and gentlemen, and you are among the two hundred extra
staff [………………………….]to help look after them. Now, to help things
run [………………………….], we have divided you into four teams – the blue
team, the green team, the red team, and the yellow team. So first I’ll explain
how the teams are [………………….] up, and then we’ll be giving you colour-
coded T-shirts so we can [………………………….]you more easily. First of all,
those who will be looking after the phones and [………………………….]all calls
regarding the [………………………….], you will be on the red team. Now, we’ve
also put the [………………………….]on the red team and you’ll be stamping
the entrance tickets ‘ and giving out publicity leaflets, OK?
Right, now that everyone knows what team they’re in, we’ll get on with
the [………………………….]and training programme and first I’ll run through
the rest of today’s programme, which you should have in front of you, so that
you can get a [………………………….]idea of what else is in store today. This
introduction finishes at [………………………….]and then you’ll be hearing
from Anne Smith. Anne works in the accounts [………………………….]on level
two and she looks after all [………………………….]staff, and so she is the
person to see if you have any problems [………………………….]pay. Anne will
be explaining when and how you get this. She will also be handing out your tax
SECTION 3
LIBRARIAN: Good afternoon. Can I help you?
LIBRARIAN: But the Castle Road site has books on the […………………….] of
education and a collection of [………………………….]and teaching resources
covering most of the subjects taught in secondary schools.
STUDENT: Ah, right, but I’m training to be a primary teacher so I need to look
at [………………………….]for the five to eleven age group.
LIBRARIAN: Current issues, yes but if you want to look at back […………….]
you’ll need to use the CD-ROM databases which are held here at Fordham.
LIBRARIAN: Right, well, members can borrow two books at a time from each
site.
LIBRARIAN: Only two from each site, but that’s four [………………………….].
LIBRARIAN: The borrowing period is one month, but of course books can
be [………………………….]. You can renew any item a [……………………….]of
three times.
LIBRARIAN: No, you can do it by telephone or email, but you can’t renew
overdue books this way, only before or on the due date […………………….] in
the book. We’ll need your full name, your borrower number and the name of
the site library you borrowed the items from.
STUDENT: OK.
STUDENT: I expect it’ll take me a while to find what I need. There’s such a lot
here.
LIBRARIAN: Yes there is, but if you need help getting started, this term we’re
running three study skills [………………………….]. •
LIBRARIAN: Er, let me see. The first one’s on resources – yes, here it is.
LIBRARIAN: Er, let’s see. The one on the Internet for beginners was last
term,This term it’s finding [………………………….]materials online.
SECTION 4
Well, most people think that lions only come from Africa. And you would
be [………………………….]for thinking this, because in fact most lions do
come from [………………………….]. But this hasn’t always been the case. If we
go back [……………….] years we would find that there were
lions [………………….] vast sections of the globe. But now, unfortunately, only
very small sections of the lions’ former [………………………….]remain.
Well, I’d like to talk to you now about the Gir [………………………….]in India.
That’s where I’ve just come back from. The sanctuary was [………………….]
specifically to protect the Asiatic lion.
But despite living in a sanctuary, which makes them safe from hunters, they
still face a number of problems that threaten their [………………………….].
One of these is the ever-present danger of disease. This is what killed more
than a third of Africa’s Serengeti lions in [………………………….], and people
are fearful that something similar could happen in the Gir Sanctuary and kill
off many of the Asiatic lions there.
When you see the Asiatic lion in India, what you sense is [………………….]
vitality. They’re very [………………………….]beasts and you would never guess
that they had this vulnerability when you look at them.
The Asiatic lions don’t have the Gir Sanctuary to themselves, I should add.
They actually share it with about two thousand farmers. A significant [……….]
of the lions’ difil is made up of the livestock of these farmers – goats, chickens
and so on – as much as a third, in fact. And they’ve even been known
to [………………….] humans, especially in times of [………………………….].
Example Answer
Occupation 6 ……………………………………..
SECTION
Questions 11-13
Choose the correct letter, A, B or C
11. When the writer Sebastian George first saw Rosewood House, he
Questions 14 – 17
Label the map below.
Questions 18-20
Complete the sentences below.
RIVER WALK
18. You can walk through the……………………that goes along the river bank.
SECTION 3
Questions 21-24
Complete the sentences below.
MARKETING ASSIGNMENT
22. The method the students must use to collect data is …………………………….
Questions 25 – 30
Complete the notes below.
25 or under
▪
▪ 45 or over
Music preferences
Pop
▪
▪ 25……………………
▪ Folk
▪ Easy listening
▪ 26……………………
Medium for listening to music
▪ Radio
▪ CD
▪ TV
▪Music shops
▪ 28……………………….
▪ Internet
Places for listening to music
▪ Disco
▪ Pub
▪ 29……………………
▪ Concert hall
▪ 30……………………
SECTION 4
Questions 31-34
Choose the correct letter, A, B or C
32. What point does the speaker make about breeding animals in Neolithic
Ireland?
A. Livestock would have limited the distance the farmers could sail.
Questions 35 – 40
Complete the sentences below.
STONE TOOLS
POTTERY MAKING
40. Decoration was only put around the……………………………of the earliest pots.
Answer keys:
1. Select
2. 27.01.1973
3. 15 Riverside
4. 2 weeks
5. 616295
6. Engineer
7. Mother
8. 2.000 9 month
10. Internet
11. C
12. A
13. C
14. H
15. F
17. D
18. Field
19. Footbridge
20. Viewpoint
23. 30/thirty
25. Jazz
26. Classical
27. Concerts
29. Club
31. C
32. A
34. B
35. People
Water
sand
37. Scotland
38. Outside
39. Local
40. tops
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
PIETER! Good morning. I’d like to open a [………………………….], please.
WOMAN: Certainly. If you’d like to take a seat, I’ll just get some details from
you. It won’t take long.
WOMAN: Right, that’s fine, so, first of all, can I have your full name please?
WOMAN: Oh, right. OK. And what’s your date of birth please?
WOMAN: Exeter?
PIETER: Yes.
PIETER: Ah, just two weeks actually. I only arrived in the country a month
ago. I’m from [………………………….].
PIETER: Yes.
WOMAN: I see. I think I’ll put that then. It’s shorter! Now we usually ask for a
piece of information which we can use to check your [……………….], for
security reasons. You know, if you phone us.
WOMAN: Siti?
WOMAN: Fine. And how much would you like to open your account with? We
usually ask for a minimum sum of [………………………….]. That’s about €75.
WOMAN: OK, fine. I’ll check that in a minute. If We have links with them we
can do a direct [………………………….]. But it’s not a big problem either way.
Um, let’s see. How often would you like to receive […………………….]?
WOMAN: Oh, yes. Would you like me to send you information about that?
WOMAN: And would you like to receive information about the bank’s other
services – [………………………….], loans, anything like that?
SECTION 2
Welcome, everybody, to the lovely house and [………………………….]of
Rosewood, once the home of the famous writer, Sebastian George. He bought
the house in [……………….] although he had first seen it two years earlier. At
that time the [……………….] let it out to a [………………………….]because
George was tOQ slow making up his mind to buy it. When it came back on the
market, there was no [………………………….]and he bought it immediately,
for [………………………….], even though the house had no bathroom, no
running water upstairs, and no [………………………….].
Now, please look at the map I’ve given you of the house and gardens. We’re
here at the Information Centre. Follow the path marked with the arrow and the
first area you come to is the [………………………….]on your left.
SECTION 3
JACK: Lucy, we really need to get working on this marketing [……………….].
We’ve only got five weeks left to the end of term to design it, carry it out, and
then write up the [………………………….].
LUCY: Sure. Well, let’s get started right now. Let’s go over the instructions.
What exactly do we have to do?
JACK: Well, it says here we have to look at one area of the [……….] industry.
There’s a list of the different types.
JACK: Yes.
LUCY: OK, so at least we don’t have to waste time deciding between the
different [………………………….].
JACK: Yeah, that’s right. Oh, and the other [………………………….]is the
number of interviewees.
JACK: Well, we have to do two groups, remember, and it looks like we have to
interview [………………………….]for each group.
JACK: Yes, but remember we’re working on this together, so we’ll only have to
do fifteen each.
JACK: Right. So, what two groups will we compare and […………………….]?
JACK: No. Most of my female friends like the same music as me. Different age
groups would be much more likely to show up differences, I think.
JACK: Right.
LUCY: OK. Next. How about the kind of music they like – let’s give them some
choices and then we can just tick boxes.
JACK: OK. Let’s have pop, jazz, folk, easy listening … What else?
LUCY: Well, we should include classical. Some people like it, you know.
JACK: OK. OK. And then we should have how they listen to music.
LUCY: The medium. Right. Let’s include radio, CD – and then I guess there’s
TV.
LUCY: OK. We’ll leave that out then. So, what’s left to do?
JACK: That’s it. Well, now we can make a [………………………….]for doing it.
SECTION 4
Let’s turn our attention now to the farming technology available at that time.
Before the cereal crops could be [………………………….], it would have been
necessary to clear the forest and to break the ground by ploughing. The stone
blade of a plough has been discovered during [………………………….]in
County Mayo in western Ireland. The body of the plough would have been of
wood and could have been drawn by people, but it’s also likely that cattle were
used.
Now it’s clear that these Neolithic axes were [………………………….]all over
Ireland, as well as to Scotland and the south of England. It’s not really
surprising that axes from ‘axe factories’ in England have also been found in
Ireland. At the very least, this indicates that there was a link between the two
islands during that period.
In the course of time decoration began to appear. At first this looked like a
series of [………………………….]and was just around the tops of the pots. This
could have been an imitation of earlier [………………………….]which were
made of leather sewn onto wood. Then eventually pots with decoration all
over…
Example Answer
• Cost: £2.50
Questions 6 – 10
Complete the table below
SECTION 2
Questions 11-14
Complete the sentences below.
TRAIN INFORMATION
13. Trains for London depart every…………………….each day during the week.
Questions 15-17
Questions 18-20
Choose THREE letters, A-G.
Which THREE attractions can you visit at present by train from Trebirch?
A. a science museum
B. a theme park
C. a climbing wall
D. a mining museum
E. an aquarium
F. a castle
G. a zo
– Read Banerjee
– N.B. Couldn’t find Obtain from library
Further reading about
Ericsson’s essays on through special loans
discipline
managing the service
25…………….....……
Prepare list of main – Use index cards to help in Before starting the
sections for Chapter 2 organisation 30……….....……….
SECTION 4
Questions 31-37
Choose the correct letter, A, B or C
33. One major problem with the first system was that
36. Longer films were not made at the time because of problems involving
B. the camera.
Questions 38 – 40
Complete the sentences below.
39. ………………… were used for the first time on film in 1926.
40. Subtitles were added to The Lights of New York because of its
…………………………
Answer keys:
1. 8
2. (in/on) Tamer
4. Library
5. education department
6. Castles
7. old clothes
8. bottle tops
9. Undersea Worlds
12. Central
14. Refreshments
15. 10.15
16. Advance
21. catalog(ue)s
23. Checklist
25. Classroom
26. Review
27. Schools
30. Research
31. A
32. B
33. C
34. A
35. A
37. A
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
MAN: Yes, of course. Um, where to begin? First of all, as you probably know,
they run every Saturday.
MAN: Well, I think you’ll find them very reasonable. It’s [………………….]a
child, with […………………….]off for two or more children from the same
family.
WOMAN: Oh yes, very [………………………….]. And are they held in the main
museum?
WOMAN: Could you give me the full address? I don’t know the area very well.
WOMAN: Right.
WOMAN: Lovely.
MAN: And I do need to tell you that there’s a security [………………….], so you
need to press the [………………….] for someone to let you in. Don’t press the
red button please, but don’t worry, it’s all clearly […………….].
WOMAN: OK. And one more question – is parking available nearby? We’re
driving in from out of town.
MAN: Yes, and I must tell you, you really should book by calling the
education [………………………….]here.
WOMAN: Oh, I’m sorry, should I have rung them instead of the main museum
number?
MAN: No, that’s fine this time, please don’t worry, But for future reference, I’ll
give you the direct number. It’s […………………….].
MAN: But I’m very happy to give you information about the next two
workshops. On [………………………….] there’s Building Castles.
MAN: This involves quite a bit of glue, so just make sure the kids are in old
clothes.
MAN: Exactly. And if possible, could you bring along bottle tops which the
children might be able to use in the models, you know, as [………………….]?
MAN: Not really, so we don’t recommend any special clothes for that one. But
if you could search out some [………………………….]to bring along to use in
the sessions, you know, it’s shiny – it looks like water, that’d be great,
WOMAN: Yes, of course. We’ll see what we can come up with. Well, thank you
ever so much for all your help. The sessions sound really good and I’ll certainly
book up for the next two.
WOMAN: Bye.
MAN: Bye-bye.
SECTION 2
CUSTOMER: Hello. Um my family and I are staying here in Trebirch for a
week or two and we wanted to know about the [………………………….]. We’re
hoping to do a few local trips.
CUSTOMER: Ah right. Um, and have you got any information on different
ticket types?
RAILPERSON: Oh yes. You can enjoy many days out. Um there’s the Merthyr
Mining Museum, which is only half an hour from Trebirch by train. Your
children will find it just as [………………………….]as any theme park and ‘they
can ride in the original miners’ lifts and on the [………………………….]. There
are special [………………………….]tickets which include entrance fees.
Mainline trains also offer direct services to [………………………….], where you
can visit the docks or spend a . great day out with the children in the zoo,
which is set in the [………………………….]that used to surround the old castle.
Er, special family awayday fares are available for this service now during the
school holidays. Er, [………………………….], you can be in Birmingham in
only an hour and a half, where there’s lots to see and do including the new
and [……………….]– acclaimed climbing wall built on the site of the
old [………………….]. We will also be running a special service to Newport
when the new science museum opens next year, as we [……………….] a lot of
visitors in the opening weeks. I’d […………….] you to call early to book your
tickets. Is that OK?
SECTION 3
TUTOR: Hello, Sandy. How have you been getting on with your […………….]?
TUTOR: Yes.
TUTOR: Right.
SANDY: Jane Prince. Do you know her? She’s in the Computer Centre.
SANDY: And, of course, the second target was to draw up a survey [……….]
which I.
TUTOR: Of course, um I think it’s good. Very much on the right lines. I’d say
your first two sections are spot on. I wouldn’t suggest that you change anything
there, but in section three you really do need to have questions on teaching
experience.
TUTOR: Right.
SANDY: Yes, well I got hold of the Banerjee and I thought that
was […………….]. But I’m afraid I didn’t [………….] to get hold of the essays
about classroom [……………….]– you know, the ones by Simon Ericsson.
The [………………………….]said it was out of print and the library doesn’t
have a copy.
TUTOR: Oh right, and I’m afraid I’ve lent my copy to another student. What
I suggest you do is try the library again – this time apply for it through the
………………………………………………..
TUTOR: So, let’s look at some new targets. We’ll start by having a chat about
your Chapter One. I very much enjoyed reading it. Your written style is very
clear and you’ve included lots of interesting [………………………….]of
education in your target area. I’ve just got a couple of suggestions for some
additional work.
SANDY: Of course. Could I just ask – what do you think I should call it?
TUTOR: Well, I’d go for something like Context Review. What do you think?
SANDY: Oh, that wouldn’t be a problem. I can get them from the Internet.
SANDY: OK. That’s more difficult, but I can try. When do you want that done
by?
TUTOR: No, but I think you should note down its main sections.
SANDY: Yes. You know, I always find that the [………………………….] part.
SANDY: Yeah.
TUTOR: Um.. . and then you can sort them, and even lay them out on the
floor. It’s a real help.
SANDY: Well, I’ll certainly try it! When would the deadline be for that?
SECTION 4
Many believe that the story first began in America in [………………………….],
when two friends were [………………………….] over whether a horse ever had
all four feet or […………………….] off the ground when it [………………….].
To settle the bet, a photographer was asked to photograph a
horse […………………….] and the bet was settled because you could see that
all the hooves were off the ground in some of the [………………………….]What
was even more interesting was that if the photos were shown in
quick [………………………….]the horse looked like it was running – in other
words ‘moving pictures’.
Well now, news of the new system in America travelled fast and a number
of [……………….] European systems Started to appear once people had heard
about it. The single problem with all the systems was they couldn’t
really […………….] the film onto a screen – you know, so more than one
person could see it. Then in [………….]. three systems were all [………….],
more or less at the same time and [……………….] of each other. I guess the
most famous of these was by the Lumière Brothers from Francei and they
called their system the cinématographe which of course is where the
word [……………….] comes from. There were also two brothers in Germany
who […….....……….] a successful system and they called it a […………….].
Well now, once the problem of projection had been solved, the
next [………………………….] for the inventors was to make the films longer
and more interesting. A continuing problem at the time was that the films had
a [………………………….] to break when they were being nlaved – a problem
which was caused by the [………………………….]between the two wheels, or
‘reels’ as they are called, which hold the film. Now this problem
was [………………….] by two American brothers. They […………………….] the
‘Lantham Loop’, which was the simple addition of a third reel between the
two [………………………….], and this took all the tension away with the result
that the film stopped [………………………….].
Example Answer
2……………………
– 3………………..
Questions 5 – 8
Questions 5 – 8
MEMBERSHIP SCHEMES
Annual
Use of Cost of Joining subscription
Type Times fee
faculties classes fee
GOLD
All Free Any time £250 5 £……………..
from 7..... to
SILVER All 6 £….... £225 £300
……..
Questions 9 and 10
Complete the sentences below.
SECTION 2
Questions 11-16
What change has been made to each part of the theatre?
Choose SIX answers from the box and write the correct letter, A-G, next to
questions 11-16.
A. doubled in number
C. reduced in number
E. replaced
F. strengthened
G. temporarily closed
Questions 17 – 20
Tickets
Play Dates Starting time Price
available
SECTION 3
Question 21
Choose the correct letter, A, B or C.
A. attend a class
B. write a report
C. read a book
Questions 22-25
Business Centre
The Business Resource Centre contains materials such as books and manuals
to be used for training. It Is possible to hire 26……………and 27……………….
There are materials for working on study skills (e.g. 28…………) and other
subjects include finance and 29………….30……..... membership costs £50 per
year.
SECTION 4
Questions 31-37
Complete the table below.
Period Situation
Produce from the area was used to 31 the people of
1st—4th centuries
London.
New technology allowed the production of goods made
5 th—10th centuries
of 32……………… and …………………………….
Lack of 33……………………………. in the East End
11th century
encouraged the growth of businesses.
Questions 38 – 40
Choose THREE letters, A – G
A. unsympathetic landlords
B. unclean water
C. heating problems
D. high rents
E. overcrowding
Answer keys
2. swimming
3. yoga (classes)
5. 500
6. 1
8. 180
9. assessment
10. Kynchley
11. B
12. G
13. C
14. A
15. E
16. D
17. (October (the)) 19th
18. 7
19. Monday, Thursday
20. 18
21. A
22. in advance
23. nursery
24. annual fee
25. tutor
26&27. IN EITHER ORDERlaptops, printers
28. report writing
29. marketing
30. Individual
31. feed
32. IN EITHER ORDER metal, leather
33. restrictions
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
WOMAN: Good morning, oh sorry, it’s gone 12, I’ll start again, good afternoon,
Kinflswell Sports Club, how can I help you?
MAN: Oh, good afternoon. I was wondering if you could give me some
information about [………………………….]and [………………………….].
WOMAN: No, I’m sorry. Perhaps you’re thinking about Fresham Sports
Centre.
WOMAN: At the moment, we’ve got a salad bar which is very popular. We’ll
also have a [………………………….] restaurant by the end of the year.
WOMAN: Well, the first one’s called [………………………….], and you can use
all the facilities at any time of the day or week. You can also join in as many
classes as you like for free.
WOMAN: Well, that’s Silver – it’s the same as Gold except you have to pay a
small fee of [………………………….]per lesson for any you do and you can only
use the centre at certain times.
WOMAN: You can only use the facilities between 10 am and 4.30 pm.
MAN: OK. And the price for that? Is the joining fee the same as for Gold?
.
MAN: Well, it’s still rather more expensive than I thought. I’m a student here
in England and I’m only here for [………………………….].
WOMAN: Ah, then the Bronze scheme would probably suit you best.
WOMAN: Between 10.30 and 3.30 weekdays only and you pay a £50 joining
fee. The annual fee is [………………………….]– it works out at £15 a month, so
that would be quite a lot cheaper.
WOMAN: Yes, David K-Y-N-C-H-L-E-Y. I’ll give you his direct line number.
It’s oh-four-five-eight-nine-five-three-double one.
MAN: Thanks.
SECTION 2
MAN: And here on Radio Rivenden we have Lynne Rawley, the Public
Relations Officer of our own Rivenden City [………………………….]. Hello,
Lynne.
LYNNE: Hello.
MAN: NOW, the theatre is [………….] soon after its three-year [……………….]
programme, isn’t it?
LYNNE: Yes, we’ve increased the leg-room between the rows. This means
that there are now fewer seats but we’re sure [………………………….]will be
much happier. And we’ve installed [………………………….], so it won’t get so
hot and [………………………….]. We already had a few seats which were
suitable for [………………….]users, and now there are twice as many, which
we hope will meet demand. Something else that will [………………………….]
audiences is the new lifts, The two we used to have were very small and slow.
They’ve now gone, and we’ve got much more [………………………….]ones.
MAN: OK, so what’s the first play that audiences can see when the theatre
reopens?
MAN: OK, Lynne, now if you’d like to give the contact details for the theatre..
SECTION 3
TUTOR: Hello, can I help you?
BRIAN: I was told to come here, because I’d like to talk to someone about
taking a [………………………….]course.
TUTOR: Right. I’m one of the tutors, so I should be able to help you.
TUTOR: Right.
TUTOR: Fine. Just let me know which date, and I’ll [………………….] it with
the tutor.
BRIAN: Well, the course is one day a week, all day, isn’t it? So [……………….]
it’s possible to buy food?
BRIAN: Does it cater for special diets? I have some food [………………….].
BRIAN: Good. What about facilities for young children? I’d like to bring my
daughter here while I’m studying.
BRIAN: Three.
BRIAN: OK.
BRIAN: Yes, it might help me decide how to develop my career after the
course.
BRIAN: I notioed a fitness centre next to the college. Is that for students?
TUTOR: It’s open to everyone, but students pay an annual fee that’s much less
than the general public pay,
TUTOR: Yes, your tutor will need to arrange with the technical support team
for you to get a [………………………….], so ask him or her about it when you
start the course.
BRIAN: OK.
TUTOR: Oh yes, there’s plenty of useful material. Just ask one of the staff.
BRIAN: Does the centre cover all the main areas of business?
TUTOR: No, it’s for members only, but anyone can join.
BRIAN: That’s very helpful. Well, I think that’s all. I’d better go home and fill
in the [………………………….] form. Thanks for all your help.
BRIAN: Goodbye.
SECTION 4
That brief outline takes us to the beginning of the twentieth century, and now
we’ll turn to housing.
At the beginning of the century, living conditions for the majority of working
people in East London were very basic [………………………….]. Houses were
crowded closely together and usually yeiv hadly built, because there was
no [………………………….]. But the poor and needy were [……………….] by
the possibility of work, and they had to be housed. It was the [……………….],
rather than the condition, of the housing that was the major concern for
tenants and [………………………….]alike.
Few houses had electricity at this time, so other sources of power were used.
like coal for the fires which heated perhaps iust one room. Of course, the
smoke from these [………………………….]a great deal to the air pollution for
which London used to be famous.
DAY ONE
DAY TWO
Questions 9 and 10
SECTION 2
Questions 11-14
Complete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
Questions 15 – 18
16. Jessica cannot work on the presentation next week because she’ll
be………………………
17. Most of the basic work on the project will be done by……………………………..
18. The meeting to discuss the progress of the project will take place
on………………………………………
Questions 19 and 20
Choose the best answer A – D.
A. 11:00
B. 12:00
C. 1:00
D. 2:00
A. a Japanese student
B. Mark
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 27
Complete the interviewer’s notes below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE
WORDS for each answer.
INTERVIEW NOTES
_______________________________
_______________________________
30 When will the interviewee find out if she will be employed as a teaching
assistant?
____________________________
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 32
Circle the correct answer A – D.
Questions 33 – 36
Complete each sentence in NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS.
Questions 37 – 40
Write a short answer to these questions using NO MORE THAN THREE
WORDS.
40. How long has the speaker been Principal of the College?
…………………………………………………………
Answer keys:
1. Smith
2. Six/6
3. tour of London/sites
4. 6.30 (pm)
5. cat/drink/eat and drink
6. Paris
7. King George
8. 8 (pm)
9. because of elections/blocked off roads
10. Van Gogh (accept Goph/Goff) exhibition
11. handouts
12. costing
13. experience
14. smaller companies
15. two
16. having (minor) surgery/in hospital
17. Debbie and Andrew
18. Thursday
19. B
20. D
21. Gina
22. father (in London)
23. Thursday aftemoon/2 o’clock
24. Yes
25. for two summers
26. Master’s (course)
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
Section 1
You will hear a talk given by a guide to a group of tourists going on a coach
tour of the capital cities of Europe.
Now, Eurobus’s European Capitals Tour. Five capitals in six days. I gave you
our [……………………………..]as you were coming aboard so let me take you
through it. It hasn’t changed from the time you [……………………………..], I
promise, but [………………………] things we couldn’t put in
the […………………..] have been confirmed now and I can tell you about them.
This is day 1 and we’re going to drive from here, down the Ml to London which
will be the first of our [……………………………..]. We expect to arrive in
London, at about 1.00 in the afternoon. There will be a break for coffee on the
way, probably around [……………………………..], at Northampton. After
lunch at 3.00, there’s a tour of the the sites of London: Buckingham Palace, the
Houses of [……………………………..], Trafalgar Square and so on. At 5.00
we’ll book you into your hotel for the night. We have [……………………..]
some tea but we need to leave at [……………………………..]promptly please, to
get you into the show on time. As we hoped, we’re all going to see Abba the
Musical (muted cheers), so you can all sing along. We’ll be back at the hotel by
11.00 and, if you want, you can have a drink or something else to eat then.
Section 2
You will hear two students, Debbie and Andrew, talking about a
university assignment.
Debbie: Hi Andrew. I told Dr Ball that you were under the weather and he gave
me the details of the next [……………………………..]so you can get on with it
when you’re feeling better.
Debbie: Well, we had a chat and we thought you could help Mark. There’s
quite a bit of [……………………………..]training in the Middle East, so we can
get quite [……………………………..]financial costing into this. Mark will do
that. He’s good at [……………………………..].
Andrew: That’s good. I can help. 1 had a job last summer in an [………………..]
office and I’ve got experience with figures. Anyway, what are you and Jessica
going to do?
Debbie: We can do some more research on the smaller companies in the area
who do medical training while you and Mark can [……………………………..]on
the bigger firms. Both Jessica and I have good research skills.
Debbie: Well, six weeks seems like a long time but we’ve got
some [………………..] tests in a fortnight so I think we’d better get on with
this [……………………………..] as soon as possible.
Andrew: That means neither of them will have much time to be working on
our [……………………………..]in the next couple of weeks then.
Debbie: No, and as we’ll all have to be studying for our mid-term tests as well,
I think you and I will be bearing the brunt of the work in
the [……………………………..] stages, Andrew.
Andrew: That’s fair enough Debbie but I hope they’ll pull their weight later. I
don’t want you and I to have to do all the work. We’ve got to pass these tests
too!
Debbie: You’re right but I don’t think Jessica and Mark are the type of people
to shirk their [……………………………..]. Anyway, when are we going to have
this meeting?
Debbie: Well, Jessica will be fine by then but Mark isn’t sure if he’ll be back or
not so what about the following day to be certain?
Andrew: Agreed. But where? We all live in different parts of the town so how
about the Student Union bar?
Debbie: None of us has. No. wait, Mark has one at 11 but maybe he could miss
that this time and copy up the notes. Let’s say well meet at the bar but a bit
later, at noon.
Debbie: It’s not that strong! Sometimes I can’t work out what you are saying,
Andrew!
Andrew: OK. I admit my accent is not that clear. But remember we have
a [……………………………..]of Japanese students in the group. It wouldn’t be
fair on them to have to listen to any of us.
Section 3
You will hear a conversation between Mrs Davis and a lady she is
interviewing called Gina.
Gina: Hello, Mrs Davis. It’s about the job as [……………………………..]in the
language department. I hope I’m not [……………………………..]you.
Mrs Davis: No … er, no, no. Of course not. I was rather thinking you were
coming to see me with the others tomorrow. Didn’t I make
an [……………………..] for you?
Gina: Yes, but I’ve got a bit of a problem. I have to go to London tomorrow to
meet my father. He’s coming over here for a [……………………………..]
meeting. I wondered if we could [……………………………..] it?
Mrs Davis: That’s perfect. Actually, I’m glad you came in because there were
one or two things our Personnel Department wasn’t sure about when
they [……………………………..]your application and I can ask you about them
now. How do you think you’d [……………………………..]-1 mean, your spoken
English is pretty good – how do you think you’d manage
the [……………………………..]side of things in English? I need to comment on
the level of your English.
Mrs Davis: Yes… I think your English will be fine and the […………………..]
would always welcome a good [……………………………..]. Now, tell me about
your [……………………………..]commitments next year.
You’ve [……………………………..]for a place on the Master’s scheme, haven’t
you? How would you fit that in with your work for us?
Gina: Well, it’s part-time over two years, so apart from the reading, which I
can do at the weekend and in the evenings, it’s about four class hours a week.
Anyway, I don’t know if I’ll be [……………………………..]on it, although I feel
quite excited. I had the [……………………………..]last Monday with Dr
Marplot, and it went really well. He asked me exactly the questions I wanted.
Mrs Davis: That’s good. Now, the post we’re looking to fill is to
teach [……………………………..]media – in Italian, of course. That involves
reading and [……………………………..]classes mainly, although you’d be
expected to help the [……………………………..]with their language as well.
You can speak to the other assistants about how it works, exactly – there is one
in each language department. They’re mainly [……………………………..],
although I think we’ve got one [……………………………..], too.
Gina: Well, I think one of the biggest problems for me is going to be money. I
get a [……………………………..], as you know, and my parents are not rich, so
I need to know how much I’d be paid.
Mrs Davis: Of course. Well, the pay is not great – it works out
at [……………………………..] a week. But the good thing is, you wouldn’t have
to pay tax. Oh, and you’d be able to keep your college [………………………..] if
you wanted to. That would be cheaper than living out.
Mrs Davis: Well, as you know, I’ve got to see the other two applicants
tomorrow. Then it’ll take a week or so to discuss everything with Dr Santini,
the head of Italian … I [……………………………..]we’ll know in a couple of
weeks. OK? We’ll let you all know then.
Section 4
Complete the following notes using A WORD or SHORT PHRASE for each
answer.
Borchester University
Open……………. (2)
Questions 8 -10
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 17
Complete Amanda’s notes in NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each
answer.
ITEM WHERE?
Paperbacks ……………….(14)
Questions 18 – 20
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.
18. How will Amanda and Barry know where to put the different plastic
bottles?
…………………………………………………………………………………………………
.....................……………………………………… ………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………………………….
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 24
Circle the correct answer A – D.
A. all
C. Few
D. some
B. To display standards.
23. What is the purpose of the “sympathetic ear” symbol on patient records?
B. To impair hearing.
A. will be improved.
Questions 25 – 27
Complete the sentences below.
26 The hospital has bilingual staff speaking Welsh. Urdu and …………………..
Questions 28 and 29
Circle TWO answers A – E.
A. camping
B. outdoor suppers
D. sponsored swims
Question 30
A. 18 B. 15O C. 200 D. 98
SECTION 4
Complete the questionnaire below.
Borchester University
1 = strongly disagree
3 = agree
4 = strongly agree
Questions 39 and 40
Circle TWO answers A – E.
Which problems in the classroom did Ann and Geoff note down?
Answer keys:
2. 11.30 – 2.30
3. £1.50
4. 50/fifty
5. £1.15
6. Theatre
7. Toasted
8. Thursday
9. 1 o’clock/l p.m.
11. Milkman
16. Paper
17. Magazines
18. by a code
21. B
22. A
23. D
24. B
25. a badge
26. Arabic
28. B
30. C
33. Lecture
34. 4
35. 4
36. 3
37. 2
38. 3
39. B or E
40. E or B
Example
A. rivers.
B. the inhabitants.
A. 2 days.
B. 3 days.
C. 4 days.
A. 14,h July.
B. 4th July.
C. 4th August.
Questions 3 – 4
C. libraries.
E. post offices.
Questions 5-7
Questions 6-10
Surname: O’ Drew
12____________
SA3 9ER
14_________________
Carbury
Tel: 15_________________
£ 19 storecards
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 23
Complete each sentence with NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS or A
NUMBER for each space.
Questions 24 – 30
Complete the notes below. For questions 24 and 25 write ONE WORD for
each answer. For questions 26 -30 write the letter A – D. Write A if Maria
approves, B if David approves, C it both approve, D if neither approves.
Michael McCarthy
Entertainments Officer 27……………………………………….
Wu Bing
Lei 28……………………………………….
Overseas Officer
Charles Law
25……………………………… Officer 29……………………………………….
Brian McKay
Liaison 30………………………………………..
Officer
SECTION4
Questions 31 -32
Choose TWO answers.
A. introduction lo linguistics
C. various languages
Questions 33 – 40
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each space.
PIDGIN CREOLE
Came into being when two groups
Developed from pidgin into
Orgins couldn’t communicate in
36……………………………
35……………………………….
In Papua New Guinea, the
In, for example,
Spoken Caribbean,
37…………………………
38………………………………..
As complex as natural
Simplified form of one of the two
languages.
Features groups’ languages. Words have
Have to fight to get the
more 39……………………..
40……………………………
Answer keys:
1. B
2. C
3. B or E
4. E or B
8. New Orleans
9. Classical Music/Favourites
10. Ireland
11. Michael
12. Chalvey
16. £18,000
17. £450
19. none/no
20. £250
21. 4/four
22. 5/five
24. Women’s
25. Finance
26. C
27. B
28. D
29. B
30. A
31. C or D
32. D or C
34. Changing
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
Section 1
You will hear a guide introducing tourists to the Red River Festival.
Now, as I’m sure you know, the Red River [……………………………..]– that is,
the Red River International Music and Arts Festival, to give it its full name – is
on while you are here, and I’m sure I speak for all the [………………………..] of
Red River in inviting you most [………………………..] to attend. The festival
takes place over a long weekend – that is, it starts on the Friday afternoon and
runs until Sunday evening. Normally the festival would take place
on [………………………..], the same day as American [……………..]Day, but
this year we have [………………………..]it for the fourth of August.
Now, you can buy [……………………………..]for this festival either by the day
or for the whole festival. The second option is cheaper, although of course not
everyone can [……………………………..]for the whole time. A day’s ticket
is [……………………………..], and it’s [……………………………..]for the whole
festival. That’s very good value. If you want tickets, you are [………………….]
to get them early, because there are always more visitors than tickets. Space is
limited, so buy early! You can get them direct from the festival
organisers’ […………………..], the festival office, and I’ll give you that address
later, or you can get them from any of our three post offices or one of the
many […………………….] in the town. Last year we [………………………..]
them from tourist advice centres and the Town Hall, but this year it was
decided to limit the number of outlets to cut down on [………………………..]
costs.
So, what’s on? Well, I can only give you a flavour of the many [……………..]
we have coming this year, but if I can name one of my personal favourites, you
must see Petie’s Dozen, a traditional New Orleans jazz band. They were here
last year, and were so popular that we’ve invited them back. If you like classical
music, we’ve got a string [……………..]from Poland, [………………………..]
called Strings, playing classical favourites. We’ve also got rock bands, a blues
band from the UK, a group of traditional [……………………………..]beer hall
singers, and another of my favourites, The Fiddlers, who come from Ireland.
Their special brand of folk music is popular all over the world. Moving on,
then, to other [……………………………..]in the Red River area. For children,
there’s lots to do and see, from [……………………………..]to theme parks …
(fade)
Section 2
You will hear a man and a female bank employee talking about
getting a loan.
(phone rings)
Woman: Good afternoon, County and District Bank Customer Services. Can I
help you?
Woman: Yes, perhaps I can help you. Do you bank with us, sir?
Man: [……………………………..].
Woman: Thank you. Now, there are some gaps in your file here. I don’t seem
to have an address for you at work.
Woman: Ah …
Man: But I do now. I work for Culver Engineering. Thats in Carbuiy. The
address is 30, Works Yard. Carbuiy.
Woman: Right. Thank you. Do you have a work telephone number where we
can [……………………..]you, please?
Woman: 7509.
Woman: Oh, right. Thank you. How long have you been there, Mr O Drew?
Woman: OK, that’s fine. And can you tell me your current salary, please?
Man: Well, I’m not sure exactly, but it’s about, er … [……………………..].
Woman: Now, you would like an overdraft. Do have any other major debts?
Man: Yes…
Woman: Right, well, the loan shouldn’t be a problem. I can set it up for you in
the morning. I’ve set your limit at [……………………………..], although you
can raise this to [……………………………..]if you’re still having problems. Just
give us a ring if you need to.
Section 3
You will hear a conversation between two students, David and
Maria, about the candidates for an election for student officers.
Maria: Oh, hello. David. Erm, what did you say? David: Have you voted yet?
You know, in the studenl union [……………………………..]?
Maria: Well, no… I mean, they’ve only just [……………………..] the names of
the final [………………………..]. The first round elections were only held last
week.
Maria: Yes… hut that’s the first round. You know how this works, don’t you?
Maria: It’s pretty simple, but it’s made more [……………………..] because this
university has four [……………………………..], not just one. Each college can
have many candidates for each post. These are reduced to a logical number,
then the real voting takes place.
Maria: That was the first round, like I said. You voted for the candidates
for [………………………..]College, thats all. There are also candidates from the
other three colleges.
Maria: It isn’t when you think that there are [……………………………..]at this
college!
Maria: Yes. Part-time and full-time students – everyone. But most don’t. Only
about a quarter of those [……………………………..]to actually bothered.
David: She seems to be more suited to working for the female students here.
Maria: Yes, I like her – she’s the best person for the job, fm not sure
I’d [……………………………..]Michael McCarthy for his post. He’s putting up
for Entertainments Officer.
Maria: Maybe. I don’t think he chooses the right kind of groups for the college
— he’s too wayout. He’s not my choice.
Maria: A Chinese student who’s been here for just over a year. She’s the
president of the Chinese club and she [………………………..]some
interesting [……………………..]evenings for them. She seems to be quite
capable
David: Do you really think so? She’s in my seminar group for [……………]. Her
English is quite poor and she’s so shy she never mixes with us.
David: Yes, I think so. Who did you say was finance officer? Law? Charles
Law? he does […………………..] so he should be able to cope with the post.
He’d be responsible for a lot of money.
David: Oh, McKay. He’s quite a character. What position is he standing for?
Maria: He wants to be the Liaison Officer. The person who lets the
teaching [………………………..] know about any problems the students might
have. He’s such a sociable person he’d be a great [………………..].
Section 4
You will hear a lecturer giving a talk on languages.
[Lecturer]
Thank you all for coming. Are we all here …? Right, well, let’s begin …
[Lecturer]
A creole language, on the other hand, develops from a pidgin into a full
language. This happens when the pidgin starts having […………………..] that
is, people whose first language is the pidgin. This happened in the case of the
French creole spoken in New Orleans, for example.
Pidgins are found all over the world, especially in areas which are or were once
important trade [……………………………..]. The Caribbean, China, India, the
Pacific _ Basically, pidgins can be [……………………………..]with one or two
important [……………………………..]. They are made up of parts of the two
languages spoken by the group that have met – the trading groups or whatever
– and they are usually based on a [……………………………..]form of one of
those languages. That is, their grammar is a less complicated version of the
grammar in one language. They use [……………………………..]from both
languages, but there are fewer words, so each word often has more than one
meaning. For example, in Tok Pisin, “gras-bi long-face” means “hair” or
“beard”. The [……………………………..]is also made simpler, as pidgins lose
the complex vowels of the parent languages.
Example
A comfort.
(B) safety.
C the police.
1. Sergeant Brown is
2. Sergeant Brown
A. 5 years.
B. 10 years.
C. 15 years.
D. 20 years.
Questions 4 – 6
Questions 7-8
A. a personal alarm
B. Valuables
C. their passport
D. Jewellery
E. some identification
Questions 9 – 10
Which TWO things does Sergeant Brown recommend a student should do?
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 13
Circle THREE letters A – E.
Questions 14 and 15
……………………………………………………………………….
Questions 16-20
Recommended Requiremen
Course Credits Tutor
reading ts
Medieval
20 Dr Smith Study pack 17_________
Society
Development
Bouchier’s
of 20 Mr Milts None
18_________
Technology
SECTION 3
Questions 21-25
Circle the correct fetters A – C.
B. application form.
C. exam results.
A. nervous.
B. anxious.
C. happy.
C. a variety of reasons.
A. economics.
C. history.
Questions 26-30
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 35
Complete each sentence with NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS.
Questions 34 – 40
Where to
Vitamin Name Helps the body Daily need
get it
wheatgerm,
E Tocopherol control fat 38_____ mg oils, eggs,
butter
green
K coagulate blood varies vegetables,
liver, eggs
metabolise yeast,
carbohydrates form cereals,
B. complex varies
healthy tissue and milk,
39______ cheese, offal
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Liste. ning Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
Section 1
You will hear a policeman giving a talk to some students.
[man] … and so I’d like to hand you over now to Sergeant Brown. Thank you.
[2nd man]
Thank you, Mr Fogarty. Er, yes, as you know my name is Sergeant Jeff Brown,
and as Mr Fogarty has : indicated, I’ll be speaking to you briefly today about
security, about how to make your time at this university safer and more
comfortable.
Section 2
You will hear two students, Sarah and John discussing their choices
of courses to study.
Sarah: Well, yes, they have, but I’ve got to make my [………………..] for next
year. I still haven’t chosen what courses I’m going to do.
John: That’s why I’m here. Why don’t we have a look through the […………..]
together?
Sarah: That’s a good idea. I’m not sure about some of these courses
on […………………..]history.
John: No. In fact, I’m not sure about the whole second year. I was talking to
Peter Lily the other day – you know, he’s just […………………………..]the
second year – and he was saying that the work load is higher in the second
year because you have to read all these medieval documents in Latin. I mean,
the first year’s been pretty hard but next year will be […………………………..].
There are more […………………………..]in the second year – it goes up to six a
year for each course, doesn’t it?
John: Don’t you believe it! 1 think this year’s going to be hard work !
Sarah: Yeah, I’ve been working in the same place for over a year now.
Only […………………………..], you know. Just Saturday mornings in the
market. I mean, it doesn’t pay much, but it’s interesting and it gives me a bit
of […………………………..]for my text books. Anyway, what about these
courses? How many do we have to take? I remember Professor Bolt saying
something about four courses in the second year, is that right? Or do we have
to do a certain number of […………………………..]?
John: Both. We have to select four courses, but for some courses there are two
parts. They count as one course. It’s […………………………..], because
everyone has to do Europe […………….] and Chronicles of the [………….].
Anyway, when you’ve chosen your four courses, they should add up
to […………………..]. Have you got the course brochure there?
There it is.
John: Right. Yes, look. Most of these courses are 20 credits each, except for the
two short courses about the Crusades. They’re 10 each. Now, Medieval Society
… Hmm. What do you think?
Sarah: Well, actually, I think it looks really good. Dr Smith is OK, and you
don’t have to buy any books except a study pack. The best thing is, there are no
special […………………………..]– no Latin or medieval English!
Sarah: That does look interesting. And that doesn’t have any
special […………….] either. What’s next…? Ah, here they are. 10 credits each,
the […………………………..]. You need French to do them. I suppose a lot of
the documents are in […………………..].
John: That’s strange, look. There are different teachers for each part. I expect
that’s why it’s […………………………..]. Dr Clare does the first part, but it’s Dr
Shaker and Professor Lord for the second one.
John: Well, I must say I don’t fancy any course that asks you to have Latin, but
I think my French is good enough to read […………………………..].
Section 3
You will hear an interview between Dr Mullet, a university lecturer
and a student, Fayed.
Dr Mullet: Thank you for coming such a long way for the [……………..]. I
believe you are from the Middle East. Now, Fayed, I really wanted to speak to
you during this interview about two things – your exam […………………..]and
your final-year […………………………..]. Your thesis, your dissertation, that
was something quite special. Your personal tutor [………………..]sent me a
Dr Mullet: Yes, it’s very […………………..]. Now, the thing is, your tutor tells
me that you weren’t all that happy with your exams …
Fayed: Well… The results aren’t out yet, as you know. The first four were fine,
but in the last three I lost my [………………………..]a bit and didn’t do so well.
I know I didn’t do as well as I could. I was […………………..]when I’d handed
in my exams.
Dr Mullet: Right. Well, exams are a bit of a game anyway. We can’t all do well
on the day. But here exam results are not everything, as you know – I set great
store by other […………………………..] in deciding whether we offer you a
place on the Master’s course. Perhaps you could tell me a little about how you
became interested in […………………..].
Fayed: Yes, of course. Well, I’ve always been interested in social and economic
history, so from a very young age I read about the booms and […………..]of
the 19th and 20th centuries. I originally […………………..]to study history at
university, but when 1 got there I realised I had the chance to study economics
at a high level, so I changed. My mother used to be an economist at the World
Bank, so I had her to help me and [……………..]me. Although she didn’t help.
me write my final-year paper!
Dr Mullet: No, quite. Now, you’re applying for the Master’s course in the
Economics of the Developing World, [……………………..]by myself and Dr
Branigan. Why this [……………………..]course?
Fayed: Well, I’ve read some of your work on the development of rural banks
and I thought this was a good place to be. I mean, this is my first choice.
Dr Mullet: I see, 1 see. And what are your long-term […………………..]. Fayed?
What do you want to do ultimately with your [……………..]and your life?
Fayed: I want to work in my country. You know there are some problems
there, and I want to try to right some of them in the economic [………..].
Dr Mullet: I see. And this is your last interview, I believe. That gives you four
weeks before the next term starts. What will you do during your holidays?
Fayed: Oh, I’m going to relax. I was going to work on my English, but in fact
I’ve got a couple of friends in I [……………………..], so I think I’ll go and stay
with them instead as I’ve never been to […………………..].
Section 4
You will hear a lecturer give a talk on nutrition.
Well, vitamins are known to the general public – in fact, the public knows
more about them than it does about certain other key ………………..] of
nutrition. One reason for this is that vitamins have been in the public eye for
quite a while – at least since the middle of the […………………………..], when
their importance first became widely […………………………..]. This awareness
does mean that the public knows how important vitamins are – even if it
doesn’t mean that we all eat a healthy diet all the time. However, a problem
does arise that is [………………..]with this, which is the number of
old […………………..] about vitamins. Usually these fallacies are not
dangerous, but they do lead to an [……………………..]high intake of vitamin
supplements. For example, it is widely held that high doses of vitamin C will
cure colds and flu. I’d like to hit this one on the head – there is
no […………………………..]that any vitamin can cure anything! No, I’m afraid
you’ll just have to let time sort out your cold. And of course, the body can’t
store vitamin C, so those tablets you take are just an [………………..]waste of
time.
Another common belief with no evidence is the idea that vitamin A helps you
see in the dark. Actually, there is some truth in this one, because vitamin A is
necessary for good […………………..]. But in the dark, in real darkness,
nobody can see. And of course, taking too much vitamin A can actually be bad
for you. But perhaps the most [……………………..]idea, heavily promoted by
certain companies, is that vitamins will make you [……………………..]. Now,
while a healthy diet is […………………..]if you are to make the most of your
intelligence, there is no evidence whatsoever that vitamin […………………..]
can make the slightest bit of difference. (Pause for 3 seconds).
Vitamin D, as is well known, is used to build strong teeth and [………..], but it
also helps us […………………………..]calcium. Vitamin D is mainly formed in
Finally, vitamin C is the one everyone knows. [………………..] acid, as it’s also
known, helps fight infection, which perhaps accounts for the myth about
preventing colds. It also helps protect against [……………………..]. We need
30 mg a day, and can only really get this amount from eating plenty of citrus
fruit and fresh vegetables. Now, in a moment I’ll be moving on to talk about
how we can plan a diet which will […………………..] all our vitamin needs. But
before that. I’d like to look at some of the recent […………………..] in our
knowledge of the ways vitamin [……………..] can affect us …
Hours 1___________ to 4: 30
Books
Book carts
Questions 6-10
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
Choose FIVE letters, A—I.
A. swimming
B. Boating
C. Waterskiing
D. Fishing
E. Tennis
F. Golf
G. horseback riding
H. Hiking
Questions 16-20
Complete the schedule below.
Night Activity
Sunday 16___________________
Monday Dessert Night
Tuesday 17___________________ Night
Wednesday 18___________________
Thursday 19___________________
Friday Talent Show
Saturday 20___________________
SECTION 3
Questions 21-23
Choose THREE letters, A-E
Which THREE thing are the students required to submit to their professor?
A. a written summary
B. Maps
C. a case study
F. a video
Questions 24 and 25
Answer the questions below.
24. What two sources of information will the students use when preparing
their presentation______________
Questions 26-30
Choose the correct letter, A, B, or C.
A. all alone.
B. obviously hurt.
A. gloves.
B. a hat.
C. protective glasses.
A. cage.
B. box.
C. bag.
A. petting it.
B. talking to it.
C. leaving it alone.
A. speak quietly.
B. play music.
SECTION 4
Questions 31—33
Complete the information about the Great Barrier Reef.
Questions 34—38
Choose FIVE letters, A—I.
Which FIVE of these kinds of animals inhabiting the Great Barrier Reef are
mentioned?
B. starfish
C. seahorses
D. clams
E. whales
F. dolphins
G. sea turtles
H. crocodiles
I. frogs
Questions 39 and 40
Answer the questions below.
Answer keys:
1. 8:30
2. reference books
4. be repaired/repair
5. be sold/sell
6. Thursday
7. (family) movies
8. 2:30
9. meeting
10. 6:30
11. A
12. B
13. D
14. G
15.I
16. film/movie
17. discussion
18. lectures
19. games
21. A
22. C
23. E
26. B
27. A
28. B
29. C
30. A
32. islands
33. coral(s)
34. A
35. D
36. E
38.I
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Liste. ning Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
Section 1. You will hear a woman and a man talking about their
work at a library.
Man: Of course.
Woman: And you can go home at 4:30 when the library closes. Now, let me
explain where everything’s kept.
Woman: Yes, that’s right. Up on the second floor is where the Adult Collection
is, both fiction and […………………………..].
Man: And the children’s books are there, too, aren’t they? 1 thought I saw
them in the room by the stairway.
Woman: Yes, that one. Those books have been [………………………..]in and
need to go back on the [………………………..].
Man: OK, so the brown book cart has books to re-shelve. What about this
black cart by the desk?
Man: OK, I know how to do a lot of that. I’m pretty good at mending
[……….] and covers.
Man: And that white cart in the corner? What are those books for?
Woman: Those are old books that we’ve taken off the shelves to make room for
new ones. We sell them as used books to [………………………………..]money
for the library.
Woman: Yes, that’s right. So, now you know what to do with the books in the
carts. Lets talk about our [………………………………..]schedule.
Woman: Yes, our activities are quite popular. The most popular one is Story
Time for the children.
Woman: Yes, a good many. It takes place in the Children’s Room on Thursday
mornings at [………………………..].
Woman: Yes, but it’s not at night anymore. We used to have Family Movies on
Fridays when the library is open until nine, but now we have a different
activity at that time, so we had to [……………………………..]Family Movies to
the weekend—Saturday afternoon.
Woman: They’re all free. The movie always starts at 2:30 in the [………….]
Room. But you don’t have to worry about that since you don’t work on
weekends.
Woman: Let’s say by 6:15. The lecture starts at [………………..], and the room
needs to be ready well ahead of time. A lot of people [……………………..]early.
Woman: That wouldn’t be a bad idea. OK, why don’t I take you [……………..]
and show you the rest of the […………………..] (voice fades out.)
Woman: Good afternoon, and welcome to today’s show. The warm months
are with us, and many of you are getting ready to plan [………………..]trips. To
help you with that, we have a special [………………………………..]today,
Robert Sampson, director of the Golden Lake Resort. Robert, I understand
Golden Lake is a popular place for families to spend their vacations.
Woman: Could you describe for us some of the activities available at Golden
Lake?
Man: We have a lot of water activities, of course, since we’re right on the lake.
We have a [………………………………..]sandy beach for swimming. We also
have [………………………………..]and [………………………………..]available,
and many of our guests enjoy boating on the lake.
Woman: That sounds very relaxing. What about activities on land? Do you
have [………………………………..]for tennis?
Man: We had tennis in the past, but the courts fell out of repair and since we
found that most of our guests weren’t interested in the game, we closed
the [………………………………..]. So that’s no longer an option. And, naturally,
because of our location in the woods, we don’t have an [……………………..]
area for a golf course. Rut I’d like to let your listeners know that we’ll be
adding a new activity this year. We’ve made an [………………………………..]
with a local stable, so now we’re going to have [………………………………..]
riding available for our guests. We’ve created [………………………………..]
riding trails around the lake.
Woman: That sounds lovely. Now, what about rainy days? WTiat can your
guests do when the weather’s bad?
Woman: It looks like you have a lot of fun at Golden Lake Resort.
Man: We do. And we end every week with big fun, with a dance on Saturday
night.
Woman: Now I understand a little more why Golden Lake is such a popular
place for family [………………………..]. With such a variety of activities,
there’s something for every member of the family there.
Student 1: OK, let’s go over the […………………..]and see what we have left to
do. Let’s see…We have to give the professor a written summary of the
information we’ve [……………..] on our topic: wild bird rescue and [………..].
Student 2: The other written thing we have to turn in is a case study of the
rehabilitation of one bird. We’ve have the information on that already. Right.
Student 2: Naturally. What about videos? 1 heard some of the other students
were doing that.
Student 1: That would be too difficult, don’t you think? Rut we have lots of
photos of rehabilitated birds. We can show those.
Student 1: Yeah, that’s really important because a lot of times people see a
baby bird that’s all alone, or they find a bird sitting on the ground, and they
think it needs to be rescued.
Student 2: And usually those are just baby birds learning to fly, so we
should [………………..]that people should only […………………..]to rescue a
bird that’s clearly [………………………..].
Student 2: Yes. that’s an important point. OK, next, let’s tell people to put
the […………………..]in a box, a box with good air [………………………..]. We
should let them know that a cage isn’t necessary and a bag, [……………..]a
plastic one, could hurt the bird more.
Student 1: Another thing we need to say is that the best way to help the bird
stay calm is not by petting it or talking to it, but by leaving it completely alone.
Then people should take the bird to the bird rescue center as soon as possible.
Student 2: Right, and we should also point out that when they’re driving the
bird to the rescue center, it’s better not to play music on the radio or
talk [……………..]because those things just [……………………..]the bird.
Student 1: Yes, it’s better just to speak quietly while you have the bird in the
car. OK, we’ve got that part [………………………………..]. Next, we should talk
about what happens at the rescue center
Section 4. You will hear a lecture about the Great Barrier Reef.
Lecturer: Despite its name, the Great Barrier Reef isn’t just one large coral
reef.
Rather, it’s a system of coral reefs that […………………..]along the east coast
of Australia, covering an area of around [………………..]square kilometers.
The Great Barrier Reef is composed of [………………..]three thousand
individual reefs, which range in size from [………………………..]to more than
ten thousand hectares each. In addition, around [………………..]are scattered
throughout the area, particularly at the northern and southern ends.
The […………………..]themselves are composed of over [……...…..] different
kinds of coral, the largest variety of […............] found anywhere in the world.
Lecturer: Thousands of species of sea animals live in and around the reefs. All
together, approximately [………………………………..]species of fish inhabit
the reef area, including a number of different kinds of [………………………..].
Questions 5-7
Choose the correct letters, A, B, or C.
A. 5 percent
B. 30 percent
C. 50 percent
A. By bus
B. By bicycle
Questions 8-10
Choose THREE letters, A-F.
SECTION 2
Questions 11—15
What change has been made to each part of the health club?
B. Repainted
D. Rebuilt
E. Enlarged
Questions 16-18
Complete the sentences below.
Questions 19 and 20
Answer the questions below.
19. How many months did it take to complete the renovation work?
B. Nine
C. twelve
A. An indoor pool
C. An outdoor pool
SECTION 3
Questions 21—25
Choose FIVE letters, A—I
What FIVE things will the students do during their museum internship?
E. give classes
Questions 26-30
SECTION 4
Questions 31-35
Choose the correct letter. A, B, or C.
A. Mexico.
B. Spain.
C. Peru.
B. green.
C. yellow.
A. golden apple.
B. plump thing.
C. small fruit.
Questions 36-40
Complete the timeline with information about the history of the tomato in the
United States.
1820 A man proved that tomatoes were not poisonous by eating them
38_____________
Answer keys:
1. June
2. Karla
3. 257
4. Vegetarian
5. B
6. A
7. C
8. A
9. D
10. E
12. E
13. A
14. F
15. C
19. B
20. C
21. B
22. C
23. F
24. G
25. I
26. 1895
31. C
32. C
33. B
34. A
35. A
38. in public
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Liste. ning Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
Section 1. You will hear a woman booking a bicycle tour over the
phone.
Woman: Yes, thank you. I’d like to sign up for a bicycle tour.
Man: Which tour were you interested in? We have the River […………..]tour
coming up in June and the Mountain tour in July.
Woman: Oh, I see. Well, I can still do that. The River Valley [……………..] is
the one I want.
Woman: Do you need a street address, or can I give you my […………..] box?
Man: Thank you. OK, next. Will you be bringing your own bicycle, or do you
want to rent one from us?
Man: Excellent. Now, we provide all the meals, so we need to know if you
have any […………………………..].
Man: I mean if there’s any food you can’t eat. Some people have
food [………………………..]or are vegetarian or have to avoid dairy products,
things like that.
Woman: Oh, I see. Well, yes, I’m a [………………………..]. I never eat meat.
Man: All right. I’ll make a note of that. Now, the total cost of the tour
is [………………..].
Woman: Everything?
Man: Yes, everything. The only other thing is you’ll want to tip
the [……………………..]. We usually recommend [………………………..]of the
total tour cost.
Man: We generally ask for the deposit at least four weeks before the tour
begins. The River Valley tour begins, let me see, [……………………..] from
now. So you’ll need to pay the deposit in two weeks.
Woman: I think I can do that. I wonder if you could tell me something. How
will our luggage be [………………………..]? Do we carry it on our bicycles?
Man: No, you won’t. But there are a few items we [……………………..]that
you bring. We can’t control the […………………..], so you should bring
a [………………………………..]or raingear.
Woman: Yes, that’s a good idea. And I should have my own spare tire, too,
shouldn’t I?
Man: Actually, you don’t need that, as our guide always [……………..]some.
And, of course, you won’t need maps either, since our guide has the route
all [……………………..].
Woman: I have a guide book of that area. I wonder if I should bring it along.
Let’s go up to the exercise room next. Here you’ll notice the new floor. Walk on
it. Doesn’t that feel comfortable? It’s a special [………………………………..],
softer than the old floor, an ideal [………………………………..]for jogging and
exercising. They had to move all the exercise equipment out while they were
working on the floor, but don’t worry, it will be brought back in before the end
of today. Let’s step [………………………………..]now and look at
the [………………….........……..]. We haven’t done a great deal here except to
the [………………………………..]. We replaced all the nets and the ball-
throwing machine. Otherwise, everything is the same as it was before. Let’s
walk down this [………………………………..], and here we are at the club store
in its new location. We thought here by the [………………………………..]was a
better place for it than where it used to be by the [………………………………..].
But it still has all the same items for sale: sports equipment and clothes in the
club colors.
Dr. Johnson: Yes. We’ll start right now with a tour of the building. We’ll skip
the [……………………..]. Most of that part of the building is devoted to
art […………………..], which won’t be part of your [………………………..].
Let’s begin here on rhe ground floor with the museum offices.
Student 2: I guess this is where we’ll be spending most of our time, helping
with the office work.
Dr. Johnson: You’ll spend some time working in here so you can learn what
the administrative [………………………..]involve, but you’ll also get a chance
to experience all [………………………..]of museum work. This room in here is
the Museum Tours Office.
Student 3: I’m interested in that. I’d really like to help out with the tours.
Student 1: This is the board room in here, isn’t it? Will we get to go to board
meetings?
Dr. Johnson: No, the staff of the […………………..]is responsible for that. Let’s
move up to the third floor now and the Research Department. Each of you will
spend some time working in here.
Student 1: I’m looking forward to that. 1 like writing about art. Another thing
I‘ve been hoping to be able to do is meet some [……………………..].
Dr. Johnson: Of course. The main part of the museum was built
in […………………..], with a combination of public and [……………………..].
Student 3: That part of the museum was built for the modern art collection,
wasn’t it?
Dr. Johnson: Yes, it was. In the main part of the museum, we have a
gallery […………..]to works by local artists, our […………………..]collection,
and a small collection of classical European art.
Student 1: You mentioned classes earlier. What kinds of classes does the
museum offer?
Dr. Johnson: In our Adult Education program, we offer a series of art history
classes, and for children we have a program of arts and [………..]work¬shops.
You can get a [……………..]from the office that will give you more
information.
Section 4. You will hear a lecture about the history of the tomato.
Lecturer: In the United States, tomatoes were also used as ornamental plants
rather than as food for a long time. This attitude began to change in the 1800s.
In [………………………………..], a gardener’s […………………..]mentioned
that tomatoes could be used to […………………………..]the flavor of soups and
other foods. Thomas Jefferson did much to [……………………..] the tomato’s
reputation as a food. He first served tomatoes to visitors at his home
in [……………………..]in 1809. Then, in 1820, a man named Robert Gibbon
Johnson decided it was time to […………………..], once and for all, the idea
that tomatoes were poisonous. To prove his point, he ate one kilo of ripe red
tomatoes in public. Two thousand people [………………………..]to watch this
feat, which took place on the steps of the court house in Salem, Massachusetts.
Amazingly enough, Johnson […………………..]this stunt! The popularity of
the tomato as a food began growing [………………………..]. Soon, people all
around the country were eat¬ing tomatoes. By the 1830s, American
newspapers and magazines were [………………………..]thousands of tomato
recipes. However, all those recipes [……………………………..]using tomatoes
in some cooked form. Tomato salads and [………………………..]were still
unknown. It wasn’t until a century later, in the [………………………..], that it
became popular for people to eat raw tomatoes.
Occupation: 4______________
SECTION 2
A Fairgrounds.
B park.
C .school.
A morning.
B afternoon.
C evening.
A parade.
B dance performance.
A Friday.
B Saturday.
Questions 15 – 20
Complete the chart below.
Day/Time Event
Saturday afternoon 15___________ show
Saturday evening 16___________ by the lake
Sunday afternoon 17___________ contest
18___________ food
19___________ for children
All weekend
20___________ for sale
SECTION 3
Questions 21—23
A admissions office
B counseling center1
C library
Questions 29 and 30
A. Discounted books
SECTION 4
Questions 31-35
Which characteristics fit black bears and which fit grizzly bears?
Answer keys:
1. Kramer
2. 58
3. residential
4. office manager
5. 637-555-9014
6. nine years
7. long distance
8. Internet
9. Friday
10. morning
11. B
12. C
13. B
14. A
15. down
16. concert
17. singing
18. international
19. games
20. crafts
21. university catalog
22. a summary
23. work supervisor
24. C
25. A
26. B
27. A
28. C
29. B
30. A
31. forested area
32. plant foods
33. insects/fish
34. the winter
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Liste. ning Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
Man: Yes. I’m moving, and I’d like to arrange to have a phone
line [………………………………..].
Woman: Of course. Let me get some information from you first. May I
have your name, please?
Woman: And would you spell your last name for me, please?
Man: K-R-A-M-E-R.
Woman: M-E-R. Got it. OK, could I have the address where you’d like to have
the telephone [………………………………..]?
Woman: 9014. Great. Just one more thing, I need to know how long
you’ve been at your current job.
Man: I’ve been working there for quite a while now, let me see, eight, no,
nine, that’s right, [………………………………..].
Woman: OK, good. You’ve been there long enough, so I don’t need to ask
about any other work [………………………………..]. Now, in addition to our
basic phone service, we have several [………………………………..] available.
Woman: Then I’ll put you down for long-distance service. Another popular
service is [………………………………..]. Voicemail takes all your
messages [………………………………..], and all it takes is one simple phone
call to [………………………………..]them.
Man: Hmmm, voicemail. No, 1 don’t think so. I have an answering machine to
take my [………………………………..]. It’s old, but it still works fine.
Man: I am. I’lease put me down for Internet as well as phone service.
Woman: What time of day works best for you? Morning or afternoon?
Woman: All right then. It’s on the schedule. Do you have any questions?
Man: Good afternoon, and welcome to City Hour, the radio show
that [………………………………..]you all the latest information about events in
and around our city. Today we have with us Cynthia Smith, who is heading up
this year’s City Fair. Cynthia, would you start by giving us some of the
basic [………………………..]about the fair? Where will it take place this year?
Woman: I’m glad you asked that question, because I know most people
will be [………………..]the fair to be at the [………………………………..]as
usual, but we’ve had to change the location this year due to
some [………………………..]work. You know, they’re building the new high
school in that neighborhood, and they’ve been using the fairgrounds as a place
to store construction [………………………………..]. So we’ve moved the fair to
City Park, which I think is a wonderful location.
Man: Yes, that will be a great place for the fair. I understand that the fair
begins on Friday morning with a [………………………………..]opening event.
Woman: Actually, it won’t begin until that evening, but you’re right about
the special event. [………………………………..], we’ve begun with
a [……………………..], but this year our opening event will be a special
dance [……………………..], and the most [………………………………..]part is
that the […………………..]will be one of the dancers.[……………..]Man:
The mayor is a woman of many [………………..]. Cynthia, could you tell
our […………………..]about the price of [………………………………..]? What
will it cost to attend the fair?
Woman: I think it will be. I’d also like your listeners to know
that […………………..]the special events I’ve [………………………..], there will
be things taking place all [………………………..]. For example, at the food
court, international food will be […………………………..]. You’ll be able to
sample dishes from all around the world. There will also
be [………………………………..]games for children at different locations
around the fair.
Man: It sounds like there will be a lot of fun for everyone at this year’s fair.
Thank you for sharing the information with us, Cynthia.
Student: I’ve been working in business for several years. How would I
get [………………………..]credit for that?
Student: Would I submit those things at the same time that I apply for
admission?
Advisor: That would be the best idea. Have you seen a copy of our
university catalog?
Student: Not the most recent one. I have a copy from last year.
Advisor: Well, first you’ll need to get an application for admission. Those
are available in the Admissions Office. The application
form [………………………..] all the instructions you’ll need.
Advisor: Of course, you’ll need to make sure you meet all the
admissions [……………………..].
Advisor: Yes, you will. The recommendation forms are available in the
Admissions Office. Now, I don’t know if you’ll also be applying for
a [………………………..] job through the university work-study program.
Student: I’m [……………………..] that. How can I find out what kinds of
jobs are offered?
Advisor: You can access the job listings from the computers in the library.
Are you planning to study full time or part time?
Advisor: No, unfortunately, we don’t have those available for any of our
students. However, you can apply for financial [……………………..]to help pay
for your books or for your [……………………..].
Student: I’d like to look into that. Do I apply for that at the Admissions
Office?
Questions 5-7
A. art museum
B. science museum
C. shopping mall
D. Monument
E. post office
F. Restaurant
G. park
Questions 8 – 10
B. In the afternoon
C. At night
A. Subway
B. Bus
C. Taxi
A. 10:00
B. 12:00
C. 2:00
SECTION 2
Questions 11 and 12
SECTION 3
Questions 13—15
Questions 10-20
Place Activity
First stop Enjoy the 16___________ of the day
Second stop Look at the 17________
Third stop 18___________ fish
SECTION 3
Questions 21-23
Questions 24-30
Complete the outline showing the steps the students will take to complete
their projects.
A. Read 24_______________.
B. 25 __________________
C. Get 26________________
D. 27___________________
F. Prepare 29_______________
G. Give 30__________________
SECTION 4
Questions 31-40
1832 31 __________________
1879 38_died
Answer keys:
1. February
2. one
3. Wilson
4. 2336189872
5. C
6. F
7. G
8. C
9. A
10. C
11. 18
12. 9
17. Boats
18. Eat
19. Baskets
20. Theater
23. Thirty
34. 1862
36. 1866
37. 1868
39. 1882
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Liste. ning Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
Woman: Yes, hello. I, uh, I’m planning to spend a few days in your city next
week, and I’d like to, uh, make a [……………………………].
Man: Yes, we do. I’ll just need to take some of your [……………………………].
May I have your name, please?
Man: Thank you, Ms. Wilson. And may I have your credit card number?
Man: .9872. Got it. All right, Ms. Wilson, I have your reservation[……………].
Can I help you with anything else?
Woman: Well, yes. I was wondering, since I’ll have a couple of free hours
Friday morning before I leave, is there anything interesting to see close to the
hotel?
Woman: I love museums, but not art. Can’t stand it. I’ve heard your city
has a very interesting [……………………………], though.
Man: Yes, but unfortunately it’s closed in the winter. Are you interested in
shopping?
Woman: Fabulous. Wliat about lunch? I hear your city has good
restaurants.
Man: Yes. There’s a nice restaurant very near. It’s just […………………]the
street from the park.
Man: Subway is the fastest, of course. There are buses, but they’re quite slow.
Woman: Oh, good. Then I’ll do that. Will there be someone at the hotel
front desk that late?
Man: Oh, yes. The front desk stays open until two.
Tour leader: There are many interesting things to do and see on the Center
City Tour. At the first stop, you can enjoy a [……………………………]view of
the bay, the city, and especially of the fishing docks, which
are […………………]at the foot of the hill. At the second stop, you can walk
around and look at the [………………………]. Fresh fish from the bay is also for
sale here, since this is the place where the [……………………]bring in their
catch. The next stop is where some of the city’s
finest [………………]restaurants are located, so you might want to plan a lunch
stop here. You can eat fresh fish here [……………………]in the traditional local
way. The fourth stop is, of course, where you can do your shop¬ping. Don’t
miss the [……………]to purchase some of our city’s
famous [………………]baskets. You’ll want to take several home
as [……………………]of your visit to our city. Finally, at the last stop on the
tour, you can visit one of the oldest buildings in our city, the rhe- ater. This
building was built over [……………………………]ago and is still used today as a
place to see plays, [……………………………], and other [……………………], as
well as our annual film festival.
Student 1: Is that all? I thought we had more time than that. Well, let’s get to
work, then.
Student 2: Yes, that’s a good point. So, let’s do that. How many interviews did
the […………………]say we had to complete?
Student 1: She said at least thirty. That sounds like a lot, doesn’t it?
Student 2: Well, we have to do some reading first, don’t we? Didn’t we say we
were going to compare our results to the results of a [……………………]study?
Right, the government study about how the [……………………………]crisis has
changed people’s spending habits. We want to see if we get […………………].
Student 1: Yes, so we’d better read that first and then design our questionnaire.
Then I guess we’ll be ready to go out and interview [………………………].
Student 2: No. Don’t you remember? The professor said she had
to [……………]our questionnaire first, before we actually […………………]the
interviews.
Student 1: Oh, right. So we’ll get her approval and then conduct the interviews.
I think a Saturday would be the best day for the interviews, because everyone’s
out shopping then.
Student 2: And then that’s it. All that will be left to do is give the class presen-
tation. Do you think we can be ready on time?
Around this same lime, she was offered the […………………]to travel to
Europe as the companion to an invalid. When she returned home from Europe
in [……………………], she found her family still in financial [……………]and
in need of money, so she went back to writing. Her big break came
in [……………………]with the [……………………]of her first novel for girls,
Little Women. The novel [……………………]instant success, and the public
wanted more. From then on, Alcott [……………………]herself and her family
by writing novels for girls. It wasn’t the writing she had dreamed of doing, but
it [……………………]her a good income.
Alcott took carc of her family for the rest of her life. In […………………], her
youngest sisrer, May, [……………………]. A year later, May died after giving
birth to a daughter. Louisa Alcort raised her sister’s [……………………]child.
In 1882, Bronson Alcoa […………………]a stroke. Soon after that, Louisa
Alcott set up a house for him, her nicce, her sister Anna, and Anna’s wo sons in
Boston. Her mother was no longer living by this time. Alcott was still
writing [……………………]for girls, including two […………………]to Little
Women: Little Men and Jo’s Roys. The latter was […………………]in 1886.
Questions 6-10
7 $________(family).
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
C. food H. maps
D. dishes I. jacket
Questions 16-20
SECTION 3
Questions 21—24
A. weekly journal.
F. portfolio
G. final exam
Question 25
C. the advisor
Questions 26-30
SECTION 4
Questions 31—35
A. entertain customers.
B. slow customers down.
C. make customers shop faster.
Questions 36—40
Color Effect
Purple encourages people to 36_________
Answer keys:
1. tutoring sessions
2. Sunday
3. teens, adults
4. Yoga
5. adults
6. 75
7. 225
8. Eliot
9. across the street/in a garage
10. Monday
11. A
12. D
13. E
14. F
15. I
16. sweep/rear leader
17. intersection
18. rocks
19. Feed
20. water
21. A
22. B
23. D
24. F
25. B
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Liste. ning Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
Section 1. You will hear a woman asking for information over the
phone.
Man: We can certainly help with that. Just have him come by any Wednesday
or Saturday afternoon. That’s when the tutoring sessions are [………………..].
Woman: Fantastic. What about sports? Do you have sports activities for teens?
Woman: Hmmm, I don’t think my son would like that, but my husband might.
For myself, I’d be more interested in […………………..]. Do you offer yoga
classes?
Man: We do. Our yoga classes take place on Tuesday and Thursday evenings.
We [……………………………..]it up into several groups, so there’s one class for
younger children, one for teens, and one for adults.
Woman: Really? I doubt my husband and son would be interested, but I’d like
to sign up for yoga. I also like reading. Do you have any book clubs?
Man: We have one just about to start. The first meeting will be next Friday
morning. It will focus on early [……………………………..]novels.
Woman: Too bad it’s Friday morning. I think my son would enjoy it, but of
course he’s in school at that time.
Man: Well, actually, that book club is for adults only. We may start one up for
teens next summer, but we have nothing for that age group right now.
Man: You get free access to all classes and activities, and you can use our
facilities, like the tennis court, the exercise room, and the meeting room.
Woman: It’s not a bad deal, really. Could you tell me exactly where the cen¬ter
is […………………..]?
Man: Yes. You can park just across the street. There’s a [……………..]there.
Woman: That sounds easy enough. Maybe I’ll come in one day next week and
sign up for some classes.
Man: That would be fine, but don’t come on Monday because we’re closed
that day. We’re open Tuesday through Sunday.
Woman: OK. Thank you very much. You’ve been very helpful.
Hike leader: Good evening, everyone. As you know, this is our last meeting
before we [……………………………..]on our [……………………………..]week-
long hiking trip, so tonight I’ll be telling you everything you’ll need to know to
be ready for the trip. Let’s talk about [……………………..]first. Having the
right equip¬ment is [……………………………..]for your comfort and safety.
First, you’ll need a warm and [……………………………..]sleeping bag.
However, you won’t need to worry about carrying a […………………..]since
we’ll be sleeping in [……………………………..]along the way. Also, part of the
fee you’ve paid for the trip goes toward food, so you won’t need to put that on
your packing list either. We’ve found, though, that it’s more […………..]for
each person to bring his or her own […………………..], so be sure to pack
a [……………………………..], a cup, and a fork, knife, and spoon. That’s all
you’ll need in the way of dishes.
Perhaps the most important item to put on your list is a comfortable pair
of [………………..]. Nothing ruins a hike more than
getting [……………………..]and sores from [……………………..]boots. So
make sure your boots fit you right. Shoes and sneakers aren’t [……………..]for
the type of hiking we’ll be doing. Of course, a […………………..]is necessary
for carrying your equipment. Make sure you have one
that’s […………………..]and comfortable to carry. Walking poles have become
popular among hikers recently, but we don’t recommend them. They can get in
the way when too many hikers are using them at once, and some
serious [……………………………..]have been caused, so it’s best to leave those
at home.
I think that covers just about everything. Are there any questions?
Advisor: I’d like to go over with you today some of the [………………..]for
your student teaching, which you’ll be [……………………..]next semester.
Advisor: One of my roles is to provide you with whatever support you may
require. One thing that helps me do that is to know what you’re doing in the
classroom, so I require all my students to keep a journal about their
teaching […………………..].
Student: That sounds like a lot of work. Will I have to write in it every
day?
Advisor: Yes, if you can. You’ll give it to me at the end of each week.
Another thing I’ll want from you is a few sample lesson plans. I’ll let you know
ahead of time [……………………………..]how I want you to do them.
Advisor: I’ll meet with each student teacher [……………………..], but you
aren’t required to meet with each other. Of course, you can talk together as
much as you want. You will, however, have to [……………………..]some of the
other teachers in the school, besides the teacher you’ll be working with.
Advisor: Actually, no. I’ll do your evaluation, and I’ll base it on several
things. One is your required [……………………………..], which should contain
samples of your class [……………………………..]and your students’ work.
Another important thing is your term paper.
Student: Oh, I see. I’m concerned about the term paper I’ll have to do, and
the […………………..]process. I’m not sure I understand what I’m supposed to
do.
Advisor: Regarding the term paper, the first thing is to choose a topic. It
should be […………………..]to your teaching work. You should let me know
your term paper topic by the end of the first week of the [……………………..].
Advisor: Yes, and during the fourth week of the semester, we ll have our
first evaluation meeting to discuss my [……………………………..].
Advisor: I’m glad you’re looking forward to it. Of course, everyone in the
pro¬gram is required to [……………………………..]. The conference takes
place, let me check, yes, the [……………………………..]of the semester.
Advisor: The term paper is due by the end of the fourteenth week of the
semester. Then during the [……………………………..]and final week, we’ll get
together one last time for a semester review.
Class Schedule
Level: Advanced
Days: 1_____________evenings
Level: 2______________
Level: 3_______________
French
Level: Intermediate
Questions 5—8
Tuition information
Questions 9 – 10
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
Questions 16 – 20
Harbor Park
SECTION 3
Questions 21-24
Questions 25—30
CITY ARCHIVES
A. nineteenth-century documents
B. maps
C. personal papers
D. photographs
F. newspapers
SECTION 4
Questions 31-33
Questions 34 – 40
There are limited supplies of oil and coal, The 37___________ of the wind is not
but wind is a 35____________ constant.
It 36_________ to generate electricity with Wind turbines are usually located far
the wind from 38___________
Wind turbines may spoil
Wind turbines do not take up much land
39_____________
Wind turbines are as 40__________ as
a high-speed car.
Answer keys:
2. Intermediate
3. Beginning
4. Mornings
5. $125
6. $410
7. $575
8. $1,050
12. C
13. F
14. H
15. I
16. 1876
17. Statue
18. Woods
19. Fountain
20. Staircase
24. 8:30
25. D
26. A
27. F
29. G
30. C
34. Pollution
37. Strength
38. Cities
40. noisy
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Liste. ning Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
Section 1. You will hear a man asking for information about lan
guage classes over the phone.
Man: Yes, I was wondering if you could give me some information on language
classes.
Woman: Maybe the class [………………………]will help you decide. Did you
want to study in the morning, afternoon, or evening?
Man: No, beginning. Definitely. I know some Chinese and some French, but
I’m a real [……………………]with Japanese.
Woman: Well then, are you free Monday, Wednesday, and Friday mornings?
That’s when the beginning Japanese classes meet. We also have inter¬mediate
French on Friday mornings.
Man: I really need a beginner class. So I’ll take the morning Japanese class.
Could you give me an idea of the [……………………………]? What would be
the [……………………………]for the Japanese class?
Woman: The beginning-level classes meet three times a week, so they cost a bit
more than the other levels. For a [……………………………]course, the cost
would be [……………………………].
Woman: If it’s hard for you to pay that much, you could sign up for just four
weeks of class and pay [……………………………]. Or, you could pay for one
week at a time, at [……………………………]a week.
Man: That comes out to be much more expensive once you add up all the
weeks.
Man: That’s not a had deal, but I can’t come up with that much money at once.
I ll just pay for the [……………………………].
Woman: Fine. That class begins next week, so you need to register right away.
Woman: No, I’m sorry, we don’t take phone registrations. What you’ll need to
do is visit the school office today or tomorrow. Rring a check for the tuition
and a [……………………………]
Woman: Fine. When you arrive, ask for Mr. Lindsay. He’s in charge of
stu¬dent registration.
Tour guide: This afternoon we’ll visit the city’s shopping [……………………].
Several blocks in the area are closed to car [……………………], and I know
you’ll enjoy walking around there. I’d like to give you an overview of the
district now since you’ll be on your own once we get there.
You’ll see on this map here that the shopping district [………………………]of
two streets—Pear Street, which runs north and south, and [……………………],
which crosses Pear Street right here. Let’s start our tour here on Pear Street
where the star is. This star marks the Harbor View [………………………]. It’s
very popular among locals as well as [……………………………]. You can buy a
range of books of local interest as well as a variety of magazines and
newspapers. It’s directly across the street from the City Library, which is
also [……………………………]a visit. It’s in one of the oldest buildings in the
city and [……………………………], among other things, an interesting
collection of rare books.
From the windows of the cafe, you can look right across Cherry Street for a
lovely view of […………………………]. It’s a rather small garden, but it
contains a variety of [……………………………]plants and flowers.
Let’s leave the cafe and cross Pear Street. On the opposite […………………],
we’re at Caldwell’s Clothing Store, which you might also want to visit. They sell
both men’s and women’s fashions from countries around the world.
Continuing down Cherry Street, the next building on the right after Caldwell’s
is the [……………………………]. Stop in here to get maps and books about the
local area, as well as T-shirts and [……………………]with pictures of the city.
Now, we cross Cherry Street and we’re at the art [………………], one building
down from the corner. Here you can see and, of course, [……………]many fine
paintings and [……………………]by local artists.
Let’s keep going down Cherry Street toward the harbor. On the left, right after
the gallery, is Harbor Park. It’s a lovely place, and it’s cer-tainly worth
spending some time there.
After viewing the statue, you can follow the path that goes through the woods
just behind. It will lead you to a lovely garden, in the middle of which is a
fountain. This is a nice place to enjoy a few quiet moments.
If you still feel like walking, continue on to the far end of the garden. There,
you’ll find a wooden [……………………………], which will take you down to
the [……………………]. You might enjoy the view of the […………………]from
You can see that there’s [……………………]to do in this part of the city. The
bus leaves at [……………………………].
Student: Actually, 1 live just outside the city, but I study at the
university [………………].
Librarian: No. City residents pay an annual fee, but students can use the
archives for free. Everyone else needs to get special [……………………]from
the director, but that doesn’t apply to you, of course.
Student: Oh, good. I was also wondering about the schedule. I have classes
every day, Monday through Friday, and I also have a […………………]job, so I
could really only use the archives on weekends.
Librarian. That’s not a problem at all. We’re open all weekend; [………………]
the only day we’re closed is Monday. So you can come any day, Tuesday
through Sunday.
Student: I would like to see some of those documents. Does that collection
include newspapers, too?
Student: Thank you. Oh, I see you have a whole room [……………………]to
maps.
Librarian: I’m sure you’ll find a lot of helpful information there. Of course,
some of the maps are several [……………………]old, so generally visitors are
only allowed to see photographic [……………………]of them.
Librarian: As I’m sure you know, Ogden’s Woolen Mill was the
major [………………] responsible for the growth of this city in the nineteenth
century. The Ogden [………………………]gave money for the archives to
devote an entire floor to information about the history of the mill.
Student: Will I be able to find information about the Ogden family there
photographs, personal papers, things like that?
Student: Thank you so much for your help. I’ll be able to do a lot of my
research here.
Lecturer: At present, people around the world are using the wind to generate
electricity, some old methods, some new. Is this the solution to our modern
energy problems? Well, as with anything, there are both […………………]and
disadvantages to using wind power. Let’s take a look at some of the reasons to
use wind power. One of the biggest prob¬lems with using fuels such
as [………………………]and [………………………]is pollution. Wind power, on
the other hand, is clean. It causes no pollution and therefore doesn’t contribute
to [……………………]. Another great advantage of wind power is that it’s
a [……………………]. Oil and coal reserves are limited, but we ll never run out
of wind. Economics is [……………………]reason to use wind power. Using the
wind to generate electricity costs less, much less, than running other types of
generators. In addition, since wind […………………]don’t take up much land,
the land around them can be used for other purposes, such as farming.
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 20
Your home:
13. You should warn burglars your house is alarmed by putting a …………………..
in the window
The alarms:
Installation:
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 27
Essay Writing
Questions 28 – 30
Which THREE pieces of advice does the tutor give the student?
G. try to be objective
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 36
39. What does the tutor want students to look at changes in?
Answer keys:
1. £85
2. 3/three a month
3. thrillers
4. comedy (programmes)
5. parts
6. record
7. £71.99
8. labour
9. CDs
10. insurance
11. back door
12. top floor
13. sign
14. blue light
15. spicier
16. company office
17. hall(ways)
18. with a neighbour
19. in the evening(s)
20. monthly
21. organising
22. argument
23. interpretation
24. preparation
25. style
26. edit
27. learn
28, 29, 30. B, C, E (in any order)
31. select
32. invest
33. research
34. sell
35. buy
36. calculate
37. 29/twenty nine
38. manufacturing
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Liste. ning Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
You will hear a woman asking a shop assistant about DVD players.
Customer: OK …
Customer: Um – student.
Shop assistant: OK. Then, have you already got a DVD player?
Shop assistant: And how much do you think you want to spend on a player?
Customer Um – depends what you mean by often. I don’t know w hat the norm
is – is it about two a week?
Shop assistant: Yes (laughs). What sort of films do you like watching then?
Action movies?
Shop assistant: OK. Just one more. Do you watch other DVDs – ones that are
not films – like music or something?
Customer: Not much because I don’t want to spend the money on something I
can watch on TV but I [………………………………..]rent out comedy
programmes. And I fight with my boyfriend over all the sports DVDs he
watches.
Shop assistant: OK. Let me explain a bit to you about the DVD players that are
in your [………………………………..]. First there’s the DB 30 which has only
got [………………………………..]but it is a [………………………………..]at £69.
Now all the DVDs come with an after-sales service that starts when
the [………………………………..]runs out. As it’s so cheap
the [………………………………..] comes with a limited after-sales service as it
unlv includes parts. You would have to pay for most of the repair.
Shop assistant: Yes, so you’d make the extra money back on it that it costs. Let
me see how much it is … ah. yes. that one’s
actually [………………………………..]at the moment
from [………………………………..]. I think it’s worth the extra myself.
Customer: And is that the same level of after-sales service as the other one?
Shop assistant: Well, you get a bit more for your money because what we are
offering is a [………………………………..]on labour. So you don’t pay the full
price if you have to call an [………………………………..]out.
Customer: I see.
Shop assistant: No, it’s not top of the range. I jet’s see – yes
it’s [………………………………..]– but. what von hnvc in remember is that,
that includes [………………………………..], so you don’t have to pay extra for
that. And it comes with a [………………………………..]that’s valid for three
years as [………………………………..]to the usual one. What do you think?
SECTION 2
Now, our company has a range of alarms on offer and I’ve brought several
along for you to see tonight. But let me just explain a few things about them.
First of all, all of our alarms arc highly [………………………………..].
They’re [………………………………..]red and. on
the [………………………………..], there is a blue light. which you can see
whether they are [………………………………..]on or not. This acts as
a [………………………………..]to burglars who can see it is an active alarm
system. Like most systems, our alarms arc very [………………………………..]so
you do need to look after them. You may be [………………………………..]to
hear that a cat can often slink around [………………………………..]under
the [………………………………..]beams but a spider crawling across them will
set them off. Also, our system is a little different from some. Most companies
offer an option that connects their alarms to the [………………………………..].
All our alarms have an automatic link to our company office. This means we
OK, let me tell you about the […………………………..]of our alarms. Later on
I’ll show you some house plans and [………………………………..]of how the
alarms operate but you don’t have to worry about them
being [………………………..], as we normally put them in hallways rather
than [………………………………..]rooms. The diagrams show you how the
beams work to cover the whole house in this way. Oh, one small thing while I
remember, is don’t leave your [………………………..]in your house – a lot of
people keep it in the kitchen or their study but we suggest you leave it with
a [……………………..]so that if there is a break in, the burglars can’t switch the
system off. Now, [………………………………..] the
practical [………………………………..] of installation – I know that many of
you are out all day and I’m afraid we don’t install the alarms at weekends, but
wc do offer a service where we can fit the alarm system in the evenings for you
but we do [………………………………..]a little bit extra for that. Finally, wc do
offer a range of [………………………..], so I suggest you look at
the [………………………………..]on our prices. And please don’t be put off
from investing in a more [………………………..]system to protect your home
as we do allow you to set up a monthly [………………………………..]if it’s too
much in one go. OK. now. if you’d like to … (fade)…
SECTION 3
You will hear a student, Alex, asking his tutor Tor advice about
essay writing.
Tutor: Hi. Alex, comc in. I gather you wanted some help with writing essays.
Alex: Yes. I’m finding this first term difficult and I’m worried about
the [……………………..]we have to do for January.
Tutor: Well, let me see if I can help. You shouldn’t panic about it because essay
writing is a very [………………………..] process really. Whal il involves
is [……………………..]the information that you want to include. You shouldn’t
have more than you can easily [………………………..]within the word count.
Make sure you haven’t got too much or anything [……………………..]. You
need to look at that and work out what you need and what you don’t need
Alex: Oh, that sounds very straightforward when you put it like that. But
I’m […………………………..]I haven’t got the [………………………..]skills for
writing an [………………………………..]essay because English is my second
language.
Alex: Yes and I don’t quite know how to improve at that though as you say. I
know practice will help. And I need to make sure I’ve got everything ready
before I start.
Alex: Arc there any other sources I can use to help me with essays?
Alex: Oh. yes. That’s a good idea. Then I’d pick up any mistakes and also see if
it reads [………………………………..].
Tutor: Exactly. The other thing is. again, what a lot of students do is get their
essays back, look at the marks, then just file it away. They don’t seem
to [………………………………..]that if they checkcd it through and looked at
what the tutor had written, then they can learn from their old essays.
Tutor So, is that OK? You can always come back to me.
Alex: Actually, there were a couple of other things I wanted to ask you about
essay writing. 1 had had a few thoughts of my own about what 1 should do such
as really taking [………………………………..]when I’m reading because that
helps, doesn’t it?
overwhelming to me. What I try to do is highlight the key parts and divide it
into [………………………..], so I can manage it.
Tutor: Well, you might find it useful to break it down even further by making
sure you, understand all the words [………………………………..]before you
start. Things like ‘assess’ or ‘comment’ and such like.
Tutor: Well, you can confuse each other so I’d advise [………………………..]it
– but it’s up to you.
SECTION 4
Now before you begin that, there are a few things 1 want you to read up on to
prepare. You need to look at the […………………………..]of the UK’s main
trading partners. I don’t mean all of them because that would be over 80, but
just the [………………………..]ones. There are [………………………………..]in
the last three books on the booklist I’ve given you. And so that you can practise
applying the criteria on [………………………………..]I gave you. I’d then like
you to focus just on one [………………………..]across all the countries. The
most common one across every country is farming but. as
much [……………………..]produce is for domestic […………………………..],
I’d like you to look at manufacturing. Then, I would like you to do a
detailed [………………………………..]of one [………………………………..]. I
was going to give you a choice but I think, as we’ve just started the course, it’s
better if we all look at the same thing and then we can [………………………..]it
in the seminars. So the thing I’d like vou all to look at is […………………..]in
import prices. Now you need to do all that before you start the project as it will
help you […………………………..]the economies of the countries you’ll
be [……………………..]in the project. Don’t worry – you’ve got plenty of time.
Exam week is December 8th, then it’s the holidays until January 6th so I don’t
need the [………………………………..]in till February 5th. Is that OK? Now,
any questions … (fade)…
Courses Available in
Questions 8-10
Which THREE items does the student need to bring to the first class?
A. passport
B. computer disk
C. note from tutor
D. notebook
E. student identity card
SECTION 2
Questions 11 -15
A. tube
B. train
C. bus
Features of Transport
11 cheapest ……….
14 fastest ……….
Questions 16 – 20
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 23
Choose THREE answers from the box and write the correct letter A- E next
to Questions 21 – 23.
Courses
22 Pharmacology Prelim
Questions 24 – 30
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 37
Which three types of accommodation docs the speaker say will increase in city
centres?
38 ……………..
39. ……………..
40. ……………..
Answer keys:
SECTION 2 Questions 11 – 20
1. C
2. A
3. B
4. B
5. C
6. B
7. E
8. G
9. C
10.A
SECTION 3 Questions 21 – 30
1. D
2. C
3. B
4. 3rd/third term
5. industry
6. plans
7. new lab/laboratory
8. seminars
9. pairs
10.(an) interview
1. gardens
2. one fifth
3. superstores
4. glass
5. older residents
6. waste
7. windfarms/wind farms
8. co-operative (buildings)
9. retirement (homes)
10.social (housing)
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Liste. ning Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
Student: Hi. I’ve come to ask about the English courses you run
for [………………………………..]students.
Administrator: Um. some of the courses only run for single terms and we lend
to [………………………..]on what students have […………………………..]with.
That means we don’t usually do speaking courses but next term you can do
listening. That’ll help you with […………………………..]and things.
Our […………………..]is all based on what the [………………………………..]of
our international students need.
Student: So is everything term-based – there’s nothing that you run all year?
Administrator: Well, let’s have a look. Yes. there is a class for [………..]and
grammar every term. That’s for everybody but it’s split into three or four levels.
Student: OK. Quite a variety then. I’ll have a think about what I really need
bccause I haven’t got much time. Do you have about [……………………..]in
each class – the same as our Science […………………..]?
Student: Do I have to sign up for something now? I’m not quite sure what 1
want.
Student: OK.
Administrator: Yes. then you get a note from him and give that to the desk
when you register.
Administrator: We’ve got loads of those here that you can borrow, but you’ll
need a notebook as we don’t [………………………..]paper or files.
SECTION 2
Student: Yes, I was wondering what the best way was for me to get
around [………………………..].
Student: OK, thanks. How can I get from here to Hackney, then?
Man: Right, well you can choose. We’re here at the information office, OK?
Now, next to us, on the turner of the high street and Sweet Street is the bus
stop, […………………………..]the bank. The bus goes all the way to Hackney
but it is a very [………………………………..]so it could take ages. If you want to
take the train, walk down the high street [………………………………..]the city,
go past the bank and on your left is the station, just before you get to the post
office. There’s a mainline service to Hackney Wick so, if you need to get into
the centre of [……………………..], you may need to pick up a bus when you get
there. Opposite the post office, on the corner of Heart Lane is the
tube [……………………………..]– you’ll see the big signs. That’s probably the
best way to get there, though you may have to change. It’s probably best if you
go and get a […………………………..]first. To get to the ticket office, you go out
of here onto the high street. Then turn into South Street and the ticket office is
on your right opposite the […………………………..]. Of course, you may decide
it’s quicker to take a taxi. But. it’s a long way so 1 think it’ll be very expensive.
If you do want to get a cab. then the rank is [………………………..]here just
opposite the office.
SECTION 3
Hideki: Fine, I’m glad I [……………………..]into you. Have you got five
minutes to sit down and discuss our [………………………..]options for next
term?
Caitlin: Yes, sure. You mean the support courses for our [………………..]?
Hideki: Yes, We’ve got three choices and I’m not sure which would be best for
us to do.
Caitlin: Let’s have a look. Yeah – we could do Science and Ethics – sounds
quite interesting.
Hideki: Yes – but I think we should be thinking what we get out of each course.
So Scicnce and Ethics – there’s a lot of reading and [………………………..]to
do. And I don’t think it comes up in the exams, docs it?
Hideki: Well, 1 could certainly do with some help in that because if vou go out
into [……………………..], that’s what you’ll spend most of your time doing, so
it’s got a very […………………………..]application. 1 think I’m going to go for
Pharmacology.
Caitlin: Me too.
Caitlin: Oh no that’s not fair. Mind you, I think I need it. Docs that mean we
have twice as many lectures?
Hideki: No. this Maths is only a short course. The Chemistry department
are [………………………..]and they do it in the third term. So we’ve got all next
term to [………………………………..]into the Pharmacology bit.
Caitlin: Doesn’t give us much time to sort out what ‘s possible or not. I mean,
doesn’t the scale of our project depend on what […………………………..]we
can have, like what [………………………………..]we can use?
Caitlin: Oh. OK. It’s slowly beginning to take shape for me. I think it’ll be a
good course. I’m just [………………………………..]that I get enough support to
do it.
Hideki: I think y ou’ll be OK. And the tutors are always available if you
get [………………………………..].
Caitlin: Actually it says that if you’re not sure, then, in December, they’ll be
running one or two additional [……………………………..]– so I might go to
those.
Hideki: Actually, what’s quite interesting is that at the end of the course, when
our project is [………………………..], then wc have to do
a [……………………..]on it. I think that’s quite good practice.
Caitlin: Oh. good. I have done presentations before but I’m always
very [………………..]. And is the presentation what we’re [………………..],on
then?
Hideki: Let me look …. Ah. it says that we have an interview and we get a mark
for the whole course depending on how well we do in that.
SECTION 4
Department: 2……………………………
Questions 7-10
SECTION 2:
Questions 11 -15
A Arts section
B Computers
C Languages section
D Law
E Magazines
F Science
G study desks
Questions 16 – 20
Library system:
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 28
Which TWO things does Kirsten plan to do to prepare her conference paper?
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 35
Questions 36 – 40
Which group of people are the main users of mobile phones for the following
purposes?
Write the correct letter, A, B or C next to Questions 36 – 40.
A women
B men
as a camera …………….
Answer keys:
SECTION 1
1. postgraduate
2. engineering
3. computer games
4. German
5. (in) Hall/hall
SECTION 2
1. E
2. A
3. G
4. D
5. B
6. 6/ six weeks
7. email
8. £1.50
9. yellow form
10. ordering
SECTION 3
1. (the) website/internet
2. (the) length
3. current
4. format
5. Events Officer
6. changes/revisions
7. technical
8. brochure
29. 30 (in any order) B, E
SECTION 4
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You have to fill each space with the missing word
by listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION I
Stefan: Urn yeah, I hope so. Erm this is the first time I’ve been down to
the […………………………..]– I’m a new [………………………………..]student
– and I just […………………………..]what to do.
Anna: Oh right. Well, normally we ask international students to fill out this
form and we put your details on the wall by [………………………..]. Then other
students can […………………………..]you – it’s a way for everybody to get to
know each other. It can be a bit lonely [………………………………..].
Stefan: Oh I see.
Anna: OK well just write that there – next to name – and then fill in the rest.
Anna: Not really – it’s too much detail. But you should put
your [………………………………..]so people who have the same interests or
problems – as you can [………………………………..].
Anna: Then if you list what you like doing in your […………………………..]–
not that we ever get any when we’re studying – and maybe you can meet up w
ith someone socially or to join a club or something.
Anna: My [……………………..]is to just put one or two like football and films
or […………………..]. Otherw ise you’ll get so many [……………………..]you
won’t get any time to work!
Stefan: That is a good idea. 1 presume I don’t need to put English down?
Stefan: I’m in Hall, though I’d like to be in a flat. Bui that won’t […………..]till
the end of the first term.
Anna: Put where you are nowr. You can alw ays change it later. Then finally
just put your [………………………..].
Anna: Well, it’s going to be difficult for people to contact you then, isn’t it?
Why don’t you put the Union one and we’ll lake […………………………..]tor
you.
Stefan: OK.
Anna: Yes. You need to get a card from the shop – and then it’s available to all
students in the mornings.
Stefan : OK. I see also the Union organises loads of events. Are they always
held here in the Union building? It looks big enough!
Stefan: Right. I’ll do that. Also I wanted to hire a van. Can I do that through
you?
Anna: Erin – no. You need to present a case really – they’re not
just [……………………..]for hire to anyone.
Stefan: OK. thanks. The other thing is, arc all the [………………………..]we get
with our Union card listed on the back of the card? I thought there might be
more.
Anna: No. that’s it I’m afraid – mainly books, clothes and music. Though we
are currently […………………………..]io get one on newspapers, so that should
be valid from next term.
SECTION 2
You will hear a library assistant talking about the library she works
in.
Library assistant: OK. First of all, let me show you round the library
and […………………..]a few things for you. (pause) OK, now we’re here at the
main [………………………………..]. You can sec the reception, which is where
you bring back and take out books and also we can order books and answer
your questions there. Next to Lhc [………………………..]-where you can sec
those old desks, is where we keep the [………………………………..]because you
can sit down and read there. They’re [………………………………..]into sections
for Sciences, Geography. Arts, etcctcra. Then, at the back of the library you can
see the section for old books. Next to that is where the
books [………………………..]start. That used to be the Science section but now
on those [………………………………..]you’ll find the Arts section. We had a
big [………………………………..]in the summer, which I think has made it
clearer. The numbering is standard so you should be able to find what you
want quite easily. However, if you can’t find something, it probably means it’s
been […….......]. OK. then m the corner, next io the […………………..]section,
is where we thought it was [……………………..], and away from the phones
and [………………………………..]and things, so we’ve put the study desks
there. They all have […………………..], if you need it for your laptop. We do
ask that you don’t just read magazines there, though. OK. then there’s the
reference section where you can [……………………..] the files. Then, as we
come back to the main entrance, is the next section, where we used to have
the [………………………………..]. It got very busy and noisy, so when we
moved everything round we decided to put the law books here. Also, because
it’s a smaller section it fits quite well here. OK. then we’re back at the main
entrance. Over there, by reception, there’s a door that goes to
the [………………………………..]and we have further sections, such
as [………………………………..], and study desks through there so you could
have a look round when we’ve [……………………..]. Then just between
reception and thedoor here is where we decided to put the computers but the
Student: That’s great thanks. Can you just tell me a bit about borrowing
and the rules and whatever?
The good news is that there is only one charge – 1 know some libraries
charge [………………………………..] for one week and then it goes up with
each week it’s late! We ask for £1.50 as we think that’s high enough to stop
people being [………………………..]. The other thing you may want to know is
what you do about books that arc not on the [………………………………..]. We
do have a system for [………………………..]them. All you have to do is fill in
a [………………………………..], behind those blue ones on the desk, and give it
to someone at reception. We’ll let you know when it comes in. Also, sometimes
you will need a journal [………………………………..]that wc don’t have but can
get from other [………………………….], so we offer an ordering service if you
need it. Now if you’d like Co … (fade)…
SECTION 3
Ramil : Then, while you’re doing that, you should also have a look at the
information on how to [………………………………..]your paper – the ‘rules’, if
yon like, such as the length. It’s important you follow those.
Ramil : Yes, – and the other thing is, when you’ve [………………………..]it up.
then go back and look at your data [……………………..]and make certain that
you’ve [………………………..]it in a format that is standard for your subicit.
Remember people have to [………………………..]information very quickly
while they’re listening – don’t make it too [………………………………..].
Kirsten : OK, well, I reckon that’ll take me about a month to get that sorted.
Then, the next thing 1 have to do, I guess, before I send it off to the
conference [………………..], is give the whole thing to the […………………..]so
that he can look through it and see if it all makes [………………………..]and is
OK.
Ramil : Yeah. Remember to warn him that it’s en route so he can fit it into
his [……………………..]! Then you’re done really. All you have to do after that
is to go through it and [………………………..]any changes you need lo make.
Then finally you can [………………………………..]it. You can do that online.
Kirsten : Phew! Good. Then I just wait to hear I suppose. How long docs that
take?
Kirsten : OK – but that’s a long way off. And I know that, if my paper is
accepted, then, at that stage, I have to give them a short text about myself and
my [………………..], so that they can put it in the [………………………..].
Famous, at last!
Ramil : Yeah.
Kirsten: Right – well. I’ve got to get a couple of things sorted if I’m going to get
this paper completed.
Ramil : I think some of this year’s postgraduates are doing some of the
same [………………………………..]as you on buildings. Why don’t you talk to
them?
SECTION 4
You will hear part of a lecture on the current and future use of
mobile phones.
Current number of
3…………….. 40 55
members
Questions 5-10
5. meets ………………….
Benefits:
8. discounts on ………………………..
9. annual …………………………
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 15
List of Features
A cleaning included
C private showers
D modern building
E parking spaces
F single sex
G sports facilities
Halls of Residence
24. Jenna and Marco agree they need …………….. a for the project.
Questions 25-27
What THREE things do Marco and Jenna have to do now for the project?
D take photographs
Questions 28 – 30
SECTION 4
News Sources
A. television
B. internet
C. the press
31. It is more popular at the weekend than during the week. ……….
Questions 36 – 40
In the USA, newspapers are being increasingly inventive about the way
they attract advertisers and their 36…………………………… now exceeds that of
other industries. Advertising has increased because of a good relationship with
the 37……………………………… sector. In addition, newspapers now run more
adverts which include 38…………………………………. These have been found to
Answer keys:
SECTION 1 Questions 1 – 10
1 weekend trips
2 competitions
3 125
4 club secretary
5 twice a/per month
6 spring
7 weekly
8 equipment
9 magazine
10 exhibition
SECTION 2 Questions 11 – 20
11 G
12 F
13 C
14 B
15 A
16 B
17 A
18 C
19 E
20 D
SECTION 3 Questions 21 – 30
21 March 25th
22 older workers
23 (a) senior lecturer
24 timetable
25/26/27 (in any order) B, D, G
SECTION 4 Questions 31 – 40
31 C
32 B
33 C
34 A
35 A
36 profit margin
37 retail
38 vouchers
39 clients
40 full-page/full page
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You has to fill each space with the missing word by
listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
Rachcl: Hi, welcome to Freshers Week. I’m Rachcl. Can I help you?
Tom: Oh, hi – yes. Erm – I was hoping to find out about some clubs I could
join.
Rachcl: Well, all the club stands are here in this hall. What were
you [……………………..]?
Rachcl: Well, take this [………………………..]with details of all the clubs and
see what you think. It’ll probably [………………………..]on what day you’re
free. Like on Mondays there’s the film club, then on Tuesdays you’ve got
the [………………………..]club – that’s really good. I’m in that – then on
Wednesdays you’ve got chcss. if you want something a bit
more […………………………..]! But you should look through carefully because
all the clubs run extra [………………………..]as well as their normal meetings.
Tom: Oh, yes I see. (as if reading) So it looks like the film club
has […………………………..]after the films – I’d quite like to go to those. Then
climbing – [………………………..], it says here that the University has its own
climbing wall – that’s [………………………..]– and they go on
weekend [………………..]. Cool. And it says the [………………………..]club
normally just docs games with whoever turn:! up but it also runs competitions
sometimes. But I bet you’ve got to be pretty good to do that.
Tom: And how many people are in the clubs? Are they all really full?
Rachcl: Well, obviously they’re all different so, for example, the film club has
just increased its[………………………..]from eighty five to a hundred and
twenty five but I think they’re hoping to[………………………..]it to a hundred
and fifty. The climbing club’s quite small –[………………………………..]people
and the chess club is fairly healthy at fifty five.
Rachcl:Well, if you go round the stands and speak to the people there. For the
film club that’s the events[…………………………..]– um, for climbing you’ll
need the club [………………………………..]and the chcss club is organised by
one of the Maths [………………………………..]. OK?
Tom: Yup. I think I’ll start with the [………………………..]– it sounds good.
Rachcl: Oh well, as I said. I’m in that so I might be able to help you a bit.
Rachcl: Yes. Oh. you must join. It’s really good fun. We go away quite a bit to
North Wales and every year we have a special [………………………………..],
usually to France, which is where we’re going this year in the spring. The
weather’s too [………………………..]in the autumn.
Rachcl: There are quite good benefits you get from joining. I mean, you need
that don’t you? And the University clubs[………………………………..]try and
do deals with [………………………………..], so it’s really worth joining. Like in
the climbing club they’ve got a special [………………………………..]with one of
the shops in town so if you show your card you can get money
off [……………………..]. Don’t think the[……………………..]extends to clothes
though. That’s really worth it then. I’ll go over and talk to them now.
Tom: OK Hope you do join. Oh. and another thing I meant to say. If you do
become a member, yon automatically receive a […………………………..]once a
year. It’s quite useful and interesting because it goes out to all the national
climbing clubs. And the other thing is, if you come to every [………………..],
then you can[……………………..]ticket to the big [………………………..]that’s
held in Cardiff even.’ year. So – hope to see you Yeah, thanks … (fade)…
SECTION 2
Accommodation Officer:
First of all, there’s Brown Hall, which, as you’ll see. is not the most modern of
buildings but it is very popular with some students. It’s got a good sense
of [……………………..], some nice[……………………..]kitchens and. unlike the
other halls, it has recently had a[………………………………..]built in its
basement. Another option is Blake Residence, which is built like a large house
and so everybody cooks and eats together. It has its own sectioned-off bit
of[……………..]garden and is even more [………………………..]bccause this is
an all girls residence, although of course boys are […………………..]to visit the
Hall and, I understand, frequently take part in cooking dinner! The largest
Hall we have is Queens Building and this has been[…………………..]recently.
The […………………..]parking area has been built on so that the hall now has a
large [……………..]room and each bedroom now has its own shower room,
which many students [………………………..]as a real bonus. A [……….]option
is the Parkway Rats, which won an [……..]for design in its day and this
building now has a[…………………..]order on it. This has meant that only
a […………………..]amount could be done to upgrade it and
the […………..]area is important so parking is not[……………………..]around
the Flats. However, the Flats do have many extra[………………………..]such as
a special computer room, a small library and a[……………………..]restaurant.
The cost of breakfast, lunch and dinner is[…………………………..]in the fees
for this ball so it does look a bit more [………………………………..]. The last
residence we can offer you is Temple Rise, which again is [……………..]more
expensive than other Halls as the rooms are larger. This has got very lovely
views across to the coast and this more than[………………………………..]for
the fact that bathrooms here are shared between six students. However, the
Hall has[……………..]staff who clean the rooms onec a week so this is perhaps
an[……………..]option for the [………………..]amongst you.
Now if I can just show on this wall map here where they all are, you might like
to go and have a look round. If you come into the main
university [……………………..], at the first [………………………………..]you’ll
find that Brown Hall is on the […………………………..]opposite the theatre. So
you’re nice and near the station here – though I think it can get a bit noisy with
traffic. The same […………………………..]to Blake Residence, which is directly
facing the [………………………………..]to the university entrance. These Halls
SECTION 3
You will hear two students, Jenna and Marco, discussing a Business
Studies projcct they have to do.
Jenna: Come on Marco. We’ve got to get on and sort out this [……………..]for
Professor Barclay.
Marco: Hang on. I want to make sure we’ve got all the [………………..]. Now ..
(sitting down)… where are we?
Jenna: Well, today we need to sort out exactly what we’re going to do and how
wc’rc going to[………………………………..]the work up.
Jenna: Don’t know – sometimes he gets the PhD students to mark it for him.
Marco: Well, we have to decide how big we want it to be and who we’re …
Jenna: (cutting him off)… Yeah, but I think vvc must sort out
a […………………..]for the project[…………………..]nothing will get done.
OK – what do we have to do now for the project? What’s the best way to go
about it?
Jenna: Exactly.
Marco: And I think it would look better if we had actual shots .of some of the
staff because we’re citing[………………………………..]as a factor
in [………………………..], aren’t we?
Jenna: Yeah. OK. I’ll factor that all in when I son everything out tonight.
Jenna: Yes. well, given that we had to work in pairs on this project, I think we
were right to choose each other. Wc[………………………………..]each other
academically as we’re each good at what the other isn’t! In fact, we should
have [………………………………..]working together before!
Marco: Yes! Now, how shall wc split the work? I’ll do the […………………..],
shall I?
Jenna: Oh – OK.
Jenna: Thing is, the tutor said one person should do the
whole […………………..]and he’s said he expects me to do ir because I haven’t
done one yet.
SECTION 4
Yon will hear a media studies tutor giving a lecture about news
sources.
In the USA the main news sources without […………………………..]are TV, the
internet and the press – that is traditional […………………………..]. And,
although they arc cach [………………………………..]and growing, they are also
changing. Obviously TV news has been around for a while, and the early
evening[………………………………..]when people get in from work are very
popular. I [………………………………..]we traditionally think of the morning
newspaper arriving on our [………………………………..]with the daily news.
Interestingly, this is not [………………………………..]out by the statistics,
which show that readership in the US is much higher when people have lime
to [………………………………..], when they’re not
working,[………………………………..]on Sundays. The internet is also a
popular weekend activity but shows no[………………………………..]with
weekday [………………………………..]. So people arc using the different
Now one very critical factor in keeping newspapers alive and well in the USA
has been their[…………………………..]to advertising. Obviously newspapers
are heavily dependent on advertising[…………………………..]and they have
become more and more [………………………………..]in what they offer, in
order to make sure that […………………………..]use them, and not other news
sources. This has meant that, contrary to popular [………………………..],
newspapers now have a[………………………..]higher profit margin than the
rest of [………………………..]
Complete the Account Details using NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for
each blank space
Account Details
Example
Discount offered
Postcode: SE (4)_________________
Put a tick in the spaces below, if the information is correct. Or fill in the blank
with the correct information, if it is wrong. The first one has been done for
you as an example.
Questions 9 – 10
9. To collect the books ihe student must bring A three forms of identification.
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 14
Complete the notes below using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer
19. If the counsellors cannot help you, they will put you in touch with_______
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 23
22. Besides the OECD statistics, what other figures did Jim use? _________
23. At the beginning of hisessay, what does Jim say the 19th eentuty Luddites
and people today are worried about? ___________________________
Questions 24-27
In Jim’s essay, there are 3 reasons for people’s fears and 2 reasons why
people’s fears are unjustified. In each case below, choose the option
which accurately describes the point. The first one is an example
A. There has been a continuous rise in people in work and income in rich
countries
Questions 28 – 30
29. In his conclusion, Jim says that IT should not destroy jobs, if
A. there is a balance.
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 37
Complete the notes using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for your answer.
35. One facet of the role of design is to make sure that products do the job they
are ___________
37. A shopper may buy a personal stereo for its as_____________ well as its
trendy appearance.
D. advising inventors.
D. we do not want things that do not look good, even if they do not work.
Answer keys:
1. 15%/fifteen percent
2. Kerrigan
3. 127a Adelaide
4. 19 7FT
5. 797 4882
6. √
7. Physics
8. £25
9. D
10. B
11. C
12. B
13. A
14. D
15. everywhere on campus
16. generosity of volunteers
17. roughly 8/ eight hours
18. variety of reasons
19. someone who can
20. training and support
21. global employment
22. The World Bank
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You has to fill each space with the missing word by
listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
Section 1
SA: …versity Bookshop, Bridge Street, Doris speaking, can I help you?
1. Yes, it is.
S: I’d like to place an [………………….]for some books, if I may.
I’ll be starting in October, but I’ll be coming in early to have a look round and
to get [………………….]in and wanted to order some books.
SA: You just have to make sure that you settle your account at the end of
each month.
S: […………………………….].
SA: Is that, K , I…
S: No, 127a …
S: […………………………….].
SA: Right.
S: London.
S: […………………………….].
SA: SE …19.
SA: 7?
SA: FT. Right. So let me just check that. Mm 127a Adelaide Mansions,
Compton Street, London SE19 7FT.
S: That’s correct.
SA: 797…
S: 4882.
SA: 4882.
SA: Right, that’s that out of the way. And which books would you like to order?
SA: Hmm.
SA: Physics in the Age of… it’s out of [……………………….], I’m afraid.
S: Oh, OK.
Professor I Lovatt. Let’s just check that. Right, here we are. Yes,…. we’ve got it
in stock. It’s […………………….].
SA: Experimental Physics by Simon Blair and Violet Boyd. OK, let’s see
….That’s £29.50.
SA: Right. Would you like to have the books […………………….]to you?
S: No, No it’s it’s okay. I’ll come in one day this week and pick them up.
SA: Right. When you come in, can you bring two forms of [………………….].
SA: We’re open until 6pm every day except Thursday, when we close at 7.30.
S: Thanks. Bye.
SA: Bye-Bye.
Section 2
Good morning My name is Dave Eastman and I’m one of the five
student [………………….]in the university. And I’m here today to introduce
myself to you [………………….]and to say just a few words about the Student
Welfare [………………….]. But before I begin, I’d like to thank your Faculty
Head, Professor Anwar, for inviting me here to talk to you. At the end,
I’ll [……………….]questions open to the floor.
We don’t pretend that we have an answer for every problem, but we can try
and help; and if we can’t we can usually refer you to someone who can.
I would also like to take this […………………………….]to ask for volunteers for
our advice […………………………….]. You don’t need any previous experience
and, because you are […………………………….]to the university, it does not
mean that you do not have anything to offer. We provide training and support
for all […………………………….]. So if you’d like to get involved see me at the
end of this […………………………….].
I’d like to thank you for listening and now it’s your chance to ask some
questions…. Yes the […………………………….]in the third row in the red T-
shirt.
Section 3
J: Hello, Dr Townsend.
L: Ah – hello Jim, come and sit down. Now – it’s about this essay of yours, am
I right?
L: Ah yes, global employment, let’s see …What was the exact [………….]again?
J: ‘Information Tech …
L: Yes, on the whole, I was very pleased with what you wrote … mm
…You’ve [………………….]the different points of view clearly.
J: Thank you.
J: Yes, I…
L: Ah, yes, I see, the World Bank and the […………………….]. Where did you
get the [……………………….]from?
J: On the Internet.
J: Yeah.
L: Yes?
L: Well, yes, maybe, but a short sentence might help just to show
the […………………….]between then and now.
J: Right.
J: Well, I suppose I could have said that the richer industrial [………….]fear
the easy transfer of their jobs to [………….]and, therefore, cheaper economies,
but I felt it was too […………….]a fear. You could also blame the media for
their [………….]of large job losses at big firms without [………………….]small
business creation.
J: Yes….
J: We were …
L: Yes, you said that although new technology may reduce the amount
of [………………….]necessary to produce a given volume of [………………….],
this doesn’t necessarily reduce overall unemployment,
J: Employment,
L: Sorry, yes, employment, because technology can boost output and create
new […………………………….]and new products.
J: Yes.
L: Perhaps you could have given some examples here of products which didn’t
exist 20 years ago?
J: Yes.
L: I see. Well, you’ve certainly thought through the issues, but they are
complex and perhaps you could have gone into them rather more deeply.
However, as I said at the beginning, you’re good and clear about your points,
so I’ve marked it
Section 4
What is design for? is one of the most important questions that we seek to
answer in this [……………………….]. After all, an electric kettle is no more
than a vessel with a heating […………………………….], a chair – no more than
a seat and back with enough legs for support, and a motor car no more than a
box with seats, four […………………………….]and an engine. But, we all know
that a […………………………….]can pour badly and
be [……………………….]to handle, a chair […………………………….]and ugly
to look at and a car [……………………….]and unattractive. The answer to my
question is, of course, […………………………….]in these examples: good
design makes for efficient products, like an efficient kettle, maybe cordless
and [………………….]by arthritic or elderly hands; a well designed chair is
There are, however, other reasons for the […………….]of design. Advertising
and the media fuel the […………….]nature of [………………….]but, together
with greater choice, they encourage a more […………………….] approach from
tne public who can compare the […………………….]of one product with those
of another. The […………….]appeal of a bold new table lamp can
be […………….]against tne cnarms of a […………………………….]others –
while the choice of a new persona’ stereo may involve
its [……………….]appearance as much as us efficient [……………………….].
And yet there is another reason for the […………………………….] role of the
designer in today’s world of rapidly advancing […………………………….]. As
the life cycle of every product grows ever shorter,
the […………………………….]has to be working on an updated model as soon
as the latest one is off the drawing board. Nowhere is this more evident than in
the design of motor cars. The same technological advance has also made a
huge […………………….]in the field of medicine and here the designer
is […………………………….]in the development of new equipment, from
the […………………….], the increasingly […………………….]dentist’s chair
and the […………………………….]hospital ‘porter’, to the [……………….]hip
replacement and other […………………………….].
Finally, we should not forget the role of design in the marketing wars.
As […………………………….]battle to enhance the [……………………….]of
their products over those of their […………………………….], the
talents, […………………….]and training of their designers are [……………….].
A proper appreciation of this factor can even be significant for
national [………………….]ana their export markets.
Example Answer
Address Flat 8
(1)…………………………………….
Dene Road
Postcode (2)…………………………………..
Model MR2
Age (4)………………………………..
Garaged YES/ NO
Endorsements 3 points
HiFi
TV
(6)………………………………………..
Video player Couple of radios
(7)………………………………………
Laptop
Printer
DVDs
CDs
Jewelry – necklaces, (8)……………………………….. , rings + brooches
Questions 9 and 10
smoke alarm
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
Questions 16-20
• Simon suggests asking for a_______________ when residents order a meal from
a takeaway.
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 25
B. Petty criminals
C. Sailors
22. What was the name of the first British colony in Australia?
A. Victoria
C. New London
24. Why was there bad feeling towards many Chinese immigratants in the
1850s?
A. They opened restaurants
C. They would work for less money than the local Australians
25. When were Asian students first allowed to study at Australian universities?
A. 1950
B. 1957
C. 1973
Questions 26 – 30
Australian Immigration
▪ (26)…………………………or
▪ sponsored by a family member currently resident in Australia
2004-05 Migration Program has 120,000 places available
▪ skilled immigrants
▪ immigrants who will move to regional areas of Australia
▪ (29)………………………………………..
▪ work without appropriate approval
SECTION 4:
Questions 31 – 36
Super volcano eruption form calderas. Whereas normal volcano craters are
measured in the hundreds of metres, a caldera can be easily as large as
(31)………………………………. miles wide.
Super Volcano Caldera Locations: Long
Valley, Eastern California
(not all active) Toba,
Indonesia
Lake Taupo, (32)………………………………………….
Japan
Indonesia
Scotland
Alaska
Normal Volcano Formation – Magma column rises from Earth, erupts and
hardens down sides creating the familiar (33)………………………………………..
mountain
Ash, dust and sulphur dioxide ejected, blocking sun & creating cold wave
lasting several years. Plants and animals (including humans) would die.
According to the Earth Sciences lecture, which FOUR of the following facts
are NOT true.
B. The first super eruption in Yellowstone was over three million years ago.
C. The first super eruption in Yellowstone park created a caldera bigger than
another state of the US.
D. Scientists say Yellowstone Park should erupt approximately every 600 000
years.
E. The ground level of Yellowstone Park has increased by over half a metre
over the last 10 years.
F. A taskforce has been set up to plan for the possible devastation that a
Yellowstone eruption would cause.
Answer keys:
1. Chepping Dene
2. WE3 9HT
3. 07525 745 642
4. 4 years
5. 3 years
6. DVD player
7. a hair dryer
8. bracelets
9. B
10. B
11. beside the reception
12. service washes
13. 39
14. the Students’ Union
15. the Town Hall
16. the front lawn
17. 6 months
18. late night film
19. fish and chips
20. menu
21. A
22. B
23. B
24. C
25. A
26. a skilled migrant
27. offshore resettlement program
28. 13 000
29. overstay visas
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You has to fill each space with the missing word by
listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
Woman Actually yes. I’ve just got a new flat and I’m going to move my things
in tomorrow and I haven’t got any […………....…….]yet for my things. I’d like a
[…………..…….]for my car [……………….]as well to see if you can give me a better
deal. It’s coming up for [……………………….] soon you see.
M Fine. That shouldn’t be a problem. Let’s just take down some details. First of
all, can I have your name please?
W It’s [………………….].
M Let’s look at the car insurance first quickly. I need the model, age and
engine size.
M So, you just need some household insurance for your […………………………….].
W That’s right.
M First of all, can you give me a list of all the things that you want covered by
the insurance.
W Well just the usual kitchen stuff and clothes that I’d like to be included.
M OK. That’s not a problem. Now I need to ask some things about the flat.
What floor is it on?
M That’s good.
M That’s good too. So really it’s reasonably safe. That will make a difference on
the […………………………….]. Do you know if there’s a smoke alarm fitted in that
flat?
W I never thought of that. I think it’s the law now if you’re renting so there
must be.
M Well, that’s about it. Let’s look now. I’ve got two […………………………….]for
you. First the car and then the household. […………………………….]fully comp.
for the car or […………………………….]third party, fire and theft. The contents is
£100.
Margaret: Hi, I’m Margaret. I’m a student here. I was wondering where I can
do my […………………………….]. It won’t be long before this is an
[…………………………….]thing for me!
Simon: The best bus for the centre of town is the [……………………….]. That
takes you straight to the […………………….]. If you work at the end of the High
Street though that still leaves you with about a [……………………….]walk. The 39
goes to the train station which is very near the end of the High Street so that’s
your best bet [………………………….]. The 39 is good for coming home late at
night as well as the station buses go on later than the other buses. There’s the
35 bus too for getting to the High Street but it goes to the near end of the High
Street and it’s a good […………………………….] walk after getting off. Anyone
else? You there.
Bill: I’m a student too. I’m new in the area and I have to […………………….]for
my council tax. Do you know where I have to go to register?
Simon: Any more questions? Come on. I’m sure you must have some more.
Jen: Yes. I was wondering what we do in the case of a fire here at the
residence.
Simon: Well the first thing to do is to raise the alarm by setting off the electric
alarm [………………….]. Then, if the fire is not big, try and use the fire
Fran: Hi everyone. I just wanted to ask what time the TV room closes for the
night. It’s just that my room is just across from it and I don’t want to be kept
awake all night.
Phil: I’ve got a question too actually. I’ve got a job that will get me back late in
the evening and I won’t be always able to eat. Are there any good places nearby
that […………………………….]?
Simon: The quick answer is yes, there are lots of places. There is an Indian
nearby, fish and chips is sold in a shop that is […………………………….]enough
run by a Chinese family. There is a good Thai restaurant, a Mexican and an
Italian […………………………….]. They all deliver apart from the
[…………………………….]but that’s only five minutes’ walk away. All the
telephone numbers are up on the residence […………………………….]. The first
time you order from each of them just ask them to stick a menu into the bag
and you’ll build up a library in no time. Now, let me tell you about…
Nick When did other people start arriving? Adrian Immigration really
[…………………………….]after the discovery of gold in Australia. The Gold rush
era, beginning in […………………………….], led to an enormous
[…………………………….]in population all through the reign of Queen Victoria.
Nick And did that continue strongly? Adrian Not really. After the excitement of
the gold rush died down, immigration slowed down […………………………….].
The popularity of Australia as a place to go and live only really shot up after the
Second World War.
Nick Didn’t that cause problems as well? Adrian Yes. For a country that is well
known today for it’s multi cultural […………………………….]and
[…………………………….], Australia has had a checkered past. After the
Federation of all the Australian states, the “White Australia Policy” was created
to […………………………….]flows of non whites to Australia and this
[…………………………….]became even more popular after the population push
folowing the war.
Nick What’s the difference? Adrian To be accepted into Australia under the
migration program, a person must be a skilled migrant or
[…………………………….]by a family member that already lives in
[…………………………….]. The Department of Immigration says that the
migration program for 2004 – 2005 has […………………………….]places available
for migrants, with a strong focus on attracting skilled people and people who
agree to live in […………………………….]areas of Australia. Nick What about the
other program? What’s it called again? Adrian The humanitarian program. It’s
designed for […………………………….]and others in special humanitarian need.
One […………………………….]of the humanitarian program is the
[…………………………….] resettlement program, which assists people in
humanitarian need overseas for whom […………………………….]in another
country is the only option. The other component is for those people already in
Australia who arrived on […………………………….]visas or in an unauthorised
[…………………………….], and who claim Australia’s protection. The Department
of Immigration says that the size of the 2004 and 2005 humanitarian program
is [………………….]places.
That sounds pretty good. I’m sure your presentation will be excellent.
Adrian Thanks. I hope so.
The last eruption was 640 000 years ago so the next is overdue. The next
eruption could be […………………………….]the size of the 1980 Mount St. Helens
eruption. Vulcanologists have been tracking the movement of magma under
the park and have calculated that in parts of […………….] the ground has risen
over point seven of a metre this century. This means the magma is rising.
A. Doctor
B. Teacher
C. Chemist
A. Europe
B. Africa
C. North America
A. Journalist
B. Travel writer
C. College lecturer
A. 0
B. 2
C. 3
Questions 6-10
___________________________________
___________________________________
8. What’s on the other side of the road from John and Kate’s flat?
___________________________________
___________________________________
Questions 10
10. Which bell button is the one for John and Kate’s flat?
Questions 26 – 30
26. The students will have a choice of…………………………… titles for this
semester’s extended essay.
27. Professor Cameron says that he will look at………………………. until the end
of April.
28. This semester’s extended essay word limit range is between …………………
29. The students extended essay for this semester will be based on ………….. at
the university’s facilities.
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 36
Size
▪ Size of (31)……………………………..
▪ Very hard and fossilised well unlike all other parts of sharks’ cartilage
skeletons
▪ Bone-like material coated with (32)………………………………..
▪ Like Great White Shark teeth but bigger, thicker + more finely serrated
Appearance
▪ Mainly whales.
▪ Sharks eat approx. (35)…………………………….. of body weight daily
▪ Remains of whales with (36)…………………………….indicate predator – prey
relationship
Questions 37 – 40
37. The speaker gives another example of a fish that everyone mistakenly
thought was extinct.
39. The Port Stephens fishermen all agreed with each other on their
description of the shark that they saw.
40. The Megalodon sighting near Broughton Island happened again the next
day.
Answer keys:
1. B
2. A
3. A
4. A
5. C
6. (about) 7.30
7. 07623 963 957
8. a postbox
9. red meat
10. C
11. trampolines
12. yoga
13. running machines
14. swimming pool
15. Tuesday
16. £15
17. (digital) camera
18. insurance agreement
19. £5
20. 8.00 am to 10 pm
21. agriculture
22. 4 o’ clock
23. attendance (record)
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You has to fill each space with the missing word by
listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
J: I’m great thanks. I haven’t seen you since we left school. How long ago is
that now? It must be [………………………………], or is it 11?
J: Well, I was going to be but that’s not what I did. I started [………………]
school but I didn’t really enjoy it and the idea of doing it for [……………]and
then continuing to study for years after that didn’t really appeal. So I left
medical school and went into teacher training [……………]to be a science
teacher.
F: And I thought for all these years that you were earning mega [……………]as
a doctor or working in a [……………………]company!
J: No. Just a teacher! I love it though. I’m so glad I did it instead of medicine.
And what are you doing Frank?
F: I just settled down and worked for a few months in places where I could get
a job and save money. Then, when I had enough, I moved on. I wasn’t exactly
staying in [……………………] places though!
J: And now what? You always wanted to work with computers, didn’t you?
F: Yes. I remember that. However, when I finished all the travelling I thought
of going into travel writing but it’s so [………………]. I always
F: Well some people don’t, but I went to college for a year to do a journalism
course and I’m glad I did as it gave me a bit of a head start and
certainly [………………………] me get my first job.
F: I married a girl called Liz that I met whilst I was in Australia. We haven’t
had kids yet, though we’re planning on having at least 2 or 3. What about you?
J: Yes. We managed to stay together all through college. She did teaching too
so we were at the same place for 3 years at college. We thought about
getting [………………………] in our last year at college but it was all too much
and then we were too busy the year after [………………………]. So we did it 2
years after we graduated.
F: Wow. I’m so happy that you guys stayed together. That’s great!
F: Listen, why don’t you and Kate come over for dinner some time?
J: Can’t do Friday I’m afraid. Both Kate and I have a parent teacher afternoon
on Friday after school and then we’ll have to do the [………………………] in
the evening.
J: That would normally be fine but our [……………………] is away that night
and we won’t be able to find one at such short notice. Why don’t you and Liz
come over for dinner at ours and then we’ll be able to look after the kids?
You’ll be able to meet them too.
F: OK. Let’s do that then. Liz will be happy. She won’t have to cook!
J: I’ll be doing the cooking when you come round. I love cooking.
J: [……………………]. That’s the home number. And the mobile is 07978 290
512. What about you?
F: Well, I hate fish and sea food and Liz doesn’t care much for red meat. She
likes white meat though.
J: Oh yes. When you arrive none of the bells are marked for […………………]
and there are four buttons. You need to press the bell second from the bottom.
J: I’ll be able to buzz you in and then come up to the [………………] and the
door will be open.
F: Great. Well it’s so good to see you again John. I’ll really look forward to
seeing you on [………………] and meeting Kate again. And the kids of course.
J: Goodbye
Section 2. You will hear a man giving a short talk to new students
about their university Sports Centre.
Good morning to all you new students here at Westley University and thank
you for coming to this talk on the Sports Centre. My name is Mr. Mike Finn.
Later I’ll take you around the Centre on a tour but right now I’ll just let you
know what we have to offer and how you can become a member.
Above us and overlooking the main sports hall we have our [……………]room
which has all the modern weight training [………………]and aerobic training
machines that you could wish for. At present there are no
running […………………]as there have been a few [……………………]with
these and we are waiting for the university to work out its [………………]as
regards these before we get them back again.
Round the back of the main sports hall are our [………………………]courts.
These can be reserved at the reception. The one important thing with the
squash courts is that you must not wear outdoor or black marking soles on
them. You will be fined and [……………………]from the Centre if you do!
Now let me tell you how to become a student member of the Sports Centre.
First of all any student who [………………………………]to be a student
member of the [………………………………]University Sports Centre must be
studying a course at the university, part time or full time, and be a member of
the Students’ Union. So if you wish to join you must bring your NUS card with
you before we can process your [………………………………]. You must come to
the Sports Hall [………………………………]between 9.00am and 3.30pm from
Tuesday to Saturday. The membership [………………………………]does not
come in on Sundays and Mondays. You must present your NUS card, fill out
the application form and pay the [………………………………]. The student
subscription for this year is […………………………]. There is usually a joining
fee of £5 to join the Sports Centre but this does not apply to student members.
You can pay by cash or [………………………]but we don’t take credit cards.
You used to have to bring two …………………………]photos of yourself but
we’ve gone digital now so we can take your photo ourselves with our camera
at [……………………]. Once you have your Sports Centre […………………],
you have the right to use the [……………………]at any time that we are open.
You will need to bring your membership card every time you wish to use the
facilities or you will not be [……………] to enter. This is part of our
insurance [………………………]. If you need a replacement card at any time
you will be charged a replacement fee of £5 but you will not need to pay the
subscription of [……………] again. You may book [………………………] for
sports such as squash and [………………………] but you may only do this in
person, not on the phone and you will need the membership card number on
your membership card so don’t forget that card! We are open 7 days a week
though opening times vary. Monday through to Saturday we are open from
8.00am to 10.00pm and Sunday we are open from 9.00am to 6.00pm.
Section 3. You will hear a university tutor and his seminar group of
3 students discussing their extended essays.
Maggie I’ve got a problem with that. I have a part time job in a restaurant in
town and finishing an hour later will stop me being on time.
Prof. Cameron Well Maggie, there are other seminar times for this particular
subject but you’ll need to get someone to swop with you as they’re all full.
Come by my office tomorrow [………………………………]and I’ll show you the
list. We should find someone [………………………………]to change.
Prof. Cameron You’ll have to decide what’s more [………………………] for you!
The degree or the job. You know that attendance is [………………………………]
at the seminars and you haven’t got a very good [………………………………]
record anyway.
Guy Professor Cameron. When do we find out about the extended essay for
this semester?
Guy Thanks.
Prof. Cameron It’s not just your [………………………]Maggie. There are three
of you in this seminar group but I have 5 other seminar groups on this subject
in your year and they have four students in each. That makes
19 […………………………]that I and the external examiner have to mark.
can’t say more than that at this stage but I was very happy.
Prof. Cameron So, moving on to talk about the extended essay. What do you
want to know about?
Prof. Cameron Next week I’ll bring in a list of titles which will relate to the first
ten seminars that we have this semester. You have to choose one title
from [………………………]on offer but you might want to think about choosing
from the first five so that you’ll have more post seminar time to prepare.
Guy Can we let you see our work before we hand it in?
Prof. Cameron We want to have an upper and lower limit so we’ve set the
lower limit of […………………]and an upper one of […………………………].
You’ll have to be in that range.
Prof. Cameron I’m not really supposed to give you any details of the questions
yet but, yes, there is a research [………………………]for all the questions.
Prof. Cameron The research that we want you to do will be practical work with
plants so it will be down at the university [………………………], either at the
university farm or the greenhouses as you said.
Prof. Cameron A little. The farm staff and Dr. Johns will be on hand to help
you at the farm and Rob down at the […………………………]complex can assist
you with everything down there. Well, that’ll do for now. You can hang on until
next week to get started. Today we’re going to look at…
Putting child-like dreaming aside however, leaves us with the fact that whether
or not the huge Megalodon is alive today is [………………………………]only on
theoretical grounds. Despite thousands of giant, [………………………………]
teeth, no matter how fresh they might be, and this [………………………………],
there is not much to go on. However, if some shark experts can agree not to
completely write off “Meg” into [………………………………], and it does turn
up then we will never go deep-sea fishing in anything smaller than
an [………………………………] carrier ever again.
Example
Answer
Number of people 4
Jennifer (2)………………
Require 4 star quality hotel + breakfast; safe, warm, quietish, beach; pref.
pool; lots of restaurants near hotel: no (3)…………………….
needed
than (5)………………………………
Questions 6 – 10
Bottom End Prices (6)……… Greece and Turkey (Turkey + Cyprus too far)
Palm Hotel
Hotel in quite a busy tourist town: lots of bars, restaurants and discos.
4 star hotel quite far from main town; eat in hotel; good meals.
Hotel Spiros
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 15
Meal Times
Food Styles
Payment
* Pay any bill at end of meals or put on main bill – pay at end of holiday
Extras
* Decked area with sun loungers in front of Harvest Restaurant with our 25
metre swimming pool
* Steps from pool area to beach – wash feet in foot pool to remove sand
Sports
6 full sized snooker tables + 5 pool tables in games room adjoining the bar.
Water Sports
Shows at 2.00pm, 5.30pm + 8.30pm (First 2 shows always have a film for
kids)
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 26
1 English 115
2 French 35
3 (23)…………… 24
4 Spanish (24)………………
2 Number of (25)……………………………..
Questions 27 – 30
Complete the notes below of the second half of Jamie and Rebecca’s
presentation.
China
Russia
India
(27)…………………….
Reasons for shift size of the populations cheap labour prices of (28)…………..
Big growing demand for people knowing languages of above countries + for
teachers and English language training
Big growing demand for people knowing languages of above countries + for
teachers and English language training
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 35
31. Mad cow disease attacks the ………………………… of the affected cows’
brains.
33. Abnormal prions in BSE infected cattle are found in the small intestines,
…………………….. and the central nervous tissues.
34. Humans can take in the abnormal prions when they eat infected beef as the
prions are resistant to the usual………………………………….. such as heat.
Questions 36 – 40
Complete the summary below of the second half of the humanities lecture on
BSE.
SUMMARY
CJD causes gradual loss of mental function and movement due to brain
damage from abnormal prions or it can be possibly (36)……………………………..
CJD usually affects younger people (between ages 20 to 70) usually showing
symptoms In patients’ (37)………………………………… Symptoms include
personality changes and problems with (38)…………………………… Once
symptoms appear, the disorderprogresses quickly to disability and death.
The exact causes of 8SE are unknown but the first UK cases have indicated
that it could come from a prion disease in (39)………………………………. called
scrapie that was fed to cattle. Dead cattle with scrapie were then fed to
(40)………………………………… making them cannibals. So, we are in turn
infected by the disease that we created when we eat infected beef.
Answer keys:
1. Mike
2. four/ 4
3. creche facilities
4. 24th July
5. 4 hours
6. Spain
7. path (through fields)
8. minibus (NOT “bus”)
9. 5 minutes
Cust: My wife and I and my young son and [……………………]. So, four.
TA: Fine. Now with a young family can I […………………]that you’d like to go
somewhere warm?
TA: Right, I’ll just take some personal [……………………] sir. First of all,
what’s your name?
Cust: My wife’s name is Jane, my boy’s name is Mike and my little girl
is [……………………].
TA: Would you want any crèche facilities in the hotel so you and your wife can
get away when you want?
Cust: No. I work quite hard and I don’t see the kids as often as I want at home
so I’m looking forward to spending all my time with them.
Cust: Just half board please. We’ll have breakfast at the hotel but we’ll eat
lunch and dinner at a beach café. We’d want about [……………………]quality
for the hotel by the way.
TA: Right. And what time in the summer are you thinking of taking the
holiday?
Cust: I finish work on Friday night on [……………………]and I’m off for two
weeks. So, I’ll need to be back at work on the [………………………]. I’ll need to
finish the holiday then on the 24th.
TA: That’s fine. You can get to all of the nice resorts on the […………………]
easily in less than 4 hours. Right then. Let’s show you some [………………].
TA: As I said sir, most Mediterranean [………………] are easily within your
preferred flight time.
You can choose really between Spain, France, Italy, the old
Yugoslavia, [……….…] or Turkey as well as the Mediterranean [………………].
Cust: Wow, what a great choice. What are the different costs involved?
TA: With you wanting a 4 star hotel and pool some countries will
be […………………] cheaper than others. Price wise, Italy and France will be at
the top end, Spain, Greece and Turkey will be at the lower end.
Cust: Greece and Turkey sound great actually. I’ve always wanted to go there
and I’ve seen some beautiful photos.
TA: I think that Greece would suit you better as the flight to Turkey is actually
quite long. You’re getting towards [……………………]there.
TA: Of course with Greece you have the choice between the islands and
the […………………………]. It’s the islands that are famous of course but you’ll
have to get there by boat or take a short connecting [……………………]. Some
of the bigger [………………………] are served directly though from UK
airports.
Cust: Well, one of the larger islands sounds best then. What about Cyprus? I’ve
heard that a lot of British people go there.
TA: Here are some brochures. This is the Hotel [……………………]and this is
the Palm Hotel. Both of them are in Crete. In Rhodes we have the Ocean Hotel
and Hotel [……………………].
TA: Of course. The Hotel Tropicana is about 1 mile from the beach and it’s a
safe walk along a path [………………………] some fields to get there. They have
a nice pool which you can see in the photo. There are only a few beach bars
and [……………………]though. It’s really quiet, away from all the bustle of
other tourist […………………]. The Palm Hotel is further from the beach,
about [……………………], but it has a minibus service that goes to and from
the beach all day. The hotel itself is in quite a busy tourist town that has lots of
bars, […………………] and discos. It’s great for going out.
Cust: I don’t know if either of those suits us. We don’t want noisy and we don’t
want a long way to the beach.
Hotel Spiros is a family run hotel also quite close to the beach –
about [………...…]walk. It’s in a small village and has a small [……...……] as
well. There are a few restaurants [……………]around the village but again, it’s
not a big tourist village so there’s not much to do.
Cust: To be honest, both of those sound fine. We don’t want a night life as we
won’t be able to leave the kids. Something close to the beach, somewhere to eat
TA: Goodbye.
Let’s begin by looking at meals. We have three different restaurants and you
are at […………………] to eat at any of them. They are the Harvest Restaurant,
the Dene Restaurant and the Mekong Restaurant. Let’s begin
with […………………]. Breakfast is only served in the Harvest Restaurant. The
other two restaurants are only open for lunch and […………………]. Breakfast
is served between [………………………]and 9.30am 7 days a week. There are
English, American and […………………]style breakfasts on offer.
For lunch and dinner all the restaurants have the same opening hours to make
things easier for you. Lunch is served from […………………]noon to 2.30pm
and dinner is [………………]from 7.00pm to 10.30pm. The menus are the
same for lunch and dinner though look at the [……………] displayed in the
restaurants for any [……………………]that they are serving for any particular
meal. The style of food is different in each of the restaurants. The Harvest
serves [……………]English food though with plenty of the foreign [……………]
which are popular in the UK such as curry and [………………]. The Dene
specialises in fish and [……………]and the Mekong offers you a selection of
dishes from the Far East; not just from Vietnam as the name [……………] but
Chinese, Thai, Malay and others.
There is also a bar menu in the main bar which serves pretty good pub food
and if you have any late night [………………………], there is a take away open
until 2.30am which sells fast food. Good for those of you who
are [………………………]in the early hours from a disco or club!
Now let’s look at some of things that you can do here during your stay with us.
Of course we have our main [………………………]which is popular with
everyone. There is also an […………]beach which is [………………………]to
anyone less than [……………………]of age. This allows those of you without
children to get some peace and quiet on the beach. The main beach has
two [………………………………]on duty from 9.00am to 6.00pm. The adult
beach has no [……………………]. If you don’t like sand and salt we have
a […………………] area in front of the Harvest Restaurant with
our [………………]swimming pool. You can lie here on a sun […………………]
and swim in the pool with no sand to bother you. There are steps from the pool
area to the beach so you can go between the two but, if you’re coming up from
the beach, please walk though the foot pool so that the sand
gets [………………………………]off and doesn’t lie around the pool area. There
are also [………………………………]showers available on the beach and in the
pool area.
We also have 2 [……………] which show 3 different films every day. The
showings are in the afternoons at 2.00pm, the early evening at 5.30pm and at
night at 8.30pm. The afternoon and early evening showings always have a film
for [………………]. Children under the age of 16 are not […………] to attend
the 8.30 presentations.
Dr. Reece Good morning all. Glad to see you’re all on time today. This morning
we’re going to hear Jamie and Rebecca give their presentation on some aspect
of [……………………]. They’ve talked to me about it a bit before
while [………………………]it but I don’t want to give the game away so I’ll
hand straight over to them
Jamie Hi everyone. As Dr. Reece said Rebecca and I are going to give our
demographics [……………………]. Both Rebecca and I also study languages so
we decided to look at the world’s different languages and the ones that are the
most [……………………], both now and in the future. Rebecca’s going to start
off.
Rebecca OK everyone. Who knows what the world’s most spoken language is?
Jamie Yes, it’s easy to forget. You can look at Rebecca’s question though in a
different way if you look at the number of countries that use English. English is
a [……………………]115, ahead of French, Arabic and Spanish
with [……………………]and 20 countries […………………………].
Rebecca English has different statuses around the world. Core countries are
where English has a full official [……………………]like England, the US and
Australia. In outer core countries English has some official status as in India
and then there are [………………………]countries such as Japan and the UAE
where it’s used a lot in business and [……………………].
Rebecca And the list shows the following in order of most influential: English,
French, Spanish, Russian, Arabic, Chinese, German, Japanese, [……………]
and Hindi.
Jamie Fairly. They came out just last year. But the picture is changing very
rapidly in terms of [………………………] languages. There are certain large
countries which are about to [……………………]on the world stage and their
economies are starting to influence the world balance of power.
Jamie In addition the demand for teachers and English language training is
also [………………………]increasing. Western teachers are going to the
countries and their nationals are coming over here. As well as business, the
education sector is getting a […………………]from the opening up of
these [………………………].
Dr. Reece So, will China be the major […………………]as everyone says?
Rebecca Definitely but maybe not the biggest. Many experts predict that
India’s population will soon surpass China’s. Bangladesh’s population could
too. It all points to world [……………………]power being held in Asia though.
http://ieltsmaterial.com/ielts-listening-practice-test-55/
There is a similar disease to BSE called Creutzfeld Jacob Disease or CJD that is
found in people.
So, how did BSE and CJD come about? We’ve not read about them in the
history books. These appear to be new diseases. BSE was first reported in the
United Kingdom. The exact origins of BSE remain [………………], but it is
thought that cattle [……………]may have become infected when given
feed [………………]with scrapie infected sheep meat and [……………]meal.
Scrapie is a sheep prion disease similar to BSE in cattle. The scientific
evidence [………………………] that the UK BSE outbreak in cattle was then
spread by feeding BSE contaminated cattle protein to calves. Thus, we have
created the disease ourselves. Cattle naturally are [….........…], feeding on
grass. We have given cattle feed [……………]from sheep, an unnatural food for
cattle. We have [……………………]our mistake by also feeding young cattle
with feed [………………………]from older cattle making
them [………………………]. There is a kind of horror associated with it when
we look at it like this. There is also a kind of poetic […………………]that the
disease is passed down to us as we [………………………………]the animals that
we have infected.
Moving on now, are there any questions with what I have said so far?
http://ieltsmaterial.com/ielts-listening-practice-test-55/
SECTION 1
Questions 1 – 5
RENTAL FORM
Example Answer
Number of Drivers 1
Questions 6 – 8
Dear Sir/Madam
Thank you for hiring a car from Cheapies. We value your custom and we will
endeavour to provide you with the sen/ice that you expect.
We provide some things in the car to help you. Your sales representative will
go through all the things that you will find in your glove compartment and
boot. Different cars have different things provided.
Questions 9 and 10
Which TWO items are NOT provided in Mr. Wilson’s hire car? Choose and
circle TWO letters A – J.
A. insurance documents
F. a spare wheel
G. a set of tools
SECTION 2
Questions 11 -15
15 From where can students buy washing powder inside Chelston Hall?
Questions 16-20
16. It is not the job of the cleaners at Chelston Hall to clear up ………………….
17. Students at Chelston Hall are asked to be careful going to and from the
bathroom as the Hall is ………………......
18. If there is a fire at Chelston Hall, leave the building and meet your block
leader in ……………………….where the block leader will take a roll call.
20. If a student is asked to leave for disciplinary reasons, he or she will not get
a ………………………………
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 26
▪ North Sea oil and gas exploration was initially rejected but has now really
expanded during (21)……………………………….years.
▪ First significant quantities of gas first discovered in Groningen area off The
Netherlands in 1959.
▪ First British discovery of same in West Sole field, off the coast of East Anglia,
by (22)……………………………in 1965.
▪ British oil and gas industry experienced rapid growth in the early years.
▪ An (23)………………………………………….in the UK led to enormous pressure to
increase production of North Sea gas and oil.
Although the Sea Gem was the first North Sea oil exploration accident, the
most well known accident was aboard the Piper Alpha platform in 1988 when
13 people died. Because of these and other accidents, platforms now have
rigorous safety procedures, for example:
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 34
Billboard Advertising
A …successful.
B …boring.
C …hard to understand.
A …criticised people.
B …amused people.
D …irritated people.
38. Allan Odell’s company eventually decided to stop this form of advertising
because.
Answer keys:
1. 95 Green Lane
2. 07779 724 868
3. WIL 94857 8269
4. four/ 4
5. Toyota
6. £170
7. The International Hotel
8. breakdown + an accident
9. E
10. J
11. 8.00 am (to 9.30 am)
12. cafeteria style
13. the common room
14. £1/ 1 pound
15. (a) vending machine
16. kitchens
17. co-ed
18. (the) car park
19. 2/ two
20. refund (of fees)
21. the last 40
22. BP drilling rig/ Sea Gem
23. economic crisis
24. leases
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You has to fill each space with the missing word by
listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
Receptionist: Good morning Sir. Welcome to Cheapies car hire. Can I help
you?
Recep: Now, I’ll just need to take some details from you Sir. Can I take your
name please?
Recep: OK. Got that. Can I have your telephone numbers please?
Recep: Thanks. Now, are you the holder of a full, current driver’s licence?
Recep: OK. You said that you wanted the car tomorrow but how long will you
want it for?
Recep: I’ll have to charge you for all Friday and Monday sir.
Good. Now, what kind of car were you looking for sir?
Customer: I’d like a fairly small car as I’ll be driving a lot [……………………]
town and a smaller car will be easier to get around and to park.
Recep: Yes, that’s true. Well, I’ve got small sizes in the following types of car: a
Ford, A Renault and a Toyota. They’re pretty much the same though the
Toyota is in a cheaper price [………………].
Recep: And we can offer you a petrol or a […………………]model with that car.
Customer: Oh. In that case I’ll take the diesel as that will be more [……………].
Recep: Well the daily rate is [……………………] but it’s only £40 if you take
the car for four days or more. Let’s see. There’s also an additional £10
for [………………………]. That’s not [………………] but we do recommend that
you take the insurance.
Recep: You can pick it up here, at the airport or at your hotel. Which hotel are
you in?
Customer: I’m staying at a friend’s house next to the International Hotel. So,
can you leave it at the International Hotel and then I can walk around to pick it
up? I’ll [……………………] at the same place if that’s OK?
Recep: In the boot you’ll find a spare wheel and a set of tools in case you have a
problem. We have [……………………] with the RAC so you can call them if
you’re really in trouble. The membership card and phone number is in the
glove […………………] too. There will be a small fire [……………………]under
the pasenger seat but I hope you won’t have to use that!
Recep: If you go over there to Mr. Walker, then he’ll sort you out.
Another important issue is our fire [……………………]. Please make sure that
you have read the notice which is in every corridor about what to do if there is
a fire. It is very important that you know where your […………………] fire exit
is and where to go when you get out of the building. For example, if you are in
Block A, there are 2 exits and not everyone should exit from just one of these.
The [……………………] point for both blocks is the car park where your block
leader will take a roll call to make sure no-one is left inside. We are obliged by
the fire service to perform two [……………………] practices every year. Please
take them seriously as if they are not done well then we shall have 3 or 4 or 5
practices, or however many it takes to get it right.
Finally we have the issue of noise. For a lot of you this will be the first time not
living at home with your family and you will have [………………………]to lots
of friends your own age and [……………………]. I must urge you at all times to
try and behave with [………………………………] to your fellow
Hall [……………………]at all times. Don’t play your music too loudly or make
too much noise at any time and especially at night. People around you all the
Fred That’s OK. I had a lecture near here this morning so it was easy to come
over. We’ve got to get on with this North Sea oil [……………………]anyway.
Jud So, did you [……………………]to do any of the things that we decided last
week?
Fred Most of the things. I got all the books from the library and saw Mr. Peters
about the [………………………]. He told me the names of some good sites on
the internet where I could find lots of information about the North Sea oil
industry safety [………………………].
Fred Yes he is. So, I […………………] the sites and made some notes. What
about you? Did you get the information on the background and history of the
North Sea oil industry?
Jud Yeah. There was loads of information and I’ve made notes too. I think I’ve
got it all […………………]. So, let me tell you what I’ve found out. I’ll run the
ideas past you and you can tell me if it’s OK.
Fred Actually the first accident was on that rig too. Anyway, sorry. Go on
Judith.
Jud The British oil and gas industry in the southern North Sea grew […………]
in the early years. The deepening economic [………………] in the UK meant
that there was enormous [………………………] on the industry to get gas, and
later, oil flowing. As exploration and [……………………]moved further north,
it became clear that there was oil to be found in great […………………].
Discoveries of oil grew in number as more […………………………], British,
European and American, took out leases on [……………………]of the North
Sea.
During the […………………], like the rest of the world, the North Sea industry
was badly [………………] by the global price [……………………]. Nevertheless
production grew and peaked around 2000/1. Now, the North Sea
is […………………]as a mature province on a slow decline. That’s about it for
now. I’ll put more detail into it when we do the [……………………]. You know
statistics and all that.
Fred Yes. You’ve done a good job. Shall I do the same then? It’s not as long as
yours.
Jud Go ahead.
Fred Today the industry is very safety […………………]. When you first arrive
you are given a safety tour of the […………………], detailing all
safety [……………………]including fire […………………], emergency muster
stations, [………………………] stations and emergency procedures. You will be
introduced to the rig safety programme. Everyone attends weekly safety
meetings and daily [………………………………]meetings. The weekly meeting
is an in-depth look at industry-wide safety news and other safety
related […………………] on the rig. Companies share safety information with
other companies throughout the industry. This helps to avoid
repeated [………………………]. A fire and boat drill is often held on the same
day which [……………………]a mock fire and a mock “[……………] the rig”
exercise. The pre-tour meeting is usually a [……………………]of the work
carried out when you are off shift, the work you will be doing, the work others
are currently doing that may affect you and any other [……………] issues of
the day. Accidents do still happen as in every industry. However, [……………]
show that with the [………………] improvements in offshore
safety […………………], you now have a higher chance of having fatal
accidents if you work on a building site than you do when on an oil rig. Well,
that’s all from me. I’ll add lots of [……………………] too.
There are a number of reasons for the recent surge in billboard [………………],
not the least of which is cost [……………………]. Compared to other forms of
advertising, billboards are a relatively [………………………]way to get your
point across to the general public.
But this was not the end of the billboard industry. Many roads were not part of
the highway system which was supported by [………………………]grants and
these roads were not […………………………]by the law and nor were signs in
commercial and [………………………]areas.
http://ieltsmaterial.com/ielts-listening-practice-test-54/
WORK FORM
Example Answer
Postcode (1)………………………………
Questions 4 – 5
B. The kitchen
C. The bedroom
D. The study
5. What will Jane do while the man is looking at her new television?
Questions 6-10
_________________________________
_________________________________
9. What does Jane think her nephew would like for his birthday?
_________________________________
__________________________________
SECTION 2
Questions 11-15
________________________________________
________________________________________
13. Where does PC Fair suggest that students can hide their belongings?
14. What should you take with you when you visit an insurance broker about
your belongings?
________________________________________
15. What does PC Fair say that you can use to mark your property?
________________________________________
Questions 16-20
At Home
Going Home
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 26
A. Hospitals
B. Factories
C. Towns
22. What did Rachel mainly use to help her with her essay?
A. A book
B. The internet
C. Magazines
23. How does Rachel feel about her essay at the moment?
A. Happy
B. Quite happy
24. Which part of Rachel’s extended essay did Dr. Jones like best?
A. The introduction
B. The middle
C. The conclusion
25. Which part of Rachel’s essay does Dr. Jones most want Rachel to change?
C. The bibliography
A. 21th April
B. 24th April
C. 28th April
Questions 27 – 30
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 36
______________________________
______________________________
33 What, along with its small leaves, is the key to garlic’s survival in harsh
climates?
______________________________
______________________________
______________________________
36 What did Europeans in the Middle Ages believe garlic could help stop?
______________________________
Questions 37 – 40
Complete the summary below of the second half of the food science lecture on
garlic.
Today investigations into garlic have shown that it can help cure and prevent
many diseases as it boosts the (37)……………………….. During World War 2 it
was even used as (38)……………….when other drugs were not available.
Although expert opinion differs on many aspects of garlic use, it is agreed that
using (39)……………. is the best form. This contains the most “allicin”, a
compound that is efficient at killing many types of bacteria and, when heated,
has beneficial effects in the blood. Indian doctors have recently shown its help
in preventing such ailments as arteriosclerosis, thrombosis and (40)………….....
Answer keys:
1. WE5 8GF
2. 07745 276 145
3. 7th June/ 7.6
4. B
5. D
6. a loose wire
7. Thursday
8. 11
Customer (woman): Yes please. I bought this small TV set here [……………]
and when I got it home I couldn’t get it to work.
Man: Oh dear. Well, I’d just better take some details for this […………………]
and then we’ll have a look at it.
Wom: OK.
Man: Here we are. Now, can you give me your name please?
Wom: [………………………………].
Man: OK, got that. Now, did you still have the [……………………]for the
television?
Wom: Well I bought it two days ago so I could watch TV while I was cooking
for the family.
That’s why I just bought a nice small one. It could fit on the shelf next to the
dining room door. Anyway, when I got it back and [………………………] it in,
there was no […………………]. Nothing at all. No lights, no sound, no buzz.
Wom: No, nothing. It isn’t just me. My [……………………] is very good with
these things and when he came back, he [……………………] the plug, the fuse,
the connections, everything. He couldn’t work it out either.
Man: Hmm. That’s very strange. Right then. I’ll have a look at it. I’m actually
not busy right now.
I can finish it in about half an hour. Do you want to want to wait here or come
back later today or tomorrow?
Wom: I’ll go to the […………………]across the road and get some shopping
done and I’ll come back in about an hour. Is that alright?
Man: Yes, I’ll be able to tell you what’s wrong by then. By the way, your job
number is […………………] but it doesn’t matter as I’ll be here when you get
back.
Man: Oh yes. It didn’t take me long. It was actually the first thing that
I […………………]so I had it all [……………………]in about five minutes.
Man: It was a loose wire. It’s amazing that this television even got through its
tests. I [………………]that nowadays not everything is tested properly and they
just […………………] that everything will be alright. With all the things that
can go wrong though with bad connections, […………] chips, the
screen [……………]and everything, it’s amazing they all don’t go wrong more
often.
Wom: That sounds best to me. I’ll take a new one please.
Man: Oh dear. I’m [……………………] we don’t have that one in right now but
we will be able to have it in tomorrow morning if that’s OK.
Wom: That’s fine. And while I’m here I want to get something else. It’s
my [……………………] birthday next Thursday. What would you suggest?
Man: Well we’ve got lots of things here [……………………]. How old is he?
Man: OK. We’ve got lots of computer games over there. We’ve
got [………………………] in the corner if he likes music. He can download
music from the internet onto his computer and then onto his i-pod. There are
lots of [……………………] for computers. He could need a new mouse,
a […………………] keyboard, a camera to use when he’s chatting. There are
lots of [……………………] and it depends of course on how much you want to
spend.
Wom: I’m pretty sure he’d like a computer game although I know he’s got
loads already. I’ll tell you what. I’ll go back and ask his father what would be
best and I’ll come back tomorrow and buy something while
I’m [……………]the new TV. What sort of time shall I come tomorrow then?
Man: We open at 9 o’clock in the morning. I’d hope our other shop would be
able to send the new telly over this afternoon. They might only [………………]
it tomorrow morning though so come over at about 11.
Wom: I’ll come an hour later at noon then as I’ll be swimming at 11.
Man: That’s fine. I won’t be here though at noon. I’m taking an early lunch
then and I’ll be back at 1.
Wom: Don’t worry. I’m sure everything will be OK. Thanks very much.
Wom: Goodbye.
PC Fair Good morning ladies and gentlemen and thank you for allowing me to
come here to talk to you. It really is a great idea for someone from the police
force to come and talk to you as it may save you time, money and also it may
help to […………………] you. I hope I don’t sound [……………………]when I
point out some ideas as a lot of things really are just common sense but it is
often forgetting these common sense things that can lead to problems.
First of all the thing that students are most likely to [……………………]from,
whether they are in […………………]or in hall, is theft. You hear a lot
of [……………………]stories about muggings, rape and […………………]but
these are not really that […………………] and we’re talk about some of those
things later. Thieves know very well that student [……………]are a good place
to find electronic goods, [……………]and bags and the like with little or no
protection. So, make sure that you’re room, house or flat is […………………]
locked each time that you go out. Don’t leave [……………………] in the open
where they can be spotted from the window.
See if you can get an extra lock on your window too. If possible, when you’re
out, try and leave your [………………………]things in a cupboard which has an
extra lock on it. So much for theft [………………………].
If you do get burgled though there are ways to protect yourself here too. Try
and get household [……………………]. Make a valuables list of all the items
that you own, including things like keys and bank cards, [………………]their
value and take the list to any […………]high street insurance broker and get a
quote for [……………………] insurance. This is not very expensive and it will
give you piece of mind. Another thing you can do is to get an
ultra [………………] pen and write your name and address on all your
valuables. This will not be able to be seen in normal light so your goods won’t
look any different but your goods will be forever marked as your […………].
Next let’s look at when you’re away from your home and walking about the
streets. Naturally you’re more at risk at night but even in the day time, try to
keep to [……………………] areas which are well lit and always try to have
someone with you when you’re […………………] on foot. At night do the same
but be more careful about it. If you are leaving the Union late at night,
take […………………] of the excellent [………………………service that your
Union puts on for you for your safety. The minibus gives […………………]to
women and it will take you to your door. There are 2 minibuses available every
night leaving at regular [……………]. If there’s not one available, wait in
the [……………]until one arrives. They will get you home safely in the end. If
you’re not at the Union and by […………………], try to get a taxi back rather
than walk. I know it’s more expensive but it’s […………………]the cost. I’m
sure your parents would prefer you […………………]the extra money to make
you safe. Also with taxis, always take a [……………………] taxi from a proper
taxi rank or call a [……………………] company. Keep the number of a
reputable company in your wallet and saved in your […………………]. Then
you’ll always have access to a safe way home.
(knock at door)
Dr. Jones: Come in. Ah good morning Rachel. Have you come to talk about
your [……………………]?
Rachel: Good because I wanted to ask what you thought about my […………]
on the subject.
Rachel: That’s right. I thought about it for a long time and [………………]the
pros and cons and I didn’t decide for ages.
Dr. Jones: Well, I think you were right to stick with your first idea. There’re so
many better [……………………]available on the subject. There are plenty
of [……………………]in magazines and the odd TV and radio programme on
the other subjects but everything is rather […………………]; there’s no
real [………………………]knowledge to draw on.
Rachel: Yes, I found that out. I found lots of books but nothing really to help
me; even on the internet. In the end, when I decided on my first choice topic I
found lots of really good […………………]in magazines, books and the
internet. […………………]one book which is the major [……………………] that
you’ll see quoted all over the place.
Dr. Jones: Well, I’m glad you came to that decision. Let’s have a look at that
essay now.
Dr. Jones: Well, I wouldn’t be too down about it. I think most of it is pretty
good. I liked the introduction which really set out your ideas clearly. The
middle needs some [……………………] but the end was really first rate.
Dr. Jones: The main problem lies with your analysis of the […………………].
You quote all the right numbers and you’ve got lots of fine tables and
everything but you need to look more closely at what the numbers mean and
what [………………………] they hold. Look at them again and try and explain
more clearly the important parts. After that you need to have a look at
your [………………………]which is a bit [……………………].
Rachel: Yes I was afraid of that. I always think that once I’ve finished the essay
then I’m done and so I don’t put enough care into things like
the [………………………]. Still I’ve plenty of time to get that and the other
stuff [………………………].
Dr. Jones: You’ve plenty of time but don’t leave it until the last minute because
you’ll need to check it all again carefully when you’re finished and it would be a
good idea if I looked over it again before its final [………………………].
Rachel: The […………………] is the 28th April so shall I get it to you on the
24th? Will that be OK?
Dr. Jones: Well, that won’t leave you much time to change anything if I find
anything else to do. How about a few days earlier than that.
The […………………]? I’ll be able to get it back to you the day after on the
22nd then.
Rachel: I’d also like to ask you about that […………………] that I have to give
next month.
Rachel: Well, I’ve started work on it as I want to do a good job but I can’t seem
to find much information on the subject in the [……………………].
Dr. Jones: Ok. I’ll jot down some ideas for you then. What subject are you
presenting again?
Dr. Jones: Ah yes. The causes, course and […………………]. Well, there should
be plenty of [……………………] in the library on that as it’s such an important
subject.
Rachel: Well, there should be but it looks as though some first years are doing
an [………………………] on it and so most of the books are out. I also don’t
want the run-of-the-mill books. I want my presentation to be a bit more in
depth.
Dr. Jones: The best book for you would be “Great 19th Century Reform” by
Mark Needham.
That book you can’t take out. It’s in the [………………………] section only.
You’ll have to read it actually in the library itself. Then there was a great article
in “History Monthly” on the Great Reform Act by Jim Wood. The issue was
August 2003 I think. You’ll find it in the library [………………………].
Dr. Jones: Yes. There’s another really good book on the subject that looks at
the whole thing from a [……………………]different point of view. I remember
when it came out, it [……………………] a view feathers. It’s called “Political
Reform” and it’s by Rob Jenkins. The thing is though that I know our library
hasn’t got it. As you’re preparing so far in […………………] though, you’ll be
able to order it through inter [……………………]. Just go to the library
reception and they’ll give you the forms to fill out. It’ll come in about a week I
expect.
Dr. Jones: Finally there’s the book “Reform and the [………………………]”
which I actually wrote. The library used to have a copy but it’s been lost I
think. I’ve got a copy at home so I’ll bring it in tomorrow. If you pop in
tomorrow morning some time I’ll let you [……………………]it for a week or so.
Oh, that’s [……………………]. I didn’t know you were an author Dr. Jones.
Dr. Jones: Yes, I’ve done a few things. You’d better not lose it or [……………]
on it or anything though!
Dr. Jones: I know you will or I wouldn’t lend it to you. So, I’ll see you
tomorrow then.
Rachel: Yes. Thanks again. See you tomorrow. Bye Dr. Jones Bye
Good evening ladies and gentlemen and welcome to this food science lecture.
Today we are going to look at a food stuff I’m sure we all […………………]and
use: [……………………]. We will explore a little of its history and examine
some of the many different ways it’s been used over time.
All around the world, for over [………………………], garlic has held many
important roles in daily human life. It has been taken […………………]and
nutritionally. Folklore [……………………]garlic with good luck and protection
against evil. Its smell has been said to ward off [……………………],
werewolves, [……………………]and of course vampires.
Although it’s not certain when garlic was first discovered, it was probably
dispersed by [……………………] humans several thousand years ago. Garlic is
originally [………………………] to the desert region of Siberia. In this region
the summers are dry and hot, and there’s very little […………………………]. In
order for the wild garlic plant to survive, it had to adapt to this [………………]
It can also kill 60 types of fungi and yeast, among them the common cause
of [………………………] foot. Japanese scientists test its effects on patients
with [………………………] and arthritis. Experts are split on the recommended
daily amount of [………………………] garlic, from one to ten cloves. However,
most agree that fresh garlic is better than in […………………] form.
How garlic is prepared also affects how it can be used. When the clove is cut or
crushed, an [………………………] contained within the plant cells combines
with an amino acid. This creates a new compound, called [……………………],
which has been shown to kill 23 types of [………………………], including
salmonella and [……………………]. When garlic is heated, a different
compound is formed that can prevent arteries from clogging, and reduce blood
pressure and [………………………] levels. The blood-thinning quality of garlic
may also be helpful in preventing heart attacks and strokes. Indian doctors
have long pointed to studies that [………………………] garlic has a
preventative effect on the development of arteriosclerosis, […………………]
and hypertension.
SECTION 1
Example Answer
NAME Nathalie
ADDRESS 45 (2)………………
Newlands
Adelaide
POSTCODE (3)……...........…….
Questions 6 – 10
Bring A camera
Pearl Bay
Bring (10)……………………
SECTION 2
Questions 11 -16
Questions 17 – 20
Which FOUR of the following facts are NOT true about the Sydney Harbour
Bridge today?
F. The Harbour Tunnel has not helped traffic congestion on the bridge.
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 27
21. While waiting for Phil, Mel and Laura were ………………………………………
25. If their survey only included 100 people, it would not be ………………….....
26. The number of people that Laura, Phil and Mel agree to survey was ………
Questions 28 – 30
What are the three locations that Laura, Phil and Mel chose for their survey?
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 34
Complete the table below by matching the individual with their role (Questions
31-34) in the lecture on the coelacanth.
INDIVIDUAL ROLE
Dr. J.L.B. Smith (31)……………………………………
Marjorie Courtney-Latimer (32)…………………………………..
Dr. Mark Erdmann (33)…………………………………..
Captain Goosen (34)…………………………………..
ROLES
36. The only difference between the Comoros coelacanth and the Sulawesi
coelacanth is…
C .their colour.
38. Modem coelacanths probably left no fossilised remains over the past 80
million years because…
Answer key:
1. Jameson
2. Forest Avenue
3. 8490
4. 6249 7152
5. 1 – 5
6. 4.30pm
7. 1 hour
8. The cliffs
9. 1.30pm
10. A sweater
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
Woman 1: Good morning. I’m here to get a student bus pas please.
W 1: Yes. Of course.
W 1: Nathalie [………………………].
W 1: J-A-M-E-S-O-N.
W 1: Just 1.
W 2: Thanks. Now what’s your date of birth … If you don’t mind me asking?
W 1: OK. I just need to check that as I only moved here last week. Now, where
is it. Here we are. It’s [……………………]Do you need a code or anything?
W2 Oh no, that’s OK thank you. Can I see your university card please?
W2 Good. That’s fine. Now, for which zone do you need a pass?
W 1 Well, I’m not sure. I was hoping you’d be able to help me as I don’t really
know my way around here yet. As you know, I live in […………………]and I
have to get to the university campus ir the centre of town every day.
W 2 Well, the university is in Zone 1 and Newlands has 2 zones. The side
nearer to the town centre is [……………………] but the far side
is [……………………]. What road is it you live in again?
W1 Forest Avenue.
W 2 Let’s see on this map. There it is. The nearest bus stop is in Zone 5.
That’s lucky. Zones 1 – 6 are […………………] more expensive
W2 Sure. Go ahead.
W2 Yes, we’ve got a selection of trips. I’ll tell you about some of them.
W1 Thanks.
W 2 Right the first one goes up to MacDonald Nature Park. The bus leaves
at [………………………………]and takes about 2 hours to get there and leaves
for the return at 4.30 in the afternoon. Once there you can walk around the
nature [……………………]. It’s really nice and the Macdonald River runs
through there and that’s really beautiful so take a […………………]with you.
Then there’s the Pearl Bay trip. The bus leaves at [……………………]and goes
up the coast to Pearl Bay.
W 2 It’s an hour away. Once there you can walk along the […………………]
up to Rocky Point, which has a famous view up the coast, or you can just lie on
the beach and swim. Don’t forget to take your swimming gear and a towel! The
water’s pretty safe there and there are always […………………]. The bus
arrives back in Adelaide at […………………].
W 2 Well there’s the Huron Gold Mine. It’s just a half-day trip leaving here
at 9.30am and arriving back at 2.00pm. It only takes half an hour to get there
which is good. It’s an old worked out mine that has been [………………]into a
sort of [……………]. They have all the old […………………] and a guide takes
you round some of the […………] and shows you some of the techniques they
used to use. You might even find some gold they [………………].
W 2 It’s pretty interesting but the mines can be quite cold so take
a [………………………]. So, how do those three sound?
W 2 No problem at all. You just need to pop in some time during the week
and we’ll make the booking.
Anne: So, what are you going to talk to us about today George?
George: Well, for people from New South Wales and [……………………]
Sydney, this will be of great interest – I hope. I’m going to tell you a little about
Sydney Harbour [……………………].
George: I think so. To start with I’d like to tell you a little about the size of the
bridge. The arch span is [……………………]and the weight of the steel arch
is [……………………]. The summit is 134m above mean sea level, though it can
actually increase by as much as [……………………]on hot days as the result of
steel expanding in heat. The two pairs of pylons at each end are
about [………..…]high and are made of [……………] and [……………………].
The steel used for the bridge was largely imported. About [……………………]
Anne: So, most of the steel used to make our great bridge actually came from
England?
George: Yes, I’m afraid so. However the work force were all Aussie!
Anne: Thank God for that. When was the bridge actually built?
George The bridge was opened in 1932 but work first began in 1924, with the
construction of the bridge […………………]and spans, with two separate teams
building the arch on each side working towards each other. The arch was
successfully joined on [……………………]. I’m afraid that working practices
weren’t very fair in those days and the local government [……………] 438
homes which were in the way of the approaches, and as many as 800 families
living there were […………………]without compensation. The standards of
industrial safety were [……………………]too. 16 workers died during its
construction, mainly from falling off the bridge.
George: Yes. The bridge was formally opened on the 19th March 1932 by the
Premier of New South Wales, Mr Jack Lang. When it was opened, it was the
longest single span steel [………………………]bridge in the world and it was
one of the greatest engineering [……………………]of its time. Several songs
were also [………………………]in advance for the occasion but these have now
been largely lost or forgotten. However, three [……………………]stamps were
issued to [……………] the opening of the bridge and these still exist. One of
these stamps, with a face value of five [………………………………], is now
worth several hundred dollars today.
Anne: So, that’s the history of the bridge. Is the bridge still the same today as
when it was built?
George: No, it’s quite different. The basic […………………]is the same of
course. Originally the bridge was constructed to carry a road, two sets of tram
Today it carries eight traffic lanes, two […………………] lanes and a footpath
along its eastern side. One of the eastern traffic lanes is now a [………………]
bus lane. The bridge is often crowded and in [………………]the Harbour
Tunnel was opened to help carry the traffic load. More than [……...…]vehicles
cross the bridge each day. Before the Harbour Tunnel was opened this figure
was as high as […………………] and would be much higher today if it were not
for the Tunnel. Pedestrians, horses and [……………………]are not allowed on
the bridge anymore.
George: Oh yes. Actually, before the Harbour Bridge opened, it was completely
packed with railway [……………………], trams and buses to stress test its load
bearing [……………………]. While it has had many traffic jams since and half a
million people walked across it on its […………………], it has probably never
been asked to carry that much of a load since.
Anne: Amazing. And I suppose the toll for crossing the bridge has changed a
bit too?
George: I’m afraid so!! The [……………………]toll charged for a car was 6
pence while a horse and rider was charged 3 pence. Today the toll
costs [……………………]but is only charged when travelling to the South as
an [……………………]measure to speed up traffic flow.
Phil Hi Mel. Hi Laura. Sorry I’m a bit late. I got held up by the bus. It just
didn’t come for ages.
Mel Don’t worry. You’re only a couple of minutes behind and we’ve only just
been chatting.
Mel Yes. I spoke to Professor Walker two days ago and I told him that
the [……………………] that we were […………………]were a telephone survey,
a street survey and a mail survey. He thought that the phone one would be too
expensive for us and the [……………………]one would take too long so we
decided we should do the street one.
Phil I think that’s right. If we do the street one then we can get the whole
thing done in one day and we can get on with [……………………] the results.
Mel Yes, that’s right. Now, there are some other things that Professor Walker
wanted to know about. How big should the survey be?
Laura Well, the ideal figure for a survey such as this should be
about [……………] but that will take us about a month to get that many people
and we just don’t have that much time. On the other hand, if we just choose
100 people, the survey won’t be [……………]significant.
Phil So, what about something in the middle. What about [………………]?
Mel/Phil OK
Laura And how many questions? If there are too many we’ll just have the
same problem.
Mel Now, Professor Walker asked where we were going to do the survey.
Mel Probably! Now we can either all stay together or split up and do
different […………………].
Laura Well, if we split up then I think we’ve got a better chance of getting
more people […………………].
Mel OK. Now, I made a list of the possible locations in Westley where we
could station [………………]. There’s the town square, at the [………………] to
the train station, at the University cafeteria, outside Dobbins [………………]
store, on the corner of the High Street and College road, the bus station and
the corner of the High Street and Wilkins Road. What do you think?
Phil I think the square is great but the people at the train station will
be [………………] and often in a hurry.
Laura I agree with all that and I think the bus station will have the same
problem as the train station.
Laura I think the other ones in town were good too. The [………………]will
have too many students and that will create too great a bias to
Phil Laura’s right. So, out of the other town ones, I think that the two on the
High Street corners are good.
Mel I don’t agree. The High Street corner with College Road will be good but
the corner with Wilkins Road is too far out. Not enough people will come by
there.
Phil I can see your point. OK, that’s settled then. All three of us will
be [……………………]in town then but not the Wilkins Road position.
The story began a few days before Christmas in [……………………] when the
first living coelacanth was discovered off the east coast of South Africa, at the
mouth of the Chalumna River. The fish was caught in a shark gill net
by [……………] Goosen and his crew who, recognising the [………………]
nature of their catch, alerted the local [……………]in the small South African
town of East London.
The Director of the East London Museum at the time was Miss Marjorie
Courtney-Latimer after whom the Coelacanth was eventually named. Miss
Courtney-Latimer offered bounties to [……………] for unfamiliar fish. It was
Miss Courtney-Latimer who alerted the […....……]South African […………]Dr
J.L.B. Smith, who initially identified the fish, and […………………]informed
the world about this amazing discovery. This first coelacanth led to the
discovery of the first documented population, off the remote Comoros Islands,
Originally it was a concern that the Coelacanth might have a very limited range
and that [………………]along the Comoros Islands might wipe it out. However,
scientists were amazed when, on […………………], an American scientist
discovered a Coelacanth population in Indonesia. Dr. Mark Erdmann was on
a [……………] trip to the area investigating a coral reef research site when
he [……………] a strange fish being [………………] into the fish market. He
recognized the fish as a coelacanth and [………………]a picture before it was
sold.
Both Sulawesi and Comoros coelacanths are quite different from all other
living fish. But perhaps the most interesting feature of the Coelacanth is that it
has paired, lobed fins, which move in a similar fashion to our arms and legs.
Coelacanths also have an extra [……………………] on their tail and
a [……………………] column that is not fully developed. They are the only
living animal to have a fully functional [……………………] joint, a division that
separates the ear and brain from the nasal organs and eye, and allows the front
part of the head to be [……………………]when the fish is feeding. The brown
Sulawesi coelacanth and the steel blue Comoros [……………] share these
unusual characteristics.
How could the Coelacanth disappear for over 80 million years and then turn
up alive and well in the [………………]century? The answer seems to be that
fossil Coelacanths appeared to live in environments with clay [……………]with
In 1991 scientists got a better understanding of the fish when the Comoros got
their independence from France and French [……………………] on research
were lifted. This allowed scientists to study the fish off the Comoros Islands. As
the animal hides in underwater caves some 300 to […………………] feet down
during the day and comes out at night to feed, diving is not an option and
previously only [………………]specimens had been available for study. But this
time the scientists had their own […………………] so they could study the
coelacanth in its natural habitat through [……………………].
Oakham Surgery
Example Answer
2nd
3rd
4th
Questions 6 – 10
A. 7253 9819
B. 7253 9829
C. 7523 9829
A. Rachel
B. Elizabeth
C. Angela
10. Which of the following does the surgery NOT make a charge for?
A. Travel vaccinations
B. Consultations
C. Insurance reports
SECTION 2
Questions 11-16
Notes on Library
(11)................................
(12)................................
Questions 17 – 20
_______________________________
22. According to Simon, what kind of problems did Jaguar have in the 1970s
and 80s?
_______________________________
_______________________________
_______________________________
Questions 25 – 27
Questions 28 – 30
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 33
B. undersea earthquakes.
C. undersea landslides.
A. their wavelength.
Questions 34 and 35
List the two ways which the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
has set up to detect tsunami.
34. _____________________________
35. _____________________________
Questions 36 – 40
Underwate
1992 none (37)…………
earthquake
Underwater
1896 (39)…………… 35 feet
earthquake
Underwater
8000 years ago (40)…………… 30 feet
landslide
Answer keys:
1. Jacobs
2. Rod
3. Highfield
4. NH 87 18 12 C
5. Dr (Kevin) White
6. A
7. B
8. C
9. A
10. B
11. 5 pound fee
12. University card
13. Daily
14. Friday(s)
15. 6
16. 1 week
17. Computers
18. Non-leading section
19. Arts
20. Basement
21. Tomorrow
22. Reliability
23. 4000 words
24. E-mail attachment
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You has to fill each space with the missing word by
listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
Recep. What’s the name of the road that you live in sir?
M: Dawson Road.
M: Yes please.
R: Right. I’ll just have to take some details. First of all, could you give me your
name?
M: My wife’s name is Janet and I have one little boy whose name is Rod.
R : Ron?
R: Oh, only yours for now. Do you know the name of your old doctor?
R: Now, we’ve got 4 doctors here. There’s Dr. Susan Larkins, Dr. Kevin White,
Dr. James Nicholson and Dr. Linda Williams. Which one would you like to
register with?
R: Right. Dr. White it is. Will that be the same for your family?
M: Oh yes. My wife might not want a man as her doctor. Well, we’ll leave it as
it is for now and my wife can change if she wants to.
M: Mmm, I don’t think she can make the morning. Any openings in the
afternoon?
R There are appointments available at 2.00, 2.30 and 3.30. M We’ll take the
first one please.
R: She can just give us a call here. Do you want to take the number down?
M: Yes please.
R: It’s [………………]
R Goodbye.
Section 2. You will hear a man giving a guide talk to new students
at a university library.
Good morning everyone. I’d like to welcome you all to Westley University
Library. This is a [………………………]tour around the library to show you all
the […………………………]and all you will need to know to start off your life
here as a student at the University. What I’ll start by doing is telling you about
what you need to do to join the [……………………]. Then I’ll […………………]
tell you about our facilities and then I’ll guide you quickly round and show you
everything.
Now, let me tell you a bit about the facilities. The Library opens daily from
8am to 10pm though, as I told you earlier, the Reception [……………………]
only between the hours of 9am and 5pm, although this is [……………………] to
6.30pm on Fridays to give students more time to organise their book
requirements for the weekend. The reception is closed on ……………………].
Undergraduate students are [……………………] to take out 4 books at any one
time and each book may be […………………] for a period of two
weeks. [………………………] may borrow 6 books at a time. Borrowing time
can be extended by a period of one week per book if the student comes into the
Library in person with the book in question so it can be […………………]. We
do not renew book borrowing over the phone. If you are late in returning any
book, then you will be charged a fine of [……………………] for every week that
you are late. You won’t be able to take out any other books until this fine is
paid. This is not a method of earning money for the Library but […....……]
what we have to do to [……………]that all students have access to all the books
that they will need.
On the first floor above us, we have the Arts section, which includes books that
students will need for such [………………………]as languages, literature, art
and history. On the second floor is the science […………………………]. We’ll
Finally, in the [……………………]we have the stack system, which contains the
University collection of magazines and journals that we have collected and to
which we subscribe.
If there is anything that we do not have or that you can’t find, please go to
reception and let them know the […………………………]. The University
operates a swap system with other universities and we can arrange for volumes
that we do not […………………………]to be sent here on a limited loan.
Well, those are the basic details about the University Library.
Section 3. You will hear tutor and 3 students discussing their work.
Tutor Yes, your essay title seems to me to be very wide-ranging. Would you
think about cutting out part of it? How about looking at their sales and
marketing strategy but only [………........................…] the problems in
the […........................] and […...............…]and not going too far into it?
Simon That’s a good idea. That will make it much easier to handle. By the way,
how do you want us to hand in our work? Do you want us to drop in a hard
copy to your office?
Tutor You could do that but I’d prefer it if you just e-mailed it to me as
an […………………………]. You’ve all got my address. If not, give it to
the [……………………]clearly marked that it’s for me. Right, Jennifer, how
about you?
Jennifer I’ve not really got going on it yet but I’ve decided on a subject. I’ll try
and do some research during the rest of this week and I should get writing this
weekend.
Tutor Will you have enough time to find out what sort of things that the
supermarkets do? You won’t have much time for that.
Melanie I’m a bit behind I’m afraid. I was sick all last week and weekend with
flu. I’ve got a subject I think but I’ve not done any work on it yet. Is there any
chance I can get an [……………………]to the submittal date?
Tutor The policy of the department is not to give any extensions unless there
are
Melanie I went to the doctor’s but I didn’t get a note as I didn’t realise I would
need it. The doctor will have a record of me though as I got a […………………].
I’ll go back and get one.
Tutor Yes, do. If you get one, then there shouldn’t be a problem getting an
extension.
Melanie Well, I’ve not got much on for the rest of the week and I’ve set aside
the weekend to really get to grips with it.
Good afternoon and welcome to this Earth Sciences lecture. Today we’re going
to look at [……………………]; or more correctly, [……………………].
Deep below the ocean’s surface […………………] plates collide, and every once
in a while, these forces produce an [……………………]. The energy of
such [……………………]earthquakes can produce tidal waves, which radiate
out in all directions from the [………………………]of the quake, moving at
speeds of up to […………………] per hour. When these waves reach shore, they
can cause enormous […………………]and loss of life. Tidal waves are
actually […………………]. They are not caused by tides. A more accurate word
for them is the Japanese name tsunami, which means, […………………]. They
are also sometimes called [………………]sea waves, since they can be caused
by seismic disturbances such as submarine quakes. However, that name is not
really accurate either, since tsunami can also be caused by […………………],
volcanic [……………………], nuclear explosions, and even impacts of objects
from outer space, such as [……………………], asteroids, and […………………].
Earthquakes though are the largest cause of tsunami. Tectonic plates cover the
world’s surface and their movement can be detected anywhere in the world.
Some areas of the world are more [……………………]to greater movement,
and it is in these places that the largest waves can occur. Large [……………]
movements of the earth’s crust occur at plate [……………] which are known as
faults. The Pacific Ocean’s denser oceanic plates are often known to slip under
continental plates in a process known as [………………………], and subduction
earthquakes are the most effective in generating tsunamis.
Tsunamis are very hard to detect, since they cannot be seen when they are in
the deep ocean.
Let’s look at some examples of tsunami and their causes and effects.
On July 17, 1998 a Papua New Guinea tsunami killed roughly […………………]
A huge underwater volcanic [………………………] 15 miles offshore was
followed within 10 minutes by a wave some […………………] tall. The villages
of Arop and Warapu were destroyed.
One of the worst tsunami disasters engulfed whole villages along Sanriku,
Japan, in [………………………]. An underwater earthquake induced a wave
of […………………………]drowning some 26,000 people.
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You has to fill each space with the missing word by
listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
Recep. What’s the name of the road that you live in sir?
M: Dawson Road.
M: Yes please.
R: Right. I’ll just have to take some details. First of all, could you give me your
name?
M: My wife’s name is Janet and I have one little boy whose name is Rod.
R: Ron?
R: Now, we’ve got 4 doctors here. There’s Dr. Susan Larkins, Dr. Kevin White,
Dr. James Nicholson and Dr. Linda Williams. Which one would you like to
register with?
M: Oh! I didn’t think of that. Well, I think I would like a man as my doctor. I’ll
go for the last one. Was that one a man?
R: Right. Dr. White it is. Will that be the same for your family?
M: Oh yes. My wife might not want a man as her doctor. Well, we’ll leave it as
it is for now and my wife can change if she wants to.
M: Mmm, I don’t think she can make the morning. Any openings in the
afternoon?
R: There are appointments available at 2.00, 2.30 and 3.30. M We’ll take the
first one please.
M: Yes please.
R: It’s [……………………]
R: My name’s Angela but there are two other girls who might be on duty as
well. Their names are Elizabeth and Rachel but it doesn’t matter who’s on
duty. Anyone can […………………] of it.
R: We’ve got a [………………] system with the doctors in the area. There’s
a [………………] you can call and that’ll get through to the doctor who’s on
duty.
R: Goodbye.
Section 2. You will hear a man giving a guide talk to new students
at a university library.
Now, let me tell you a bit about the facilities. The Library opens daily from
8am to 10pm though, as I told you earlier, the Reception […………………]only
between the hours of 9am and 5pm, although this is [……………………]to
6.30pm on Fridays to give students more time to organise their book
requirements for the weekend. The reception is closed on […………………].
Undergraduate students are […………………]to take out 4 books at any one
time and each book may be […………………] for a period of two
weeks. […………………] may borrow 6 books at a time. Borrowing time can be
extended by a period of one week per book if the student comes into the
Library in person with the book in question so it can be [………………]. We do
not renew book borrowing over the phone. If you are late in returning any
book, then you will be charged a fine of [………………] for every week that you
are late. You won’t be able to take out any other books until this fine is paid.
This is not a method of earning money for the Library but [……………] what
we have to do to [………………] that all students have access to all the books
that they will need.
Ok then. Onto the […………………]of the library. We’re on the ground floor of
the library at the moment. Here we have the reception, the computers, which
you can use to search for books and their location, and the [………………],
On the first floor above us, we have the Arts section, which includes books that
students will need for such [………………………………]as languages, literature,
art and history. On the second floor is the science [……………………]. We’ll see
these in a minute. Of course, […………]departments will usually have
their [………......] ibraries in their buildings, though the computer […………]
here will list them so you know where to find everything, whether it’s here or
in the specialist libraries.
Finally, in the [………………]we have the stack system, which contains the
University collection of magazines and journals that we have collected and to
which we subscribe.
If there is anything that we do not have or that you can’t find, please go to
reception and let them know the [……………………]. The University operates a
swap system with other universities and we can arrange for volumes that we do
not […………………]to be sent here on a limited loan.
Well, those are the basic details about the University Library.
Section 3. You will hear tutor and 3 students discussing their work.
Simon Well, I’ve made a start on it. I’ve [……………] the background
quite [………………] last weekend and I should get to the writing [……………]
tomorrow with a bit of luck and I’ll get it finished at the weekend.
Simon At the start I had problems getting information from that far back, but
after rooting around in the library, I found some [………………………]which
gave me information and also gave me [………………………]to find other stuff.
It seems now the only problem is keeping to the [………………………] limit. It
just seems that I have so much to write about. It seems I’ll need 5000 or even
6000 words to be able to cope.
Tutor Yes, your essay title seems to me to be very wide-ranging. Would you
think about cutting out part of it? How about looking at their sales and
marketing strategy but only [……………………………]the problems in
the [………………………] and [………………………]and not going too far into
it?
Simon That’s a good idea. That will make it much easier to handle. By the way,
how do you want us to hand in our work? Do you want us to drop in a hard
copy to your office?
Tutor You could do that but I’d prefer it if you just e-mailed it to me as
an [………………………………]. You’ve all got my address. If not, give it to
the [………………………] clearly marked that it’s for me. Right, Jennifer, how
about you?
Jennifer I’ve not really got going on it yet but I’ve decided on a subject. I’ll try
and do some research during the rest of this week and I should get writing this
weekend.
Tutor Will you have enough time to find out what sort of things that the
supermarkets do? You won’t have much time for that.
Melanie I’m a bit behind I’m afraid. I was sick all last week and weekend with
flu. I’ve got a subject I think but I’ve not done any work on it yet. Is there any
chance I can get an [……………………………] to the submittal date?
Tutor The policy of the department is not to give any extensions unless there
are
Melanie I went to the doctor’s but I didn’t get a note as I didn’t realise I would
need it. The doctor will have a record of me though as I got a […………………].
I’ll go back and get one.
Tutor Yes, do. If you get one, then there shouldn’t be a problem getting an
extension.
Melanie Well, I’ve not got much on for the rest of the week and I’ve set aside
the weekend to really get to grips with it.
Good afternoon and welcome to this Earth Sciences lecture. Today we’re going
to look at [……………………]; or more correctly, [……………………].
Tsunamis are very hard to detect, since they cannot be seen when they are in
the deep ocean.
Let’s look at some examples of tsunami and their causes and effects.
On July 17, 1998 a Papua New Guinea tsunami killed roughly [………………] A
huge underwater volcanic [………………]15 miles offshore was followed within
10 minutes by a wave some [………………] tall. The villages of Arop and
Warapu were destroyed.
One of the worst tsunami disasters engulfed whole villages along Sanriku,
Japan, in [………………………]. An underwater earthquake induced a wave
of [………………………]drowning some 26,000 people.
ADDRESS Flat 5
53 (1)……………………………..
Finsbury
POSTCODE (2)……………………………
A. Wildlife books
B. Romance books
C. Travel books
D. Historical novels
F. Mystery books
Question 9 – 10
Question 9 – 10
____________________________________
____________________________________
11 __________________________________
12 __________________________________
13 __________________________________
14 __________________________________
Questions 15-20
Blood
Types of Blood O, A, B + AB
Component Parts
GIVING BLOOD
SECTION 3
Question 21-27
The 4 labs below can be used by undergraduates. Other computer labs can only
be used by postgraduates and (21)…………………………………
Salisbury (22)………………………………
Password (25)……………………………………
Questions 28 – 30
28. The introductory computer course that James decides to take is…
A. beginner.
C. advanced.
29. The computer laboratory for James’ introductory computer course is in…
A. Wimborne
B. Franklin
C. Court
A. on Thursday at 2.00pm.
B. on Tuesday at 4.30pm.
C. on Tuesday at 5.00pm
B. twice previously.
A. Melbourne.
B. Sydney.
C. Perth.
A. 87647489.
B. 87637289.
C. 87637489.
A. 9.15 pm.
C. 9.35 pm.
6. When he gets to the Sunrise Hotel. The food Mr. Griffin will find in his room
will be…
6. a cheese sandwich.
C. a burger.
Questions 7-10
___________________________________________
8. How much will Mr. Griffin pay per night at the Sunrise Hotel?
$__________________________________________
___________________________________________
$__________________________________________
Below are descriptions that Police have released for the two men wanted in
connection with the robbery at the local jewellery store, Nicholls.
Man 1
Height (11)…………………
Build Slight
Hair Dark
White t-shirt
(12)…………………
Motorbike helmet
Man 2
Height 5 foot 8
Build (13)………………….
Face (14)………………….
Age (15)
Black jeans
Motorbike helmet
Questions 16 – 20
The Oakley Woods development project was opposed by local residents and
local (18)……………. George Finchly, the Westley (19)……………………………, gave
the news to the media.
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 26
Building site
Questions 27 – 30
Year 2 (28)………………………………………
Year 3 No assessment
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 33
31. The lecture will be useful for any students who are writing
____________________________
Questions 34 – 40
Types of Survey:
Advantages Disadvantages
Survey Content
Answer key:
1. B
2. B
3. C
4. A
5. B
6. B
7. 34
8. $100
9. Room service
10.$9
11. (About) 6 foot
12. (A) black leather jacket
13. Fat
14. Clean shaven
15. Early 20s
16. Increased competition
17. Significant number
18. Environmental groups
19. Mayor
20. 30th
21. Civil engineering
22. Physics
23. Delivered furniture/ furniture delivery
24. Hotel work
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You has to fill each space with the missing word by
listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
Man: Hello. My name is John Griffin. I’d like to make a […………………] for
tonight please. Are there any rooms still […………………]?
Barbara: Yes, there are a few left. What were you wanting?
Barbara: Right then. Let me get a pen. So, what’s your name again please?
Barbara: OK. I’ve got that down. Wait a minute. You’ve been here before,
haven’t you?
John: Yes, that’s right. I’ve stayed with you twice before.
Barbara: So, tell me if I’m wrong. John Griffin, passport number [……………].
Age 30.
Barbara: So, it’s a single room for 2 nights. Is your […………………] number
the same to confirm the booking?
John: Yes, it’s the same, but I’ll want you to forward the bill to my company
again, if that’s OK?
Barbara: Oh yes, Mr. Griffin. That’s no problem at all. Your company have
always [………………]very […………………] in the past. And, what time can we
expect you tonight Mr. Griffin?
John : Well, the plane lands at [……………………]so by the time I get through
the formalities. That should take about [………………………]I should be at
Barbara I’m afraid it’ll be closed by then Mr. Griffin. Can I […………………]
some snacks to be left in your room? A [………………]? Fries? Sandwiches?
John: Yes, that would be great. How about a cheese sandwich with fries?
Barbara: No problem sir. I’ll see to that. Oh the fries might be cold when you
get in.
John: Goodbye.
Barbara : Oh, Mark, That was Mr. Griffin. You know that nice man
from […….........…] who’s been here a couple of times before. He’s booked a
single room for 2 nights from tonight.
Mark Ah good. Wait a moment which room have you put him in?
Barbara What about the price? The double is [……………………] a night and
he’s going to be expecting $100 a night for the single.
Mark Well, we don’t want to upset him. We want him to come back. Make a
note that we’ll give him the single rate and he’s got a free [……………………].
Barbara I’m so sorry Mark. I should have let him know that there weren’t any
singles left.
Mark No, it’s not your [………………………]. I took the booking earlier but
the computers were down. I
should have made a note of the booking so that everyone knew. It’s my fault.
Barbara Mr. Griffin has ordered a cheese sandwich to be left I his room too as
the […………………] will be closed when he gets in.
Mark What is it again. Ah yes cheese. Erm… well beef and chicken are
both […………………] and salad is $8. Just make it $9. That should be OK.
More news from the police into the [……………………] robbery that occurred
last Tuesday in the centre of town.
Plans for the […………] of the Oakley Woods have been […………].
First of all, police have released 2 […………………] for the two men wanted in
connection with the [………………] at the local jewellery store, Nicholls, in the
centre of town last Tuesday. At 9am, just when the store was opening, 2
men [………………] through the door and demanded bags to be filled up with
jewellery. Although the 2 men were armed with […………………] bats,
the [………………] bravely attacked them and beat them off. Although the 2
men had motorcycle […………………] on, these were knocked off during the
scuffle and the shopkeepers were able to get a good look at them.
Environmentalists were delighted this morning by the news that plans by the
local council to develop the Oakley Woods area have been shelved. The Woods
were to have been developed into a shopping area but opposition from
local [………………] and local environmental groups has led to a turn around
by the local [……………] and they will now look for an […………………]site.
Westley Green, a local [……………………] group, says they
are [………………………] that the council has bowed to the wishes of people in
the area. Mr. George Finchly, mayor of Westley, made the [……………………]
and said that the committee responsible took all available information into
account before taking the [………………………] and he hopes that Westley
residents are happy that the local council are [……………………] to their
wishes when making decisions.
East Moors CC, a local league [……………………] has made it to the finals of
the Sunday league knockout cricket competition. They will play the final at
home on [……………………] against Newbury CC. Go along and support if
you’re around that day, as you’ll be assured a great Sunday afternoon’s sport.
And finally, get set for a heat wave for the [……………………] of the month of
August. Weather [……………………] have assured us that we will have 3 weeks
of unbroken [……………………] till the end of the month. Great news, but
those of us who are experienced with the British weather will most likely greet
this news with, “let’s wait and see!”
Robert It’s a mixture of reasons really. First of all I’ve always been […………]
by building things. Whenever the family was on holiday, I would always be
interested in the [………………] and all that. My father is a civil engineer too so
he’d always be able to explain things, and it was he,
Robert Yes. My brother wants to do the same thing as well so you’ll probably
get an […………………] from him in another two years!
Interviewer Great! Now then. I notice from your application form that you
took a year off between school and [………………………]. What did you do
during this year?
Robert Well, I’d like to say that I got plenty of work [……………………] but
what I did was travel. I went over to Australia for the year and spent the time
travelling and working all around the country. At the end I went to New
Zealand and travelled around there for a couple of months.
Interviewer Working on a building site must have been some good experience
for engineering?
Interviewer He’s absolutely right as well. Now, why did you choose Westley
University to study Civil Engineering?
Robert Well, first of all I know that the department has a very
good […………………] in this field and, before applying, I […………………] the
stats and saw that the percentage of graduates going straight into industry was
very good.
Robert I also play a lot of football and the University runs quite a few teams in
the local
Interviewer There will be eight papers in all during June and these will be
based on work done throughout the [……………………] course. It’s hard and
a […………………] time but students usually cope with it. Anything else?
It has been said that first world [……………………] are no longer industrial
societies but information societies. That is, our major problems and tasks no
longer mainly centre on the production of goods and services necessary
for […………………] and comfort, but rather [……………………] a prompt
and [……………………] flow of information on [……………………], needs and
behaviour. This is why surveys today are [………………………] with so much
importance.
I’d like now to look at some of the types of survey available to us and
the [………………]here will be on methods for [……………………] individuals
and companies. Mail, telephone interview, and in-person interview surveys are
the most [……………………] ways for doing this. The latter can be in offices,
homes or on the street.
We also need to the look at the content of our surveys. Surveys can focus on
opinions and […………....…] or on factual characteristics or [……………].
Many surveys combine types of question. Questions may be open-ended such
as: “Why do you feel that way?” or closed such as:
Example Answer
Surname: Allen
To London Heathrow
Questions 6 -8
A. 17 pounds
B. pens
C. her passport
D. a book
E. 200 dollars
Questions 9 and 10
9 What has Kirsty done regarding the loss of her credit card?
10. What must Kirsty do after the call regarding her lost handbag?
SECTION 2
Questions 11 -14
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 25
John Jane
Day of Arrival Thursday (21)……………………………
26 Students can choose from how many essay titles for their first assignment?
________________________________________
Question 30
30. Where will John and Jane meet up later that day?
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 34
A. very safe.
B. quite safe.
C. quite unsafe.
33. According to Professor Wilson, the main cause of oil slicks is…..
B. collisions.
34. According to Professor Wilson, slicks are rarely burned off nowadays
because……
Questions 35 – 39
Question 40
reading lists
essay questions
(40)………………………………………..
Answer key:
1. 48
2. R16 GH7
3. 07754 897 432
4. PA 365
5. E6
6. B
7. D
8. E
9. C
10. C
11. Student’s Union
12. University Library
13. Hall of Residence
14. Sports Hall
15. 2 hours
16. Final exams
17. 6 pm
18. Vegetarian
19. (Fully) insures
20. £50
21. Tuesday
22. Economics
23. free/nothing
24. Squash
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You has to fill each space with the missing word by
listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
Wom Yes please. I left something on one of your planes last night. I got this
number from the […………………..]. Is this the right number to call?
M Yes, madam. This is the right number. I just need you to tell me your name
to start with so I can fill out a lost […………………..] form.
W Well, I was on a flight last night from New York to London that landed
at […………………..]. We were delayed a while in New York so that when we
eventually [………………..], I was so tired that I […………………..] left my
handbag on the plane.
W No, I’m afraid not. I didn’t […………………………..] until I got home and
then it was really too late to phone.
M Very well madam. Let me take a few […………………………..] for this form
and I’ll see what I can do. OK, so the name was Kirsty Allen. And what’s the
address please?
W [……………………..].
M The postcode?
W [……………………..]
M I’m sorry. I didn’t catch the second one. What was the mobile again?
M Thanks. Now, do you know the flight number of the plane that you were
on last night?
M And does the boarding card stub say what seat you had?
M And you said that it was New York to London Heathrow. Is that right?
M OK then. Now I have to take some details about the bag that you lost. It was
a [……………………..], yes?
W That’s right.
W Well, I guess it just looks like any regular handbag. It’s very dark red with
black […………………..]and the catch on the top is gold […………………..].
M OK. Now, can you tell me what was inside the bag?
M Good. I’ll just write that down. Anything else in the bag?
M Have you informed the police about the loss of the card?
M Right. Now what I’ll do is to contact the lost property, which is where your
bag will have gone if it was found. I’ll give you a call back within an hour and
tell you what the […………………………..]is. If you haven’t had a call within an
hour and a half, call back this number and ask for me. My name is John. OK?
M Goodbye.
Section 2.
Hello and good afternoon. My name is John Walker and I’d like to welcome
you new students to the University of [……………………..]. What I am going to
do today is just [……………..] to you about some of the [………………..] that
you will find here on our main [………………..]and where you will find them.
I’d like now to talk about a few important places on the Campus.
All students must belong to the Students’ Union if they wish to use any of
its [……………..]. It is very cheap and we certainly [………………..] that you
join. The Union provides a bookshop covering all the course books at the
university plus lots of other [………………..] for a range of interests. You can
eat and drink at the Union. There is a Fat Phillips on the ground floor serving
a [……………..]of fast foods and drinks. Then there is the main Union bar up
on the First Floor. This is where the Union [………………..], dances and balls
are held and there’s a pizza corner where cheap and large pizzas can
be [……….....] in a few minutes. Other areas that will be of interest to students
are the Welfare Office, the Travel Office and the Clubs’ Office. The Clubs’ office
will get you in touch with all the Clubs that are part of the Students’ Union.
These clubs vary from football to [……………..] to […………………..] to beer
drinking. There really is something for everyone. The Union opens up at 8 am
every day and closes at […………………..] unless there are any functions going
on later.
I’d like to move onto the library now. This is where a lot of you will, I hope, be
spending a lot of time over the next three or four years working and doing
research. Of course this isn’t as exciting as the social [………………..] of
university life but of course it really is the main reason that you are all here. I
therefore urge you to get over there as soon as you can as you have
to […………………..] and then you can have a look around. During the first
two weeks of the [………………..] year, that is, now, there are tours every two
hours aimed at [………………..] new students to all the services that the library
offers. The library’s open from 9am to 9pm though it stays open later during
final exams.
For departments and academic facilities, there isn’t enough time to go through
all of them but your [………………..] departments should [………………..]you
with maps and information that will satisfy your needs.
For all services offered at the university, I recommend that you purchase
a […………………..]plus card. This card costs [………………..] and lasts for the
academic year. It will then give you discounts on all services at the university.
For instance, a £4 meal at the refectory would be reduced to [………………..].
It will also give free […………………..] of the late night mini bus that the
university runs to places off campus, which normally costs a pound. You can
see that it wouldn’t take very long to make it […………………..]. The cards can
be bought at the Students’ Union.
Well, that’s what I have to say for the moment. Now, are there any questions?
Section 3.
Jane Hey John. I didn’t know you were here at the University yet. When did
you get here?
John Oh just yesterday; Thursday. I’ve got some [………………….. ]to get
sorted out for the start of my second year as I’ve just got some new subjects.
Today I’ve had to sort out my [………………..]. It seems like I’ve got quite a lot
to do this year. When did you get here?
Jane I’ve been here since […………………..]. What classes are you doing this
year then?
John Well at 9, it looks like I’ve got French for 3 hours. That’s going to be a
tough start to the week!
Jane Yeah. I can’t [……………..] it worse. I’ve got history for three hours which
will kill me. The good thing for me is that I’ve got a free in the afternoon which
will relax me after that morning.
John No such luck for me […………………..]. I’ve got that extra maths class
starting then so I’ll be hard at work all day on Mondays.
Jane Yeah, I don’t envy you that. Still the [………………..] will really help your
economics in the long run.
John I know. That’s why I’m taking it this year. Last year I really [……………..]
with all the maths that I didn’t understand in the economics
but [………………..], this year, that will all change.
Jane What about sport? What have you chosen to do on the [………………..]
afternoons? Are you sticking with rowing?
John I’d love to but the rowing club [………………..] got broken into and the
boats were [………………..]so it’s not possible till the club can get enough
money to repair or [……..…..] the boats. They’re really [……………………..]so
that’ll take quite a long time. So, as I can’t do that, I’m going to try
out [……………..]. What about you?
John That’s good as it’s in the main sports hall like the squash. I’ll be able to
see you a lot
this year.
Jane I know it’s early but do you know anything about the first […………..]
that we have to do?
John Yes, it’s already up on the economics [……………..] notice board. There’s
a choice of essays up there. I think there are about 10 you can choose from. I
can’t remember any of the titles though apart from the one that I think I’m
going to write about.
Jane Ooh. I don’t like the sound of that. It seems very [……………………..].
Jane Does the essay list mention how long the essays have to be and
the […………………..]?
John Yes. You remember that last year all the essays had to be [……………..]
in length?
John I know. I was hoping that they’d stay at 3000 words or only go up
to [……………..], but no luck I’m afraid.
John The first one has to be in by the [………………..] and the second by the
30th November. It looks like one essay a month like last year.
Jane Well at least that hasn’t changed but as it’s the end of September now,
that leaves only a month to get the first one done. I’m going to have get onto
that […………………..] away.
John Yes, you’d better. If you want to talk about it, I’m going to be at the
campus […………………..] at 1.30 for lunch. We could go over some questions.
Jane I can’t then, as I’ll be in the sports hall working out. How about 3 this
afternoon at the economics [………………..] room?
John That seems OK. We’ll be right by the economics course office where the
questions are, so that’ll be […………………………..] for checking up on them.
John Bye.
Section 4.
The four ways of cleaning up oil spills that we’ll look at today are as follows:
Chemical Detergents.
The Sponge.
[………………..].
The containment boom is the most common method of cleaning up after an oil
spill. […….....…..] are erected in the water and the oil is then […………..].
Basically a containment boom is just a large float that [……....] and contains
the slick. This method is cheap and […………..] however it only functions in
very calm seas.
Scientists are also trying to improve other methods to fight oil spills. At the
scenes of oil [………………..] around the world, they’ve found bacteria that
seem to have an [………………..] for the toxic black [……………..]. Now, the
scientists are breeding these bacteria and studying them
to […………………..]which is most effective at reducing oil levels. Eventually,
they hope to put the best bacteria to work in helping clean up after oil
spill […………………..]. The bacteria actually use the oil as food. As the
bacteria [………………..], they eat more and more of the slick until it
finally […………………..]. Eventually this method should be cheap, easy
to […………………..] and be completely eco-friendly as when the slick is gone,
the bacteria’s food source is gone and they die, leaving nothing behind at all.
So far this method has no [………………..] drawbacks.
Well, that’s the end of the section of the lecture on cleaning up spills. This
subject is an optional question for your course. You’ll find the reading lists and
essay questions on the [………………………..]notice boards along with the
deadline for [………………………..]. If you choose it, [………………..]will be
held at a later date.
Example:
Town: Brighton
Postcode: 3……………………………………
6……………………
7……………………
A. premium
B. standard
C. economy
A. port
B. home
C. business
SECTION 2:
Questions 11 – 15
What does the tour guide Tell her tour group about each of the following places
on the day’s itinerary?
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 25
Gyroscopes are used in laser devices and are found in many consumer
21………………………… The purpose of the project is to design a functional,
22……………………………… and beneficial consumer product.
Questions 26 – 30
SECTION 4:
Questions 31 – 35
A. their material.
B. their audience.
C. their limitations.
Questions 36 – 40
1. Laffterty
2. Abbeyfield
3. BR8 9P3
4. 25m
5. 20m
6. Music albums
7. Stationery
8. £ 3000
9. B
10. B
11. Gift Shop
12. Art Gallery
13. Main exhibition Centre
14. 3D Theatre
15. Modern Art Studio
16. B
17. A
18. C
19. A
20. B
21. Appliances
22. Practical
23. Lower arm
24. rehabilitation
25. high-performance athletes
26. £ 1,500
27. 2
28. 15
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You has to fill each space with the missing word by
listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
Jackie: Could you spell your surname for me, please, Tim?
Tim: Yes, it’s Laffertv; L-a-f-f-e-r-t-y Jackie: Thank you, Tim. Now, where
would you like us to pick your […………………..]up from?
Jackie: Great Thank you, Tim. Have you the container’s […………………..]?
Tim: Indeed
Jackie: I see. And could you put an estimate on the value of the items? Tim:
The books are quite […………………..]; they’re worth around [………………..].
The music albums, maybe half that, say £900. and you can put the stationery
down as [……………………..].
Jackie: Sorry, let me explain; because your items are worth more
than [………………..], we recommend that you purchase […………………..] to
cover yourself
Tim: No, thank you. That won’t be necessary. The cheapest option will
Jackie: No problem. And one last thing; will you be needing [……………..]at
your office, at your house, or do you [………………..]to pick up your container
SECTION 2
Tour guide: Well, we certainly have a busy day ahead of us, so let’s get started,
shall we? You’ll find a map of the [……………..]with the […………………..].
I’ve just handed out. The museum’s our first port of call, so let’s lave a look at
the map now. The door on the right of the […………………..] toll leads into the
Gift Shoo and Ticket Centre. Once we pick up our entrance […………………..],
I’d ask everyone to […………………..] their bags and coats in
the […………………………..] which is located towards the back of the Gift Shop
and Ticket Centre. If you want to pick up an information [………………..], you
can […………………..] the Information Desk situated along the right-hand
side.
Now, once you come back into the entrance hall, the door on the opposite side
to the Gift Shop leads into the [………………..]. There is a special exhibition on
there at the moment which is not to be [………………..]
If you continue on up the entrance [………………..], that leads into the Main
Exhibition Centre. At the back […………………..]side there are some toilets.
SECTION 3
Maeve: Well, we did some research and were amazed to discover the sheer
range of applications for gyroscopic […………………..].
Gyroscopes are used in laser and optical devices and can be found in
many […………………..] appliances, too.
Maeve: Yes, what we want to do is design a ball which can be held in the palm.
Within the ball, there will be a simple gyroscope. This gyroscope can be set
in […………………..] by movements of the lower arm and […………………..]
together in synch. The device will not require any […………………………..]
power source because it will be [……………………..] by the movements of the
arm and wrist. This will create considerable […………………..] and an
excellent lower¬arm [………………..] aid. It will be simple to design and cheap
to produce, yet extremely effective.
Jenny: Thanks Mark, we’re glad you like it I think we’re really onto something
here. Our research has told us there’s nothing [………………..]in the market
and that a product like this would have [………………..]uses. Not only could it
be used as an everyday toning and exercise [………………..], it could also be
beneficial to people in […………………..] who have suffered serious lower-
arm […………………..]. We see the product being marketed towards high-
performance [……………..], like tennis and golf players, for whom lower-arm
strength is [………………..], too.
Tuton: I’ve heard enough to give your project the go ahead Now, let’s talk
costs.
Maeve: Exactly. And we’ll need half of that again to carry out some product
testing.
Maeve: We want to enlist the help of 15 people to test the pro¬totype. Ideally,
we want 5 professional […………………..] to try it out, 5 recovery patients and
the remainder of the subjects will be gym members – our three […………..]
markets.
Tutor: Okay. Well, you have a lot of work to do, but you’ve certainly made a
good start. Let’s meet again on Monday to get the ball rolling.
SECTION 4
The hardest part is trying to relax. Never rush straight into your speech. Begin
slowly and address the audience first. In fact, even before you start, take a few
deep [………………..]. You know – one one- thousand. two one-thousand,
three one-thousand – this will turn your nervous energy into [………………..].
Last of all, be realistic and give yourself a chance. No one becomes the perfect
speaker […………………………..]. It takes time to hone your presentation
skills.
1. How many bottles of wine do you have to buy to get one free?
A. one
B. three
C. four
A. French
B. Italian
C. Spanish
A £20
B £35
C £25
Questions 4-10
Belluci’s Restaurant
Sam’s suggestions
4…………………………………………………….
5…………………………………………………….
CUSTOMER DETAILS
Time: 7. 00 pm
11. How did the players hit the ball when 12 In the 16th centufy what kind of
people the game first launched in the 12th century?
A. with a bat
B. with a racquet
12. In the 16 century what kind of people found tennis most appealing ?
A. royal families
B. wealthy merchants
C. everyday people
Questions 13 – 20
Number of
Interesting
Tennis Player Year Born Nationality Major Titles
Fact
Won
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 27
Mr Max Wallington will give a lecture The date of the next meeting will be on
about Shakespeare. 27……………………….....…......................
Questions 28 – 30
What THREE rules, given to them by the headmaster, do the students have to
follow during the conference?
28……………………….
29……………………….
30……………………….
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 40
To calculate your Body Mass Index you should first take 31……………………………
in kilograms and divide it by your height in metres.
Healthy Diets
a) a lifestyle activity
b) a 39……………………………. Activity
c) sports
Answer key:
1. B
2. B
3. A
4. Mixed Salad
5. Greek Salad
6. Bread (with) herbs
7. Cheese with peppers
8. 27th August
9. 15 (fifteen)
10. hamill@worthing
11. C
12. A
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
SECTION 1
Sam: Hello. Belluci’s Restaurant, Sam speaking. How may I help you?
David: Hi, my name’s David Marsden, and I’m calling to ask about the offers I
saw on the […………..] for your restaurant. I am tNnking about […………...] a
party for a friend’s birthday.
Sam: OK, great So, David, what can I help you with?
David: Well, first of all, I wanted to know if the [………………..] offer that you
have on for certain [……………..] is valid for week nights as well as on the
weekend The party may take place during the week, you see.
Sam: Well, there are many dishes that are 50% off on weekends and only a
small number of dishes are 50% off during the week. For exam¬ple,
the [……………..] Bolognaise is 50% off on whatever day you come in during
this month, and [………………..] and steaks are 50% off on our most busy
days, which are Saturday and Sunday.
Sam: There are marry other offers that we have on, at the moment, as well.
Sam: Yes, of course. For every [………………..]of house red or white wine
ordered, you will get a bottle free. So that is four bottles of wine for only
about [………………..]. If you order two bottles of champagne you will get half
a bottle free of charge as well.
David: That sounds like a really good offer. Which house wine do
you [………………..]? Most restaurants have French house wine and
sometimes Spanish but I think most of my friends will want to drink
Italian [………………..]
Sam: We normally serve French as the house wine but we will be able to find a
nice Italian one […………………..], if you prefer.
David: That would be great. What about Champagne? We will proba¬bly order
at least two really good [……………………..]. How much would a good bottle
cost?
Sam: Well, we have a range of side dishes, some go better with the Lasagna
than others but of course it’s your choice. The chef’s special side dish is a
chicken and […………………..] dish. This may be too heavy to have with
Lasagna but we have a selection of salads such as a [……………………..]and a
Greek salad. They would be the best option with that main course. Some other
side dishes that are popular are […………………………..]bread with herbs and
Italian cheese with peppers. David That all sounds very tasty and I’m sure all
the people who are coming to the party will like these types of dishes. I might
come in during the week to try out some of your food before the party.
Sam: So, would you like to reserve the table then for your party?
Sam: I’m afraid we are all booked up on that date but we can [……………..] a
table for you for the week after on the [………………..]. Is that OK?
David: Fifteen. Can we have the table for 7:00 o’clock on that evening?
Sam: Yes, that can be […………………………..]. Please, can I take your phone
number for the booking?
Sam: OK, that’s great. Can I also take your email address to send you
information about the restaurant and update you about offers and evening
entertainment?
Sam: Great! Well, I think that’s all I need for the moment. We will be in touch
closer to the date when you’ll be coming to the […………………………..]. If you
want to ask anything or order anything […………………………..]we can cater
for most requests.
David: Yes, that would be good as I’m sure I’ll think of something.
SECTION 2
Presenter It’s amazing how the sport has changed then over time and
how […………………..] has helped to advance it with the state-of-the-art
tennis racquets that we have today. So, what about the players who will go
down in history as the best at this sport? Who do you think will be
remembered on the [……………………..]?
Steve: Well, obviously I have many […………………..] and all tennis players
have different styles and will be remembered for different […………………..]
of their game. The first player though that has to be [………………..] is the
great Bjorn Borg. He will go down in history due to the fact that he won 11
Grand Slam singles titles between [……………………..] and […………………..],
five at Wimbledon and six at the French Opea Bom in ’56 in Sweden, Borg
became the […………………..] winner of the Italian Championship just before
his […………………..], and two weeks later he was the youngest winner of the
French Championship. Borg is the only player in the open era to have won
both Wimbledon and the French Open in the same year more than once.
Another very important tennis player is Boris Becker. He was born in 1967 in
Leimen, West Germany, and he is a six-time Grand S|am singles champion.
Since he […………………..] in 1999 from the professional tour, media work
and his personal life have kept him in the […………………..]. An interesting
Moving on to our next great player, we have Pete Sampras. He was born on
August 12, 1971 in Washington D.C and during his […………………………..]
career he won 14 Grand Slam men’s singles titles. His flair for the game
was [………………..] at age 3 when he discovered a tennis rac¬quet in
the […………………..] of his home and spent hours hitting balls against the
wall. His parents are of Greek origin. He has given some truly [………………..]
performances on the court over the years.
The final player I will mention is the great Andre Agassi. He was born on April
29. in 1970 in [……………..], Nevada. During his career he won 4 Australian
Open titles, 1 French Open, 1 Wimbledon and 2 US Open which gives a total of
eight [……………..] titles. An interesting aspect of his career was that he
turned professional at the age of 16 and his first [……………..] was in La
Quinta. California. He won his first match against John Austin 64, 6-2 but
then lost his second match to Mats Wilander 6-1, 6-1. By the end of the year,
Agassi was ranked World No. 91.
Steve: I just can’t answer that; they all […………………..] great memories in
the world of tennis and they have all […………………..] so much to the game
Their names will always be [……………………..] on the wall of champions!
SECTION 3
Sant So _ Mr Peters has finally agreed that we can organise this year’s
college [……......…..], so we need to really go through all the most […………..]
items in order to establish a general […………..] for the conference and how
we are going to put it all together.
Kate: Yes, I agree. We cant leave things to the last minute and there are quite a
lot of good speakers who have offered their services for this [………………..]
Kate: Sam, you mentioned before this meeting that you have had some calls
from some interesting [……………..] speakers. Can you give us the [….……..]
on the rough list that you have at the moment?
Sam: Yes, the main person on my list, who is an […………………..] in the field
of Business Management, is Professor Harman. He would be good at
running [……………..]where students can [………..]how to start a business
and he likes to include [……………..], which make the […………………..]more
interesting.
Kate: Yes, I’ve heard of him and people have told me that he is […………..]
and interesting. He doesn’t like just giving lectures; he likes to get the students
involved more in the discussion. We should [……………..]send him a
formal [………………..]. What about another area of study such as Maths?
Sam: Well, I have done some research on Mr Steve Bishop. I heard about him
because my brother went to see him give a lecture at a University in his area.
Apparently, he is well-respected among many Universities in England for
his […………………..] in the field of Maths. He’s even done some research with
some [………………..] Mathematicians.
Sam: That would be great, thanks. We have speakers now to talk about
business and [……………..]so it would be a good idea to invite someone who is
Kate: Well, I’m planning to do Drama at University and I know of a lady who is
the head of Drama at a well-known University. Her name is […………………..].
She would give some Drama [………………..]where students can
discuss [………………..]of theatre and production in smaller groups. I also
know a […………………………..]called Mr Max Wallington. He is a Professor
of English Literature and he would come and give a lecture about Shakespeare.
I’ll send [………………..]to Ms Bolton and Mr Wallington then.
Sam: Greati That’s two Arts subjects [………………..] then. The final main
subject area we need to think about is Science. Dave, you want to
study [………………..] at University, don’t you? Do you know of any Professors
we can […………………..]?
Dave: Well, there’s the famous Professor Sean O’Brien. He’s done quite a lot of
work in the field of […………………..]. I’m sure all the [……………..] scientists
will really want to come and hear him speak. As well as this, there’s the ‘mad
scientist’, Geoff O’Hara who is very [………………..] about Albert Einstein and
he can come and talk about his famous [………………..].
Sam- Perfect. Now that we have some speakers in mind to cover the main
areas of study we need to think about the [………………..] and organisation of
the conference. To start with, we need to send the [………………..] out to all
the speakers we have agreed on, on school-headed paper. Kate, Lucy and I will
take care of that. Dave, would you be able to contact a [……………..]to come
and take pictures for the [………………..] that will be printed after the
conference?
Dave: Yes, I know a good photographer who has come to the col¬lege for some
other […………..……..]. I will contact him as his photos were of really
good […………………..].
Sam: Lucy, would you be able to order the food and drinks? Which caterers do
you think we should use? We don’t want to spend too much money. We have
about [………………..] to cover food and drink for […………………..]. We need
a selection of finger food and soft drinks.
Sam: Excellent We have covered a lot for today. I will book the main college
hall and rooms 10, 11, 12 and 13 this week. I think we need to have about two
more meetings before the conference. The next one we’ll schedule
for [……………..]. Can everyone do that or would Thursday 7th June be
better?
Dave: Me too.
Sam: Last thing to mention before we finish up for today is some things that
Mr Peters, our lovely […………………..], has said. As we said at the beginning,
he hasn’t been so [………………..] about this conference and he has given us
some rules we have to stick to during the con¬ference. I’ve made a photocopy
of them for everyone. I think we should just go through them now to get them
out of the way.
Sam: Well, the first thing Mr Peters said is that we have to make a record of all
the students who [………..] the conference as he wants those […………….]
after the event to check that the money he gave us to organise it was worth it.
He also wants to know which subject each of the students who attended is
going to study at [...……..] to show that we have provided [………..]speakers
at the conference. He said that he doesn’t mind how many speakers we invite
as long as the lectures are [……………..]. The last requirement was that we
help organise the travel arrangements for the speakers. We can discuss
the [………………..] of this in the next meeting.
Kate: That all sounds fairly easy to […………………..]. Did Mr Peters not say
anything about [………………..]the hall and the rooms after? I would have
thought that he would have said something about that
Dave: It would be good to get some help with all that anyway.
Sam: Yes. So, that’s everything then. Let’s go for lunch now, I’m [……………..].
We can speak about the next lot of things at the next meeting.
SECTION 4
Professor: I’d like to introduce our [………………..] today who has come all the
way from Manchester. Dr Paul Harold, the Head of Research in Nutrition at
Manchester University. He is going to talk to us about ways we
can [………………..]our lifestyle and […………..]. This will include watching
what we eat and being more careful about our […………………..]intake as well
as taking regular […………………..]. This is an important [……………..] issue
as many people eat too much […………………..]and the nation as a whole is
fatter than it was one hundred years ago.
Dr Harold: Thank you, James, for your introduction. You are absolutely
right; [………………..]show that the nation is […………………..] than it used
to be and this is due to the long hours that we work and the lack of time we
have to [……………..] healthy meals that are low in fat and […………………..].
There are some simple steps everyone can take to help improve their general
health; maybe lose some weight first; in the long run, it could lower
your [………..] and blood […..…..].
The first thing to do in order to check that your weight is healthy is to work out
your Body Mass Index or BMI. This is a tool that can help you find out if you
are a healthy weight for your height. Obviously the height of a person
will [………………..] what weight they should be. To work out your BMI you
should take your weight in [……………..] and divide it by your height
in [……………..]. Then you divide the results by your height in metres again.
The [……………..] you come up with can be checked on a chart to see if your
BMI is too high, too low or about right Even if your BMI is about where it
shoidd be it is still important to eat a healthy and […………..]diet. A healthy
diet involves consuming […...……..]amounts of all the food groups, including
Well, I hope you have learned some interesting facts from this talk and that it
will help you to change your lifestyles for the better. Thank you for
A. 25%
B. 50%
C. 65%
A. Madrid
B. Barcelona
C. Sainsbury
A. £679
B. £1261
Questions 4 -10
Mcfadden’s Travel
4…………………………………..
5…………………………………..
CLIENT DETAILS:
Number of travellers: 49
SECTION 2:
Question 11 – 12
Questions 13 – 20
SECTION 3
Question 21 – 27
Questions 28 – 30
A. Assurances that the management of Bizz – Educators won’t oppose the deal.
SECTION 4:
Question 31 – 40.
Replacing a normal light bulb with an energy-saving one could save you
37……………. over the lifetime of the bulb.
If you have large windows in your home, you should close the 38 ………………..
Answer key:
1. C
2. A
3. C
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You has to fill each space with the missing word by
listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
James: Hello. McFadden’s Travet James speaking; how may I help you?
Jonathon: Well, the first thing I’d like to know is how long is your
offer [………………..] for? My […………………..] students are planning a
holiday in early April; will they qualify for the […………………..]?
James: The good news is our special offer runs until the end of May.
James: On the contrary, Jonathon. Ifs May not March; you Will qual¬ify for
the discount.
James: And I’m only just getting started; the best news is yet to come.
James: Well, tell me now how many students are you planning to take on this
tour?
James: It most certainly is, which makes your total tour discount hmmmmm,
fifty plus fifteen, […………………..].
James: Well, there is a condition that you must choose your [………………..]
from a list we have […………………………..]. You can’t book a tour to just
anywhere in the world with this discount rate.
Jonathon: Hold on a moment, let me get a pen to write some of this down; it’s
getting […………………..]. Okay, how much will it cost per student?
James: £679
James: […………………..]
Jonathon: Barcelona sounds very good indeed Tell me, what do you mean by
all-inclusive? What does £679 get us?
Jonathon: James, I must say, I’m very glad I called you this morning. This is
a […………………..] deal. It covers flights, accommodation and what else?
James: Plus airport taxis, breakfast every morning, a city tour and [………....].
James: The teachers can travel free of charge with the students. Jonathon:
Well I might just go on this tour myself, I’ve always [………………..] a trip to
Barcelona — ehhhh, ehh but for the children’s sake, of course.
James: Of course. Now, let’s get to work on the booking. Exactly when were
you planning to leave?
Jonathon: It’s either [………………..], let me see_ Yes, 45, exactly 45 students.
No, sorry, in fact that’s 46.1 forgot about Jenny McCarthy, she sent her
application in late so it’s not in the same pile as the rest
James: Yes. your flight is at 7 am on Monday the 7th of April. Arrive at the
airport [………………..] before departure. The flight will take about two and a
half hours and you’ll land at 10:30 am local time. How does that sound?
Jonathon: Sounds great. Can I give you my e-mail address to confirm the rest
of the details?
James: Of course.
James: Great! Well, I think that’s all we need for now, Jonathon. It’s been
a [………………….]doing business with you. If you have any questions please
don’t [………………..]to give me a call. We’ll be in touch next week to confirm
the […………………..] details.
Jonathon: Okay, and thank you very much for your help, James. Bye for now.
SECTION 2
Presenter: Good morning and welcome to the programme. This week we’re
continuing our series of features on [………………..] and I am delighted to
welcome to the show, David McWilliams, widely [………………..] as the most
knowledgeable motor racing […………………..] in England. We’ve invited
David in to talk to us about what is probably the most [………………..]
and [………..] motor racing championship in […………………..] today, that is,
of course, Formula One. David, Formula One is now a [………………..] racing
franchise, but how did it all begin?
David: Well, Formula One has its roots in the [……………..]Grand Prix Motor
Racing championship which began in the [………………..]. After World War
Two, the Grand Prix was [……...…..] into a new championship format, the one
we are familiar with today, Formula One. The “Formula1 stands for the rules
which all the drivers and […………………..]must [……………………..]. The
‘One’ signifies that this racing championship is regarded as the best in the
world. The first world championship race was held in [………………..] at
Silverstone in England. It was won by Italian Guiseppe Farina, in his Alfa
Romeo. Farina narrowly beat his […………………..] Juan Manuel Fangio
of [……………..] to the title, yet it was Fangio who would go on
to […………………………..]the sport for the rest of the decade winning five
world […………………………..]. As the years went by, the sport became a
global […………………………..]and grew from strength to strength, becoming
the biggest [……………………..] sport on the planet.
Presenter: There’s no doubt that Formula One is big business today David, but
what about the real […………………..], the great drivers of Formula One, past
Another very [………………..] driver was Frenchman, Alain Prost Prost won
the drivers’ title four times during his career. His first title victory came
in [………………..] and his last arrived in [……………..]. Of course, Prost will
always be remembered as the driver with the third highest number of
championship […………..], and, perhaps, even more for the fact that he was a
great [……………..] of Ayrton Senna. Those two had many great [………..].
Last but not, by any means, least, Michael Schumacher is the most recent of
these driving greats who [………………..] a mention. His first title was won in
1994, and he continued to [………………..] Formula One until he won his last
title in 2004. […………………..] holds many driving records including most
drivers’ championships, race victories, fastest laps, [………………..] positions,
points scored and most races won in a single season.
He is also regarded as the greatest driver on paper having won seven world
titles.
David: It’s not that simple unfortunately. These drivers all raced in different
eras with different cars and under different […………………..]. I don’t believe
we can say one was the out and out best but rather that each was the best of his
time. That’s [………………..]enough.
SECTION 3
Mary: So _ let’s go over this again. We dont want to make any [……………..]
and we all need to agree we’re making the right […………………..].
John: Absolutely, we’d have to spend a lot of money to buy Bizz- Educators
Inc; almost […………………..]. So let’s get this right, otherwise it’ll be our
necks on the line.
Dave: Well, I for one think this is an excellent opportunity for our company
to […………………………..]and break into a new market. I say we should go
ahead with the […………………………..]. At £10 million, Bizz-Educators is
good value for money.
John: Right then, Dave, let’s start with you. Why is this [……………………..] so
attractive? What are the upsides?
Dave: It’s simple economics. Bizz-Educators has a proven track record and is
an industry leader. It is a […………………..] company with a great name, has
generated excellent goodwill, and has consistently made a gross profit of more
than [……………..] per annum with a great [………………..]return.
In fact, it’s a good thing, not a bad thing. It shows that the company has a clear
and [………………..]strategy going forward. Besides, a £100,000 loss is very
small in real terms. It’s hardly worth being concerned about. That loss will
be [………………..]back within two years if the projected profits for 2012 and
2013 [………………..]. The forecast is for a net profit of £500.000 in 2012 and
£1,000.000 in 2013. The [……………………..]speak for themselves. This is a
sound investment.
John: I have to agree with Dave. Why are you so sceptical Mark? Mark: I see
where Dave is coming from, but we’re […………………..]some vital facts. First
of all, this company wants to remain an independent entity. [……………..]
takeover bids are [……………..]with danger. We know from experience;
remember Davidsville Inc.? We spent a fortune researching that company and
creating a […………………………..] business plan only for the merger to fall
through.
Mary: Mark’s right, it is always difficult to buy a company that doesn’t want to
be sold. Davidsville was a [………………..]. Continue Mark.
Mark: That’s not my only concern. I am also worried that Bizz- Educators is a
production-based company. We have no experience running [………………..]
like that. Our market is [………………..]banking and trading. We would have
to hire outside [………………..]to run Bizz- Educators for us. That’s going to
cost more money. Look, I’m not saying it cant be done; I’m just saving this is a
high-risk […………..]. Plus there’s no synergy. Our business is totally
different, so we can’t save costs by […………..] departments.
John: Well, we can certainly see that this decision is not […………………..], by
any means.
Mary: Mark, have you forgotten that we have to have our […………………..]
ready for tomorrow’s board meeting? That’s when the official decision will be
made.
Dave: Goodness, it almost slipped my mind. Well, we’d best move oa Mary,
John, you were […………………..] before. Now that you’ve listened to the pros
and cons of the proposal, what do you think?
Mary: No-one doubts that it’s a very successful business, but the question is
should we invest? I say we should, provided we can […………………..]the
following: First of all, I would like […………………..]that the management of
Bizz-Educators won’t oppose us [………………..]. That would make the bid too
difficult. Secondly, I think we need to ask an [………………..] mediator to
broker the deal on our behalf. Last time we tried to [……………………..]our
own takeover it was a [……………………..], as Mark said. John: I agree Mary.
I’d also like us to [………………..]another audit of the company’s books.
Mary: Great, then we’re all agreed the takeover should go ahead provided we
proceed [………………..].
SECTION 4
Dr. Martin: Thank you for the kind words Alice. You are quite right we face
an [………………..] climate crisis and it is up to each and every one of us to do
our bit to help stop global warming. Believe it or not, if we all took some simple
steps, we could dramatically reduce our [………..] footprint and help protect
the [……………..]. It is not a […………..], it is not silly […………………..]talk,
one person really can make a difference and I hope that after my speech today,
you will understand how.
But first, what exactly is your carbon […………………..]? Basically, it’s how
much you pollute the environment as an individual, or rather what volume
of […………..]gas is emitted into the atmosphere because of your day-to-
day […………..]. The key to stopping global warming is for each of us
to [………..] our carbon footprint, and if we […………..] energy in the home,
we can achieve some truly dramatic results.
Our homes are actually very […..…..] from an energy conservation […....…..].
Indeed, more than [….…..] of all homes arent insulated enough. This means
that they lose heat and that […………..] waste a lot of energy, not to mention
money, on heating during winter. So the first step is to fit […………..]
insulation in the attic and outer walls of your home. This can reduce your
heating bills by as much as […………..]. What’s more, the government offers
grants to people who want to have their homes […………..] so it isn’t a very
expensive [………..], and you will probably recoup your investment within a
couple of years. I would encourage everyone to consider this course
of [……………..]; both your wallet and the environment will thank you.
Believe it or not, there are even simpler things we can do. For a start, never
paint your [……………..] walls in dark colours. Dark colours [………………..]
heat therefore, you will waste more energy trying to keep you home warm.
Always use light colours on interior walls.
Well, I can only hope you have found this speech […………………………..]and
that I have highlighted the importance of the individual to the cause
of [……………………..]protectioa Thank you for your attention, I’ll hand you
back to Alice now.
conference centre
Accommodation Facilities
9. The receptionist suggests Mr Bryson’s group eat with the other groups
because
10. Before he decides whether to accept the course or not, Mike Bryson will
SECTION 2
Question 11-15
Question 16 – 20
Label the diagram below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each
answer.
B. teacher trainning
C. future employment
D. graduate studies
Questions 23 – 27
A. competitive swimming.
B. teaching beginners.
A. basic horsemanship.
B. late April
C. early May
Questions 28 – 30
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 40
• Students’ tuition can be paid for, in part, if they join the 36____________
• The RAF will sponsor, but students must take up at least 37___________
service commitment.
Student Loans:
Answer Key:
1. Failed exams
2. Archery
3. 8 people
4. 5,6 (5 and 6)
5. 22
6. June 24th
7. £ 425
8. 1304 647864
9. B
10. A
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
SECTION 1
R= Receptionist C= Customer
C: I think we’d like to have an […………………..] visit and some fun at the
same time. I was thinking particularly of some of our children who have failed
exams, and need to […………………..] them next year. .
C: That sounds good. I’ll see if there is any interest. And where would the
children stay?
R: Well, we have the Birch Unit that sleeps […………………..], and Greenback
Row which sleeps the same number. [………………..]1-3 each sleep ten people.
Cabins 5 and 6 sleep […………………..]each. How many young people are you
thinking of bringing?
R: Perfect then I suggest Cabin 3 for the boys, and Cabin 5 for the girls. How
long would you want to stay? Ah, yes, I remember, you said a week, didn’t you,
Mr_?
R: Tell me the dates that would suit you, and we’ll see what we can do.
R: End of June. Let me see.- How about the week starting [………………..].
The week starting Sunday 30th is pretty much booked up.
R: For one week, including lessons, food, […………………..] and all sporting
activities, the cost would be […………..] per child, and [……………………..]
per adult. Could I have your school’s telephone number, please, Mr Bryson?
C: Em, 4304. Sorry, no. 1304. By the way, are you open in the win¬ter? And if
so, what do you offer [……………………..]?
C: Right. What if we want to cook our own meals now and again?
R: Yes, that can be arranged All of the units have their own tiny […………..],
but there are also many outdoor areas where you can cook over an open fire.
We try and have several [………………..]too, which are very popular.
C: That all sounds very [………………..]. I know the kids will be enthusi¬astic,
and the prices sound fair enough, so 111 speak to my […………………..] and
get back to you as soon as possible.
SECTION 2
Staff member
That’s pretty much everything you need to know, but before I finish, let me just
tell you a little more [………………..]about the wonderful animals of the
Petting Zoo. The Petting Zoo is [………………..] into three areas. The area on
the left-hand side is where children can go on rides: [……………………..] the
name Ride Zone. We have a friendly donkey called Dan, and a [………………..]
little pony called Polly. Dan the Donkey and Polly the Pony are joined for this
week only by a very special [………………..]; Larry the Lama. Queue for rides
at the entrance to the […………………..] circle and pay at the Pay Station
located in front of the parents’ sit-and-watch stand.
The centre area is known as the Mini-farm Zone. Here the children can see lots
of different farm animals living just as they would on a real farm. Join Farmer
Tom as he gives [……………………..] tours of the farm and shows the little
ones how to milk the [……………………..]and [……………………..]and how to
feed the [……………………..] old pigs.
SECTION 3
P = Paddy K = Kate
P: Excuse me, I’ve come to enquire about your summer school [……………..].
My name’s Paddy Deans. Please call me Paddy.
P: No, nothing like that I was more interested in your sports pro¬grammes.
You see, I’m a PE teacher, and I’ve just got a new […………………..]. There’s
no [………………..]to do this, but I really want to improve on my teaching and
coaching [………………..], if you see what I mean. I believe you have
an [………………..]swimming programme, for example.
P: That sounds like just what I’m looking for. What will I need for the course?
K: Well, you’ve come to the right place, Paddy, and naturally we can provide a
horse for you. We have a very [………………..] equestrian camp, and dont
worry if you’re a complete beginner – there are no end of other people in your
shoes this year for some reasoa
K: Well, the beginners would start off with basic […………………..]. how to sit
on a horse, how to make it obey simple instructions. you know. But don’t
worry. One of our instructors will have a long chat with you and
define [………………..] goals. Are you interested in […………………..], flat
work or show jumping?
K: That’s fine. You can watch the experienced […………………..] and try a bit
of everything. I’m sure something will grab your […………………..].
P: Fine.
K: You arrive on Sunday and leave after lunch on Thursday. The cost
is [……………………..]. This covers room and board from dinner on the first
day to lunch on the last, […………………..], programme […………………..],
evening recre¬ational activities and use of one of our horses.
K: Oh, yes. They fit in quite nicely, one […………………..]after the other. Now,
was there anything else, Paddy?
P: Well, actually yes, now that I’m here. In my new school I’m having to teach
girls for the first time in my life, and they’re also big on [……………………..]
gymnastics. Now, although I’ve got […………………………..] of experience
with Olympic gymnastics, I don’t feel at all […………………..] to teach
rhythmic.
K: We’ve thought of that, and that’s why it’s a weekend course. Three
weekends to be exact – first three in […………………..].
P: Put me down for that one then. Any idea what the course [……………..]?
K: Well, I know you study the different events like hoop, […………………..],
ball, Indian clubs and so on, and you take a dance course.
P: A dance course! But I’m the world’s worst dancer. You should see me do
the [………………..].
K: No, Paddy, it’s not that type of dancing. It’s called educational dance, and
teaches you to be [……………..]of your body, and to [………………..]music.
Very important if you want to teach rhythmic gymnastics.
P: Well, I suppose I’d better try that too. All right, give me the [……………..].
SECTION 4
When your child is 16, you should start putting [………………..]what you can,
but there’s no way you’ll be able to fund a degree on savings alone. If your child
is a gifted [……………………..], you may be able to [………………..]a sports
scholarship.
If you haven’t put any money aside, your […………………..] will almost
certainly need to get a student loan – by far the best way for him or her to
borrow. The maximum yearly […………………..] is about […………………..].
There are two reasons why the loan is so […………………………..]; firstly, the
index-linked interest rate is very low, far lower than you’d get from the bank.
Secondly, you dont have to start paying it back until you’ve left university and
you start earning a […………………………..]salary. Now, a few more things to
look at…
http://ieltsmaterial.com/ielts-listening-practice-44/
Questions 1-5
Complete the notes below.
City: Newcastle
Postcode: 8………………………………………
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 20
Complete the notes below.
To get a student visa you must make a folder of health information including:
• vaccination 11………………………………………………..
• proof you don’t have a serious 12 ……………………..
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 23
Which opinion does each person express about filling out the evaluation
forms?
Choose your answer from the box and write the letters A – F next to
questions 21 – 23.
Joshua 21………….
Ethan 22…………
Lily 23…………
Questions 24 – 30
Complete the table below.
Opinions about
Lily Joshua Ethan
project:
Initial
Suggested 24………………… 25………………….. 26………………………
Rating
choice between
Good Points nothing specific 27……………………
28……………………..
Stage 2: Growth
• Step 1
• Step 2
Stage 3: Maturity
• Step 1
• Step 2
Answer key:
1. £240
2. Fitness centre
3. Swimming pool
4. Trainers
5. Midnight/24.00
6. Fleet
7. 24 Whitehall Close
8. NEO 1EN
9. 9765 484 493
10. Electricity bill
11. Records
12. Contagious disease
13. Travel medicine
14. Medication
15. Health issues
16. Present
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You has to fill each space with the missing word by
listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
S: Yes, hi. I’m interested in finding out some information about [………….].
S: Oh. That’s quite expensive. It’s a shame I didn’t take [……………….]of the
athletics facility when I was a student here. I’ll have to think about this.
You know, someone to teach me to use the machines and maybe help
me [……......……….]a training programme to reach my goals?
E Sorry, can you please spell the street name for me?
S: No, sorry. The last three numbers are 4-9-3, not 94-3.
E Ok. Now, you’ll need to pay when you come for the first time, and you can
either pay by cash or […………………………….]
E Fine. And be sure to bring some sort of proof of address, like a bill
or […………………………….][…………………………….].
SECTION 2
Hello there; good afternoon. Thank you for finding the time in your
busy […………………….]to come to the […………………….]student office’s
first ori¬entation meeting for students going abroad, to South America
next [……………………….]. By the way, if you haven’t already signed next to
your name on our […………….] lists – they’re located on the table at
the [……………….]of the [………………….]– be sure to do it on your way out.
Remember, this orientation meeting is […………………….], so you need to
make sure we know that you’re here.
Now, I want to talk in a bit more detail about some important health [……….]
that many of you will face. First of all I want to say a few things about Malaria,
which will apply to most of you with South American destinations. In most
South American countries, [………………….] is present in some areas, but not
in others. In Brazil, for example, the Amazon basin is a high-risk area, while
the [………………….] cities, such as Rio de Janeiro and Sao Paulo, have a very
low risk of malaria. So, if you will be studying in Sao Paulo, you will not need
to take medication for malaria. However, if you are studying in Sao Paulo and
doing [………………….]somewhere in the Amazon basin, then you will need
medication. [………………….], if you plan to travel into rural regions, then you
will need medication. You should be [………………….]about what your plans
are, and if you decide not to take malaria medication, keep informed and
don’t [………………….]to a high-risk area. We’ve had two instances of students
returning with malaria in the last […………………….], and both cases had to
do with […………………….] travel after their studies to areas with a high risk
of malaria
SECTION 3
L Joshua! Ethan! Wait; don’t leave yet. We have to fill in an […………….] form
to hand in with our final project.
E: Not another one! We’ve done one of these forms after each […………….] all
term! It’s a bit of a waste of time, if you ask me.
L They just want to give us a […………………….]to have our say about the
project.
E: You’re right; I’ll do that. And it’ll be easier than making something up! But
even if we had […………………….]and wrote them down, do you think anyone
reads them? I rather doubt it
L Of course they do! Remember in the first term, when there were some
problems with people in some [………………….] not doing their fair share of
the work? There were lots of [………………….]about this on the evaluation
forms, and so Dr. Smith came and talked to us about it, and decided to add
the [……………….] evaluation forms so we could each […………………….]our
other group members’ effort. That was a really important [………………….].
J: See, Ethan, without the evaluation forms, we wouldn’t have the opportunity
to report what a [………………….] you are!
L Yeah, it’s easy to joke around because we’re a good team. My last team wasn’t
so good though, and I was really […………………….]for those forms.
L Okay, first we have to rate the project from one to five, and com¬ment on
any good or bad points.
J: Um_. Why four and not five? I don’t really think there was much wrong with
it. It was a good project. The tasks were well thought out. Not like the last one
where one of the tasks was [……………………….] because there was no
research on the subject.
L So what about good points? Josh said it’s well thought out anything else?
L Yes, you’re right. Unfortunately, I thought they were both bor¬ing! I’m
sounding a bit […………….], aren’t I? I cant think of any [……………….] good
points.
E Yeah. I’m going [………………….] tomorrow and I have to pack! But back to
the topic. I haven’t got an opinion about bad points; Lily’s already said her
share, what about you Joshua? Any […………………….]?
J: No, I think it was a good project. Um„ If I had to say something I guess it
would be the time […………………….]. I think they should have given us more
time to do this final project since it was a larger part of our grade. But I don’t
think that’s a big deal.
L Ok. I think we’re done. We just have to do the individual evaluation forms
and that’s it.
Don’t expect to make money during the Market Introduction Stage. The focus
should be solely on creating brand awareness.
Then we move into the Growth phase. Now here costs will reduce [………….]
as sales rise and economies of scale in production begin to kick in. Public
awareness of the product has increased and the focus of the
marketing [………………….] will now switch more from creating awareness to
generating customer […………………….] and brand recognition. The first step
for the marketing [……………….] is to find a way to reward return customers
for their loyalty – in other words, provide them with an […………………….] to
continue coming back.
During the growth phase, several new competitors are likely to emerge
as [………………….] threats to the business. The next step for the marketing
team, then, is to differentiate their brand from the [………………….] on the
market. Unless customers see your product as […………………….] from the
competitors’, they really have no reason to remain loyal to it; therefore, this
brand differentiation that I have just spoken of is […………………….].
The final stage in the product life cycle is Saturation and Decline. Some would
argue that reaching this stage is a natural […………………….]for every
product. However, there is a growing belief that, should the marketing
department do its job [………………….], the product should [………………….]
and never really fall into decline. We’ll […………………………….]this debate a
little more closely next time.
Example:
1. What arc the regulations for the underground parking area, level 1?
C Your car will be towed away and you will pay a fine.
A by car
B by rail
C by bus
Questions 5-10
Complete the release form below.
Name: 5………………………………………...............
Address: 6……………………………………................
District: 7……………………………………..................
Faculty: 8……………………………………...................
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 14
What facilities are available at each campsite?
Questions 15 – 20
Label the map below.
A. Laura
B. Jamie
C. Denise
Questions 26 – 30
Complete the flow-chart below.
Choose SIX answers from the box and write the correct letter, A – G, next to
questions 26 – 30.
Pampas 26 40……….... 6
Answer key:
1. B
2. C
3. B
4. C
5. Julie Karas
6. 15 Fremont Avenue
7. Hawkesly
8. Science
9. IKE 614T
10. Fiat Panda
11. B
12. C
13. C
14. A
15. C
16. E
17. H
18. I
19. D
20. F
21. C
22. B
23. A
24. A
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You has to fill each space with the missing word by
listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
V: Was it locked?
J: Well, I think I locked it. You know, I was thinking of my class at the time
because I was running late, so I’m not […………………………….]sure.
V: Don’t you know that area is for [………………………….]students and not for
undergraduate students? Did you get a parking [………………….]from Student
Services?
J: Oh, no. It’s the first time I’ve brought my car. I usually [……………….]the
train in.
V: Yes. Go to the [……………….]at Student Services and ask what you have to
do to get your car back. You’ll probably have to get your car out of
the [………………….], and also pay a fine.
V: I know it’s [………………….], but it’s the only way the [……………….]can
control how many people park on the grounds. There’s just not enough parking
to [………………….]all the students.
J: Yes, I was told to come here because I seem to have lost my car C: What do
you mean?
J: Well, it’s the first time I’ve brought my car and I didn’t realise there
were [……………………….], and I think it might have been towed.
J: No, undergraduate.
C: Okay, we’ll have to fill out a release form for the compound com¬pany
where your car has been taken. I’ll just need to get some […………………….].
Your name?
J: H-A-W-K-E-S-L-E-Y.
C: [……………………….]?
J: Pm in Political Science.
J: Yes.
J: It’s KIE 6… No, sorry, I always get that wrong. It’s [……………………….]
J: The model?
J: Oh, um, […………………….],1 think, and it’s white. Well, actually it’s cream.
J: No, 1998.
C: 1998. What I’ll do is give the car compound a call, and see if they have it in
their [………………….].
SECTION 2
The trail begins at Nitmiluk Centre, where you must [………….]and pay a
deposit of [………………….]. After registering, you may begin your trek. You’ll
follow the trail overlooking 17 Mile Creek on your left for [………….] until you
reach the first campsite. Biddlecombe [………….], where you’ll stop for the
night.
There’s a marked trail from the campsite to the Crystal Fall viewpoint. Crystal
Falls is [……………….] high, and it’s breathtaking, so be sure to have a look.
The next day you’ll change direction and head west across a valley and then
north-west again for about 95 kilometres. The track is quite even and flat for
the first part of the day, which is a welcome [………………….]from the rocky
ground of […………………….] days. Before you reach the next campsite, you
will pass. The Amphitheatre’ – a butterfly and frog filled [……………….]that’s
important to the …….] people who have left intricate rock paintings on the
rock walls. A few kilometres further you’ll come to […………….]campsite
beside a series of rock pools and small cascades above 17 Mile Falls Creek.
There is a [………………….] over the falls that shouldn’t be missed, and is
particularly beauti¬ful at […………….].
On day four you’ll take your longest hike, 15 and a half kilometres, going to the
west. You’ll cross a boggy area as you [……………….]the Edith River. If you’re
tired you may camp here, where you first cross Edith River, or instead follow
the river south, crossing it several more times before you reach the campsite at
Sandy Camp Pool, where you can spend the last night of your [……………….]
camping on a sandy beach beside a [………….]waterhole.
SECTION 3
D: You mean like what happened in [……………….] when the whole science
block had to be […………………………….]?
D: Professor Mills told us about it on the first day of class. It was […………….]!
J: Yeah, but I reckon some people must have gotten into a lot of trouble.
L Actually, the approval process isn’t as bad as that. We can’t really call it a
punishment! It seems really very long and [………………….] at first, because
you’ll have to get a lot of different tasks [………………….] for approval by a lot
of different staff members, and I’m sure most of them will have various
concerns and […………………….]. But my aim today is to break down the
process, and explain all the different steps to you, so that it doesn’t seem quite
so bad.
L All right, let’s get started. As I said before, a number of different staff
members will be giving you [……………….], and they may not always agree, so
just to keep things clear, you should remember that the [………………….]
supervisor has the final say about whether or not an […………………….]may
be done here, in our laboratory. Your professor has the final say on whether
you can do a [……………….]experiment for your project, provided
it’s […………………….]by the laboratory, and I’ve got the final say on how it
may be done.
So, the first step is that you will fill out this safety […………………….] form.
You will have to have a fairly clear idea of your experiment, because you’ll need
to list all the […………….] you’ll be using, the […………………….]you’ll be
using for each one, and the nature of the reactions that you’ll carry out. You’ll
also be required to [………….] a week-by-week […………….] so that we can be
sure that whatever […………….] you’re working with won’t prove to
be [……………….]if they get mixed up with whatever the person next to you on
the […………………….] is getting up to. Really, for most of you this assessment
form will be quite [………………….] because you’re simply not going to be
working with anything very dangerous. But for some of you, particularly if you
are working with any […………………….]substances, it could be a bit
more […………………….]. You might have to justify the use of certain
substances, or only be allowed to use them on particular days.
Now then, after you’ve filled out your safety [……………….]form, and given a
copy to your professor, you will submit it to the laboratory [……………….],
and he’ll review it. This could take a couple of weeks so do it early, dont leave it
to the last minute; he’s a busy man.
J: Uh I have a question
L Yes, Jamie?
J: Er, so if we have to wait weeks for the laboratory supervisor to give his
approval, and then we have to [……………….] the form, uh, we’re going to be
quite behind our […………….] who got approval on their first go. That’s a bit
unfair, isn’t it? I mean, some people are going to have an […………….]of
several weeks over other people.
L Well, you needn’t really worry about getting behind at this [……………….];
after all, you’ll have six months to work on your final project. And you’ll only
get a two-week block of laboratory time, anyway, so there’s time to wait for the
laboratory supervisor, provided you get started [……………….]and don’t leave
it all to the last […………………….]! Also, don’t forget that this is only one
step; there are plenty of other steps for other students to get [……………….]on
farther down the line It will all [………………….]
L Then you’ll come up with another one. Don’t get too […………………….]to
your project in the beginning. Projects get turned down. Let’s see, last year I
think only […………………….]got approval on their first go.
L Out of…. about 45,1 think; there are less of you this year.
L RA stands for research […………………….], like Jess, over there, in the lab
coat. Hi, Jess! Now, once your professor has approved your project, you will
need to write up a set of experiment safety [………………….]guidelines. This
will include all the [……………………….]steps you’ll take to keep safe, and
exactly what you’ll do if you have a […………………….]or some such thing.
D: How will we know all this? We’ve got no experience in the laboratory. L
Well, after your professor [………………….] your project, he’ll […………….] an
RA to help you write the experimental safety procedure [……………………….].
You won’t be on your own Finally, once that’s written, you’ll give it to the
laboratory [………………….], that’s me. for approval. If I approve it then you
can begin your experiment If there are problems, we’ll sit down together and
talk about it, then you and your assigned RA will come up with a way of
making your experiment completely safe to […………………….], you’ll re-do
the guidelines, and give it to me again, until it’s approved. But the RAs know
what they’re doing so I don’t expect there will be too many problems. Ok? Any
questions?
SECTION 4
All right, let’s take a look at this map of Brazil. The largest biome in Brazil is
the Amazonian Rainforest Biofne. which you can see [……………….]in the
north of the country. It’s one of two rainforest […………….]in Brazil; the
second being the Atlantic rainforest Biome. which is located in a […………….]
narrow strip running up the eastern Atlantic [………………….] In the very
southernmost part of Brazil, bordered by the Atlantic [……………….], lies the
very small and relatively [……………….] Pampas biome. which is grassland.
Finally, stretching like a belt across the middle of the country, between the two
rainforest [………………….], lie the Pantanal, the Cerrado, and the Caatinga.
Starting at the left of the map, you can see the [……………………….] of the
three, which is the Pantanal Biome a unique [………………….] flooded wetland
area. In the centre of the country is the Cerrado. the second largest biome in
Brazil. Cerrado is tropical savannah – a [……………….]of grassland
and [……………………….]forest that experiences a short dry season. Finally,
the last biome. called [………………….]. is located between the Cerrado and
the Atlantic forest in the north east of the country. The Caatinga has a very
long dry season, lasting [………………….], and is covered in deciduous scrub.
The second largest biome in Brazil is the Cerrado, which is a tropical savannah
environment made up of [………………….]trees and drought-resistant grasses.
The Cerrado also contains a huge […………………………….]; it’s estimated
that one third of Brazil’s plant and animal species are located in this region.
Next, we have the biome called the Caatinga, which is a tropical dryland with a
dry season that lasts 8 or 9 months of the year. Vegetation is deciduous, sparse
and […………….], and contains a high num¬ber of species [……………….] to
Brazil. Agriculture is limited by the lack of water but this biome
supports [……………….] goats and 8.1 million sheep, besides 23.9 million
cattle.
The Pantanal Biome, a wetland formed by the flooding of the rivers of the
Paraguay basin, is the world’s biggest flooded plain. Vegetation
is […………………….] and variable; it consists of tall grasses, bushes, and
widely [……………………….] trees similar to those of the Cerrado, except that
in the Pantanal they are partially […………………….] for a portion of the year.
Three million cattle are raised in this biome. however the available grazing
area is […………………….] by flooding so large areas can sus¬tain only low
numbers of animals. UNESCO recognizes it as a “World Biosphere Reserve*
and also as a “World Natural […………………….]Site.” Eco¬tourism is
becoming important in this region, which […………………….] the economic
activity.
The Atlantic Rain Forest is the most […………………….] biome in Brazil and
also its most [………………….] region. It’s the most important agricultiral and
industrial area of the country. It supports [………………….] cattle, and most of
the country’s dairy production takes place there. More than [……………….] of
the Brazilian population, the largest Brazilian cities and the production of
about [……………….] of Brazil’s gross [………………….] product are all
located in what used to be the Atlantic Forest. Today, as a result, less
than [………………….] of the Atlantic forest is left. The Biome is also
beginning to be recognised as […………………….] very important; in the state
of Bahia, for example, international researchers have […………………….] a
world record of 458 tree species in a single […………………….] of Atlantic
Forest. That is even more diverse than the Amazon rain forest. At the moment,
less than 2% of the remaining Atlantic forest is under pro-[…………………….]
Finally, the Brazilian Pampas Biome has a temperate climate – it’s the only
biome in Brazil that is not tropical. Grasslands […..................….]
with [……...…….]and trees are the dominant vegetatioa. The shallow soil,
origi¬nating from sedimentary rocks, often has an extremely sandy texture
that makes it fragile and highly […………………….]to water and
wind [………………….].
All right, so, next week we will go into more detail about the
economic [……….....….] of the Brazilian [……....……..] in relation to the
development of each of these biomes.
Example: Answer.
Troubleshooting checklist:
Restarted computer
Appointment
Location: 5………………………………..
Fee: 9………………………………….for the first hour’s work, then £40 per hour
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 17
Choose the correct letter, A, B or C.
B. extensive travel.
C. clean water.
C. to encourage Helen
B. were suspicious.
C. took no notice.
B. the care she took with her appearance C that she was wearing a green
uniform
Questions 18 – 20
In what THREE ways did the new well improve Helen’s life?
18…………………………… 19…………………………….
20……………………………..
A. Her children enjoyed better health E. She had more choices and options
B. It increased her household income F. She made new friends in her village
SECTION 3
Questions 21 – 25
Complete the sentences below.
22. Everyone Jessica knows is rather ………………………. about how to ask for
references.
25. The majority of …………………….. are in the spring or early summer when
students start thinking about their future.
Choose FIVE answers from the box and write the correct letter A –
G next to questions 26 – 30.
Say what 27…………………………. you took and when you took it.
A. message
B. meeting
C. information
D. exam
E. telephone call
F. course
G. email
Review – Last lecture we talked about how physical features apply to:
▪ living primates
▪ classification
▪ 31………………………
▪ Human evolution is not just about how people have 32…………………….. but
also about how our behaviour evolved.
• The most notable thing about humans is not just that they walk on two legs
but that they can 33……………………….
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You has to fill each space with the missing word by
listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
SECTION 1
M = computer technician
Nt Ah, the dreaded blue screen. I think I can do something about it – it’s my
job after all. There are a few different […………………………….], though, that
could be going on with your computer. You’ve tried […………………………….]
it, right?
F: Yes.
Nt Never mind I’ll have to come and have a look at your computer.
M: Well, I’m at a job at the moment, and my wife and kids are expecting me
home by 8 for dinner.
M: Well, you’re in luck. I have to pass your area on my way home anyway. Now
I should be […………………………….]here by half past seven, so what about
around […………………………….]? Is that ok?
F: […………………………….]
F: The same.
F: Thanks. Ah, can I ask you how much it’s going to cost?
F: Oh, gosh. That’s rather expensive. How long do you think it will take?
M: A cheque is fine.
M: OK. bye.
SECTION 2
This is when I met Helen Apis. She told me about the new [………………….]
well in her village. “I am happy now,” Helen […………………………….]. “I have
time to eat, my children can go to school. And I can even work in my garden,
take a shower and then come back for more water if I want! I am bathing so
well”
But all I noticed was Helen’s [………………….] face, the fresh flowers in her
hair, and the lovely green dress she wore for special […………………………….].
Touching her […………………….], I replied, “Well, you look great” “Yes,” she
paused. Placing both hands on my shoulders and smiling, she said, “Now, I am
beautiful.” That really hit me. My job is to focus on […………….] development,
health, [……………….] and […………….]; to make sure Charity-Wateris
projects are work¬ing in 20 years. But nowhere on any of my surveys
or [………………….]was a place to write. Today we made someone feel
beautiful.”
With the new well in her village, her life was […………………………….].
She now had choices: free time: options. Also, Helen had been chosen to be the
Water Committee […………………………….], collecting nominal fees
from […………………………….]to use for the maintenance of their well. Water
Committees are often the first time women ever get elected
to […………………………….]positions in villages. Last month, Helen was
standing in line waiting for water. This month, she’s standing up for
her […………………………….]. And now, she is beautiful.
SECTION 3
J: Hello Dr. Kitching, my name’s Jessica. I work for the student […………….].
I called you last week to ask if I could [……………….] you for an article about
how to ask for […………………………….].
It Yes, I have got some advice I can share on this topic. Where shall we begin?
J: My goodness! That’s nearly five per month! It’s more than one per week!
K: Yes, it’s part of the job. Of course, because I’m an advisor, students probably
feel like I know them rather better than some pro¬fessors, so I probably get a
few more than I would […………………………….].
It Yes, that’s probably the biggest issue students face in getting references. You
will […………………………….]have to contact former Professors even if you
have never spoken to them outside of class. Following on this, if I were giving
a […………………………….]student advice, I would say to make sure you’ve
had […………………………….]with several Professors outside of class so you
won’t be a […………………………….]. All it takes is visiting during office
hours, even if it’s just to say “Hello, I’m enjoying your [………………….]“.
K: Yes, that would be ideal. I would suggest giving the information first over
the phone, then follow up by […………………….]it to your professor. During
the phone conversation, ask if you could meet […………………….]. This will be
both a physical reminder of who you are and also another chance to make a
good […………………….].
K: Yes; for example, I was recently called by a student from […………….] ago!
He lived in another country. I really didn’t recall him.
It I, like most Professors I know, never say anything negative about the
student; however it is what is [……………………….]that can say it all. So you
really want to make sure you’re remembered in a [……………….]way and have
left a good […………………….].
J: Ok, thanks very much for all this information. The story should come out in
our next printing, so if you’re interested I’ll drop one copy over to you.
Section 4
Now, if I asked you to define what is meant by the term “human”, you could
probably, hopefully, give me a list of [……………………….]that physically
define us. But at a [……………………….]level, I would hope that what you’d be
really proud of is not that we normally walk on two legs, but that we can reason
and [………………….]. Descartes put it […………………………….]: “I think,
therefore I am” although, [………………….], not quite in this context.
This lecture isn’t about human [………………….]per se, but about primate
behaviour in general, and animal behaviour too, since just as we can use the
physical characteristics of living primates to give us clues and [……………….]
into the physical characteristics of human […………….], so we hope that the
Example Answer
1………………………………….
2…………………………………
The Eurostar:
SECTION 2
Questions 11 – 15
Complete the table below.
17. hotel
SECTION 3
Choose your answer from the box and write the letters A – D next
to questions 21 – 25.
A David
B Thomas
C Sophie
D Lynn
When things don’t make sense I think it’s my mistake at first 21………
Questions 26 – 30
Complete the sentences below.
SECTION 4
Questions 31 – 40
Complete the notes below.
cause 35……………….. deaths per year; more than any other infectious disease
age – babies and the elderly are more likely to become sick
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You has to fill each space with the missing word by
listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
Section 1
M: Hi.
F: That depends on your travel date and availability of tickets, but you
can [………………….]to pay about […………………………….]each way for the
car, in addition to your […………………………….]fares.
F: No; will you be using your car a lot while you’re in France?
F: Driving is never the easiest way to get from the UK to France, I’m afraid!
And of course, your [………………….] wheel will be on the wrong side when
you get there! If you’re not going to need your car when
It’s much faster, more affordable and you can take as much luggage as you
need, there aren’t limits.
M: All right, so it’s easy to get to Paris, but what about Nice? It’s a fair bit
farther.
F: Yes, but it couldn’t be easier. There are two main options; you can leave
London at seven twenty-seven in the morning, then […………………………….]
in Paris to catch the TGV train at […………………………….], which takes about
five and a half hours, and be in Nice in time for an evening meal. Or, you can
take any Eurostar to Paris in time to catch the twentv-two twenty-five from
Paris, which arrives in Nice at […………………………….]. It’s a longer journey,
but many people prefer the […………………………….]of travelling overnight.
M: Yes, that appeals to me. About how much does the overnight journey cost?
F: The example I’ve pulled up on the computer now costs a hundred and
thirty-five pounds return, but sometimes it’s lower as low
M: Thanks, that’s great _ oh _ one more thing. Ill need a single fare, because I
won’t be returning for a while. Is that going to be more [……………………….] ?
Nt Ok, this sounds good, but what about flying? Is that an option?
F: If you aren’t going to opt for taking the train, flying is another good option.
While the train’s the […………………………….]way to travel from London to
Paris, you can actually save time by opting to fly from London to the South of
France.
F: Yes; the Nice Cote d’Azur Airport. It’s about […………………………….] from
the centre of Nice. Since it’s the third most important airport in France after
Charles de Gaulle and Orly in Paris, there’s no […………………………….]of
flights.
F: Two hours.
M: That’s quick!
F: Yes, but you need to consider that you’ll lose time checking in and waiting to
collect luggage and such. And of course, there’s a […………………………….]
allowance.
M: True. All right, thanks very much for your help. I’ve got a lot to think about
now.
Section 2
SECTION 3
L Sophie, it’s awful Marlena just opens her mouth and I’m [……………….].
Really, she…
L Maybe you do, Thomas, but we’re not all […………………………….]. Really,
I’ll be so worried that I’ve got it all wrong, then people start asking questions,
and by and by we figure out that she’s […………………………….]something up.
L No, it’s awful I don’t know how she got through her undergraduate studies,
much less got […………………………….]as a […………………………….]here.
You’d think our professor would have some idea about her abilities.
S: Has anyone ever gone up and asked her for help […………………………….]?
T: You’re right, David. Really, it’s more like one of our […………………….]is
trying to help us out, but you know, our mates aren’t so […………………….] of
us!
SECTION 4
But now, strains that are […………………………….]to a single drug have been
documented in every country […………………………….]what’s more, strains of
TB resist¬ant to all major anti-TB drugs have emerged. Drug-resistant TB is
caused by […………………………….]or partial treatment, when patients do not
take all their medicines regularly for the required period because they start to
feel better because doctors and health workers […………………………….]the
wrong treatment […………………………….], or because the drug supply is
unreli¬able.
Example passport
1 …………………………….
2 …………………………….
3 …………………………….
4 …………………………….
Where? 6 …………………………….
Questions 8-10
Match the places in Questions 8-10 to the appropriate letters A-H
on the map.
What to do How to do it
Questions 15-20
Complete the notes below.
At the interview
After you hear the question, you can 16…………………………….before you reply.
Wait for them to offer you the job before you say what 18…………………………….
you want.
SECTION 3
Questions 21-24
Complete the summary below by writing NO MORE THAN THREE
WORDS in the spaces provided.
Questions 25-29
Write the appropriate letters A-C against questions 25-29.
B Fluid Mechanics
Question 30
30 Which chart shows the percentage of private study time on the Spanish 1A
module?
SECTION 4
Questions 31-33
Label the diagram. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR
A NUMBER for each answer.
Questions 34-36
Choose from letters A-C and write them on your answer sheet.
Questions 37-40
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.
Answer key
1. driving license
2. benefit book
3. insurance certificate
4. electricity bill
5. 9.30 – 3.30
6. ground floor
7. no/ nothing
8. F
9. A
10. C
11. work samples
12. job description
13. employees
14. experience or skills
15. ten minutes
16. take your time
17. ask for clarification
18. salary
19. confident
20. appearance
21. university
22. interesting
23. vocational
24. careers service
25. A
26. C
27. B
28. A
29. C
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You has to fill each space with the missing word by
listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
Section 1
TERRY Expats Helpline; Terry Davies here. What can I do for you?
SAM Hello Terry, I’ve been in this country for a while and I’ve just
been [………………………………]a job in the city, so I think I’m going to need
to open a [………………………………]. I haven’t had one before, so I’m
wondering what papers I need.
TERRY And for some banks, at least, that means you’ll have to show them
two [………………………………]pieces of [………………………………], so I’ll
run through the list if you like.
TERRY OK, I’ll bring it up on the screen. Let’s see … here it is … right, the first
thing it says is ‘a valid [………………………………].
TERRY Yes, that would be fine of course. The next one is ‘a […………………],
and again one from your country would be OK. Then that’s followed by
‘birth [………………………………]… oh hang on, that’s only if you’re under 18.
TERRY Right, so not that then. But you can also show them a
‘[………………………] book’, for instance if you’re in […………………………] or
unemployed or getting income support.
TERRY Well that’s not actually on the list; so we’ll have to […………………]
you can’t.
TERRY Again, there are several possible things listed here. For instance you
could use a bill for [………………………………], or something else for where
you live, such as an insurance [………………………………].
SAM I’ve got one of those. Somewhere among all my papers. But what about
bills? Things like phone bills, I mean.
TERRY Ah – I’m afraid it would have to be for a fixed line phone. You could
use other types of [………………………………]bill, though. As long as you get
them through the post.
SAM How about an electricity bill? That’ll say where I live, won’t it?
TERRY There’s one other you might want to use: a ‘vehicle […………………]
document’. If you have a car or motorbike or something, of course.
TERRY Yes, that would seem to make sense. I know people who bank there.
SAM Sure.
TERRY I’m just looking for that, it’s on a different page for some reason … I
think there’s been a change at some banks in the last year or so … yes here it is
… it’s open from [………………………………]in the morning till half past three
in the afternoon.
SAM And it’s on the top floor of the main Centre building is it, next to
the [………………………………]?
TERRY That’s where it used to be, but they’ve since moved it to a [……………]
bigger place. It’s on the ground floor now.
SAM And one last thing on this: I know most banks give [……………………] to
young people to open accounts with them, but [………………………………]this
one didn’t. Do you know if they are offering anything these days?
TERRY I’ll just check … I’m sure they’d say so on their ‘new clients’ page if they
were … no, there’s nothing [………………………………]there.
SAM That’s a pity. I was quite looking forward to getting my free gift!
SAM Can you tell me how to get to a couple of them? I know where the
Commercial Centre is, so that’s probably my best starting place.
TERRY Sure. For the Royal Bank you need to turn left when you leave the
Centre, go along Market Street past the Post Office, and turn left up Bridge
Street, past the [………………………………]. Then you take the first right.
You’ll see an Internet café on the other side and the […………………………] is
just a bit further along on the right, directly [………………………………]the
Park Hotel.
SAM OK, I’ve got that. What about the Northern Bank?
TERRY For that one you turn right as you come out of the Centre, and go along
Market Street until you come to the [………………………]with West Street.
There^you turn right again, and carry on up as far as the next junction, where
you take a left. You’ll see the bank from there: it’s the [………………] on the
right.
TERRY You can go either way from the Centre, really: up West Street or Bridge
Street and then along past City Hall. The bank is on the other side of the road,
right next to the Tourist Office. You can’t miss it.
SAM Bye
Sandy During an interview it’s important that you be yourself. Get a good
night’s sleep and plan your travel to be there in plenty of time, so that you’re
Section 3
PAT Yes, there’s something I’ve been wondering about: will my choice affect
my career [………………………………]?
TUTOR Well, for most students the choice of Level One modules won t
be […………………] in terms of a later career. In fact, many […………………]
level jobs will accept graduates from a range of degree courses. Employers will
often be at least as interested in how well a student
has [………………………………]academically, and how the whole experience of
university has [………………………………]the student as a person, as in the
detail of the course options chosen. Selecting modules that will interest you
and in which you think you will be [………………………………]successful is
therefore also likely to make good [………………………………]in career terms.
On certain degree courses, though, module choice can be [………………]. This
applies mainly to [………………………………]courses where the degree confers
an [………………………………]professional training as well as university
education. Usually the modules students are required to take will include all
those [………………………………]to meet those professional requirements.
Your academic [………………], in this case Chemical and Process Engineering,
and the university’s Careers Service will be able to [……………………] you, and
will be pleased to help you sort out anything you’re not certain about. pat
Right.
RAJAV I’d like to ask a few things about the Applied […………………]
Engineering module.
TUTOR Some that might surprise you. One that students always seem to like
includes interviewing [………………………………], presentation skills and
producing written reports.
RAJAV Is that the same for the Information Technology part of the module?
TUTOR Yes, things like word processing and learning to create [……………]
are tested in a similar way on this [………………………………].
The work on flow analysis looks interesting and I like the look of some of the
other topics, too. So how is that module [………………………………]?
TUTOR That’s one of those which still uses written exams. The sit-down,
formal type I’m [………………………………]!
SONIA It sounds interesting. I did some Spanish at the Cervantes Institute last
year. Passed an exam, in fact.
TUTOR Ah, I’m afraid that means you can’t do 1 A. The regulations say‘this
module may NOT be taken by students with a [………………………………]in
Spanish’. Though you could do IB …
Questions 7-10
Complete the sentences below.
The labels on Dan’s luggage must state ‘Mr & Mrs 7……………………………. and
their address.
Dan should practise carrying his luggage for a minimum distance of 10………..
C. Old universities can present particular difficulties for the disabled. D All
university buildings have to provide facilities for the disabled. E There arc very
few university disability advisors.
Questions 14-19
Complete the table below.
Disability Facilities
use of computer
Dyslexia
18__________ to finish work
Question 20
Choose the correct letter A, B, C or D.
SECTION 3
Questions 21-26
Complete the notes below using letters A-F from the box.
21 …………
22 …………
23 …………
24 …………
25 …………
26 …………
Questions 27-30
Choose the correct letters A, B, C, or D.
B the same room you will have for the rest of the year.
C 20°C.
A 30 minutes
B 20 minutes
C 15 minutes
D 10 minutes
B Sunday to Friday.
C Monday to Friday.
D Monday to Saturday.
SECTION 4
38 A multibreak shell
Answer key:
1. A
The texts below are transcript for your IELTS Listening Practice Test. To
make the most out of this transcript, we removed some words from the texts
and replaced with spaces. You has to fill each space with the missing word by
listening to the audio for this IELTS listening practice test.
Section 1
LISA Homestay Language Learning; Lisa McDowEll here. How can I help you?
DAN Yes, I’ve got all those in order, I think. What I’m really wondering about
are money and clothes, and things for my room. Personal [………………], in
other words.
DAN OK. Now the next thing is which clothes to bring. What do think?
DAN Thanks for the warning! Now something else I’m not sure about is
whether to bring my computer. It’s a laptop, so it won’t take up much room.
LISA Usually, yes. But because of all the tight security right now you may have
to check it in. So my advice is to leave yours at home.
DAN OK, I think I will. Is there anything else you’d advise against bringing?
DAN Yes?
LISA Yes – some photographs of people and places that are […………………]
to you could be nice. They can really make your room feel like home. It’s just a
thought.
LISA Just a few points about packing: make sure all your cases are
clearly [………………………………], in English, with your host family’s name
and address. Just in case they go missing on the way. It has been known to
happen.
DAN Yes, for the flight. Wearing them helps prevent deep-vein [………………]
when you’re flying long distances, not getting any exercise.
LISA Oh yes … I’ve heard about that. Now talking about exercise, there’s one
last thing. When you’ve packed your [………………………………], check you
can carry it – all of it – at least [………………………………], without any help.
You may have to do that!
DAN OK. Well, thanks for all your help. You’ve cleared up a lot of points.
DAN Bye.
Section 2
But, having said that, only you can properly understand the […………………]of
any disability you have, and so, before accepting a place at a university (or
even, while you’re considering applying, if only to raise the
universities’ [………………………………]), it’s good to talk to them and find out
how much they can (and will) do for you. The problem is who to talk to. Most
universities and some students’ unions have a disability advisor who
is [………………………………]to know what [………………]they already have
and will help with further [………………………………]if necessary or possible.
However, all too often this person is a token. Sometimes it’s just an extra
responsibility given to a [……………………]. They don’t know what
the [………………………………]is in practice, and they don’t have any
real [………………………………]to change anything. So, given that for
any [………………………………]student it’s best to visit a university before
applying, it’s an especially good idea for students with disabilities or special
needs to check whether the place really does come up to […………………]. In
general, the university should provide personal care and [……………………],
and there are certain key [………………]to look out for if you have a particular
disability, including the following.
Section 3
LIZ I loved it. The activities were well [………………………………], and I met
people from all over the world.
JULIA And you think I should sign up for this year’s course?
LIZ And after that they took us round the city centre, showing us things like
the bus [………………………………], the main shops …
MARK Yes, though maybe they could have taken us to a better night club. The
music at the place we went to was [………………………………].
LIZ That’s a matter of taste, surely! Well anyway the next day they showed us
round everything on the [………………………………].
MARK No.
JULIA I like the sound of the whole thing. Tell me, what’s the accommodation
like? Do you have a room to yourself or do you have
to [………………………………]? What do you have to take with you?
LIZ For the orientation course, you’ll have an individual room in one of the
halls of [………………………………]. That’ll be a different hall from the one
you’re [………………………………]into for the year, but they’re both on
the [………………………………]so you won’t have far to go.
MARK And you won’t have to take too much with you. The room will
have [………………………………], table, [………………………………], bed,
mattress, blankets, sheets and so on.
LIZ Take a warm coat or jacket, though. It may well rain and it’s unlikely to
reach even [………………………………] in late September.
MARK But it shouldn’t drop below about ten, at least during the day. Which is
something, I [………………………………]!
JULIA Right. Now I know they can’t do much about the weather, but did you
have the feeling that they were looking after you on the course?
LIZ Yes, you’re right. 1 was on for over half an hour and paid for an extra ten
or [………………………………]. Not that it was much!
MARK Well a lot of people get there on the Sunday, though you’d have to find
a room for an extra night as the course accommodation is only [……………]
from the Monday, when things get going.
LIZ Then they’ll keep you busy all week, until the dinner on the Friday.
JULIA 1 think I’ll do that. Well, thanks a lot for all your advice. I’m sure I’ll
enjoy the course.
Section 4
Example Answer
Options:
• Car hire
don’t want to drive
1 ………………
expensive
• Greyhound bus
• Airport Shuttle
4...............service
every 2 hours
need to 5 ………………..
To: Milton
Fare: $35
Questions 17-20: What does the speaker say about the following items?
▪ ideas
♦ 21 ……………….
▪ learning experiences
Work behaviour differences are due to:
▪ personality
▪ 22 ………………..
Effects of diversity on companies:
• Janice thinks that employers should encourage workers who are 24 ………
• potential leaders.
• open to new ideas.
• good at teamwork.
• Janice suggests that managers may find it difficult to 25 ………………........
• form successful groups.
• balance conflicting needs.
• deal with uncooperative workers.
• Janice believes employers should look for job applicants who 26…………….
During periods of change, managers may have to cope with increased amounts
of 30 ……………………..
• paintings
But:
Wise men may have been trying to control wild animals with 35 ………………..
Comment:
ANSWER KEY
1. (a) taxi/cab
2. city centre/center
SECTION 1
WOMAN: Oh, good morning. Um. I’m living to Toronto Airport next week, and
I need to get to a town called um, Milton. Could you tell me how I can gel
there?
MAN: Yes, I m afraid so. But you have a number of options to get you there
and you can always rent a car right here at the airport, of course.
WOMAN: Right. Well, I don’t really want to drive myself, so I’d like more
information about public transport.
MAN: OK. In that case the quickest and most comfortable is a cab and of
course there are always plenty available. But it’ll cost you. You can also lake
a Greyhound bus or there’s an Airport Shuttle Service lo Milton.
MAN: Sure. Let’s see. that would be $15 one way. or $27.50 return… that’s on
the Greyhound.
WOMAN: Oh. that’s quite cheap great! But whereabouts does it stop in
Milton?
MAN: It goes directly from the airport here lo the City Centre and it’s pretty
fast. But you have to bear in mind that there is only one departure a day, so
it depends what time your flight gets in.
WOMAN: Oh. of course. Hang on, we’re due to get there at 11.30 pm.
MAN: Hmmtn, too bad. the bus leaves at 3.45, so you would have quite a wait
more than 4 hours.
WOMAN: Oh. I see. Well, what about the Shuttle you mentioned?
MAN: OK. I hat s the Airport Shuttle that will take you from the airport right
to your hotel or private address. It’s a door-to-door service and it would suit
you much better, because there’s one every two hours.
MAN: Let’s see. Yeah, that’s $35 one way, $65 return, so I guess it’s a bit more
expensive than the Greyhound.
WOMAN: Oh, that doesn’t sound too bad, especially if it’ll take me straight to
the hotel.
MAN: OK, I just have to fill this form out for you. So what date do you want to
book this for?
WOMAN: The 16th of October oh, no, sorry, that’s my departure date. I
arrive on the 17th, so book it for then, please.
MAN: So. that’s the Toronto Airport Shuttle to Milton. And this is for just one
person or… ?
MAN: Right. And you said your expected time of arrival was 11.30? So if I
book your Shuttle for after 12.00 let’s say, 12.30: that should give
you plenty of time to, you know, collect your baggage, maybe grab a coffee?
MAN: Well, we’ll take your flight details so you don’t need to worry too much
about that. Now. what about the fare? What sort of ticket do you want? One
way or . . .?
WOMAN: Yes, that’ll be fine, provided I can book the return trip once I’m
there.
MAN: No problem just allow a couple of days in advance to make sure you get
a seat. And what’s your name, please?
WOMAN: Oh, it’s Air Canada flight number AC936, from London Heathrow.
MAN: Right. Now. do you know where you’ll be staying? We need to give the
driver an address.
WOMAN: Yes. it’s called the Vacation Motel and I think it’s near the town
centre. Anyway, the address is 24, Kitchener Street that’s KITCHKNER Street.
MAN: I hat’s fine. Right, so that’s S35 to pay please. Have you got
your credit card number there?
WOMAN: Yes. it’s a VISA card, and the number is 3303 8450 2045 6837.
MAN: OK. Well, that seems to be everything. Have a good trip and we’ll see
you in Toronto next week!
SECTION 2
Thank you all for coming to my talk this evening. It’s nice to see so many
people in the audience. For those of you who don’t know very much
about PS Camping, let me start by giving you some background information
about the company.
We believe our holidays offer superb facilities for the whole family. Parents
who want their children to be fully occupied for all or part of the day can take
advantage of our children’s activities. These are organised by our well–
qualified and enthusiastic staff. Each day kicks off with a sports match,
perhaps football, or volleyball, followed hy an hour of drama for everyone This
may include singing or dancing, mime or other activities. In the afternoon,
there’s a different art activity for each day of the week including
a poster competition or modelmaking. What’s more, our sites are truly
child-friendly, and. with this in mind, we operate a no-noise rule in the
evenings. Children’s evening activities usually finish at 9.30, or occasionally
10, and from 10.30 holiday-makers are expected to be quiet in the areas where
there are tents.
When it comes to our tents, these are equipped to the highest standard. We
really do think of every essential detail, from an oven and cooking rings
fuelled by bottled gas, to mirrors in the bedroom areas. If you don’t want to
cook indoors, you can borrow a barbecue if you ask in advance lor one to be
made available, and there’s even a picnic blanket tent. Inside, a box of games
and toys can be found, and childrens tents can be hired if to sit on outside
SECTION 3
PHILIP: There are lots of reasons but research has shown a lot of it comes
down to personality. And the other factor is gender. It’s a well known fact
that men and women do lots of things in different ways, and the workplace is
no different.
PHILIP: Yes, I did. On the positive side, exposure lo such diversity helps
encourage creativity which is generally an assel lo a company. But
unfortunately individual dilferences are also the root of conflict between staff
and they can lead to difficulties for management, which can sometimes be
serious.
JANICE: Yes, that may be true but I think one of Ihe most important tasks of
managers is to consider the needs of the individual on one hand and
group co–operation and conformity on the other. It requires creative
thinking on the part of management to avoid tension.
JANICE: Well, it has to start from the very beginning when companies are
looking for new employees. When the personnel department is choosing
between applicants they need to look for someone who’s broken the mould and
can think for themselves. Instead, people making these decisions often use a
range of psychological tests to see if a person is a problem solver, or will do
as they’re told. I’m not convinced these qualities are actually the most
important.
JANICE: No. it’s not overrated. You do need to learn the rules and learn them
fast. No individual can get around this if you’re working in an organization.
TUTOR: To come back to you. Philip. You were saying that recognition of
good performers is essential. What else should managers be looking for?
PHILIP: Well, managing people means you not only have an understanding of
your employees, but you also recognise the culture of the organization. In
fact, for some organizations creativity and individuality may be the last thing
they want to see during working hours!
PHILIP: Yes, but managing people isn’t as easy as it looks. For example,
change in the workplace can be quite tricky, especially if there’s a need to
increase profit. And at times like these managers may have to
give priority to profit rather than individual staff needs.
PHILIP: Yes but what’s important is that managers arc able to deal with quite
high levels of personal stress. During times of change they should be
thinking not only about the strain on their stall’ but take time out to think of
themselves.
SECTION 4
I’m first going to focus on the interpretation of rock art in Namibia. We are
very fortunate to be going to an area where you can find some of the most
important sites in the entire world. And I hope to show you how easy it is for
everyone to make mistakes in looking at cultures which are different from
our own the first and most important lesson we have to learn.
But there were some mysteries. First, when you look at a typical Namibian
painting or engraving, you see the tracks are repeated, there are dozens of
tracks for the same animal. Youd expect just one clear illustration if the
reason the aim was to teach tracking.
Now there were two more problems. Why are some of the engravings of
animals very accurateas you’d expect all clearly identifiable and others
quite unrealistic?
And another mystery some of these unrealistic animals that’s in the engravings
seem to be half human. Some, for example, have got human faces.
Many researchers now think that these were pictures the wise men engraved
of themselves. They believed they could use magic to control the animals they
had drawn, so the hunters could then catch them for food.
This shows you some of the dangers of coming from one culture to another, as
we’ll be doing, without understanding it fully. Scholars imagined that
children looked al rock art pictures to learn to track just because they
themselves had learnt skills from pictures: many researchers now believe
Whenever you do go to a site, don’t forget you can learn many things
from observing at a distance instead of walking all over it. This can really
help to reduce visitor pressure. People often say. ‘Well, there’s only two of us
and just this one time’, but maybe thousands of people are saying the same
thing.
And then some basic rules to guide you – we’ll have our own camp near
a village, but remember never to camp on a site if you go on your own It may
be disrespectful to the people of that culture, and certainly don’t make fires,
however romantic it may seem. It’s really dangerous in dry areas, and you
can easily burn priceless undiscovered material by doing so.
So, how are we going to enjoy the rock art on our field trip? By looking at it.
drawing it and photographing it – NEVER by touching it or even tracing it.
Rock art is fragile and precious.
Remember that climbing on rocks and in caves can destroy in a moment what
has lasted for centuries. So no heroics in Namibia, please! Try to be extra
careful and help others to be too.
And lastly please don’t even move rocks or branches to take photographs you
should leave the site intact. I’m sure I can rely on you to do that.
Well, that’s about all I want to say before today’s first discussion, but if you
have any questions please ask them now and don’t forget you’ll find
some fascinating information about world–wide sites on the Internet.
Right, first question then?
Questions 11-15: Label the map below. Choose FIVE answers from the box and
write the correct letter A-H next to questions 11-15.
A biography
B fiction
B. CD-ROMs
C. children’s DVDs
19. On which day does the library stay open later than it used to?
A. Wednesday
B. Saturday
C. Sunday
A. first floor.
B. second floor.
C. third floor.
Section 3: Question 21 – 30
A. on their laptops
B. on a handout
C. on a database
23. The tutor claims she does not understand whether ……………..
24. The tutor says the audience was particularly interested to hear about ……….
25. How will Anita and Lee present their follow-up work?
B. as a paper
C. as a poster
Questions 26-30: What do Lee and Anita agree about their presentation skills
with their tutor?
A. excellent
B. acceptable
C. poor
Presentation skills
Questions 31- 40: Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN ONE
WORD for each answer.
LISTENING SECTION 1
Woman: I hope so! I have a friend in Spain and her two daughters are
coming to the city to study for a month. So I thought the Tourist Information
Centre was the best place to ask about hostels. Can you recommend any?
Woman: OK. Sounds good! I need to know how much it costs. The girls want
a double room to themselves. They don’t want to share with other people.
Woman: Right.
Man: And membership offers them benefits too on all kinds of activities.
Man: Oh, er, skydiving and white-water rafting. Things like that.
If they become members, will they get cheaper entrance tickets to museums?
Man: Oh, yes and also discounts on bicycle and car hire.
Woman: OK. It’s probably worth it. Is the hostel very noisy? They’re coming
here to do some studying.
Man: Ah, I think it is quite noisy as it’s a really big hostel. And if they want to
use the Internet this hostel still makes a charge unfortunately. It’s $1 for 15
minutes and $3 for an hour.
Woman: Mm … it might not be ideal for them. What else can you recommend?
Is there anything in a quiet area?
Man: E-L-L-I-S-C-O-A-T.
Man: It’s on the beach looking over the bay. Here, look on the map. It’s quiet
but not far from Dragon Island – there’s plenty going on there in the
evening.
Woman: Oh, that’s a nice area. And if they want to go to Dragon Island it only
takes a couple of minutes to walk down to the ferry. So how much is a room
there?
Man: It’s in such a nice spot that the rooms are a bit more expensive.
They’re $62.
Woman: Oh, I think I know the place you mean. It’s an old building, isn’t it?
Man: Yes, it’s well known as it’s one of the oldest in the city.
There’s been a hotel there since 1887 when it was first built.
Woman: Mm, they’d like that but I’m just looking on the map at where
their college is – it’s right in the centre. It is a bit far for them from there.
Man: The hostel actually has scooters for hire at a very good price. So they
could do that. Er, it would be quicker than cycling or walking to the centre.
Woman: Mm, it is a bit expensive … But it sounds like the best one so
far unless there’s something a bit cheaper?
Man: There’s no café but on each floor in this hostel there’s a kitchen
for residents to cook in. I’m not sure how well equipped they are but it
should be fine for basic meals.
Woman: Well, that’s really very helpful. I’ll pass all this information on now. .
Man: Do ask your friends to ring me if they need to know anything else.
LISTENING SECTION 2
Welcome to the Selmore Public Library which has just been reopened after
major refurbishment. This tour will introduce you to the building and
its services. At any time you can stop the tour. We enter by the café and our
tour begins at the issue desk.
If you stand between the information desk and the issue desk and look at
the opposite wall, you will see shelves of books in the left-hand corner. This
is where vou will find a large number of novels and short stories. They are
arranged alphabetically. If you’re looking for something in particular and it’s
not on the shelf you can reserve it. The next area, directly opposite the issue
desk, is a section where people can study. The library provides computers for
users free of charge on the next floor beside the reference books but this area
is for people to use their own laptops. You should ask for the
internet passcode at the information desk.
Next to the café is the exit door leading to the stairs and escalator to the other
floors. The largest collection of books in the library is fiction and the next
largest is non–fiction which is in the corner of this floor opposite the café.
These can all be borrowed as opposed to the reference books on the next floor,
most of which cannot be taken out of the library – but they can be
photocopied. There are several photocopiers available for this
purpose downstairs in the basement. To one side of the issue desk is a door
leading onto a gallery. This was added to the library as a public space where
talks are given once a week on a Saturday by visiting authors of both fiction
and non-fiction. It also houses the biography section. There are notices
advertising the talks in the study area.
Any books that you want to borrow should be taken to the issue desk. Before
we leave this floorI will give you some information about using the library.
There are also helpful notices by the information desk.
To join the library and take books out, you need a membership card. Take your
passport or identity card, as well as proof of your home address, to the
information desk and you will be issued with a card. After a period of two
years, all readers are required to go to the desk with a document that has their
name and current address on it so the library can keep up-to-date records of
where people are living. There’s no need to show a passport again and there
is no charge for this but any lost cards are charged at £5.
If you can’t find the book you want on the shelves, you can reserve it. If it’s in
another library in the city, we can usually get it for you within a week. If
someone else has borrowed it, it can take a few weeks. Either wav, we notify
vou bv phone or email when the item is available to be picked up. We will hold
it for you for five days.
Books can be borrowed for fourteen days and can be renewed for
a further two weeks. Children’s books also have a two-week borrowing
The library opening hours have been changed slightly. Instead of opening late
on Wednesdayevenings till 8pm, we will be closing at 6, as on other
weekdays, but we will close at 7 instead of 5.30 on Saturdays and – a new
development – we are going to open on Sunday mornings from next month – 9
to 1. We are closed on public holidays and notices are posted in the library
about these.
There are lockers beside the reference area on the second floor where vou
can deposit them. If you need change, you can get that from the information
desk on the first floor.
Now press ‘pause’ and proceed to the second floor. When you reach the top of
the stairs press ‘play’.
LISTENING SECTION 3
Tutor: Well, Anita and Lee. That was an interesting presentation you made
about John Chapman. There are a few points I’d like to run through before
you write it up. One thing which you didn’t explain was why you decided to do
a presentation on this man who spread apple varieties across the US?
Anita: Well, ages ago, we were chatting about stuff we’d read as children, and
I told Lee the Johnny Appleseed story – I had these American story books
when I was small. Then when we were looking into the area
of domesticated species of plants for our presentation, we realisedthat the
introduction of the apple with the settlers in the US would be a good case
study …
Tutor: Just a couple of minutes would have drawn your listeners in.
Anyway. Now a more serious point. You didn’t mention the sources of some of
your information.
Lee: We used some books and journal articles and did an internet search and
found some good sites.
Anita: We’ve put them on the back of the handout we gave everyone at the
end.
Tutor: Ah, let me see. Oh. here it is. Johnny Appleseed: Man and Myth, 1967.
Well, the thing is. you really have to make this explicit when you talk. And
anything you show, data you project from your laptop, etc., you must have the
source on it.
Tutor: At least you have got it all documented. I was a bit concerned about
that.
Anita: Sorry.
Tutor. Anyway. Now, the content of your talk What vour listeners wanted to
understand was whether, there were apples in the US before the Europeans
started to live there. You told us the early settlers had brought
young apple trees but that few of them had thrived because the climate
was harsh, but what about native species? I don’t think you were very clear
about species already there.
Lee: Um, according to what I’ve read, there were some crab apples, but that
was all. Everything that people now think of as traditional American apples,
were species that the Europeans either introduced or bred by chance.
Tutor Yes, quite. But what to me was fascinating – and I saw most members
of your audiencestart to take notes – was when you discussed how the
apple genes spread via the Silk Route into Europe from the wild
apple woods of Kazakhstan.
Lee: Yes, well. I’d like to have said more about the development of grafting
in ancient China, as a way of producing predictable varieties. It was so early
in history!
Tutor But it’s the natural development of the original wild apple into new
species that people wanted more about. Which says a lot for your presentation.
You enthused your audience! So, now we need to discuss the form
your follow–up work will take. Are you going to produce a paper? Or are you
thinking of putting it all up on the department website?
Anita: Um, I felt we could do both. And we could do a poster of some of the
data. But Lee wasn’t sure.
Lee: No. I think it would be enough to use the website.We can offer a link to
our email for queries. That would save time and trees!
Tutor I think Lee’s nght. A poster would be nice, but it’d take too much time.
Anita: OK.
Tutor: Now I just want to give you a few pointers about the techniques of
your presentation. Mostly it was good, but there are a few things you need to
bear in mind next time you do one. You both managed the hardware. I mean
the projector and things, very well indeed, which is always a great help.
Anita: Good.
Lee: Thanks.
Anita: We didn’t realise the software on the laptop was a bit different from
the one I have.
Tutor: But you sorted out the problem very quickly and didn’t let
it fluster you, so it wasn’t a big problem. We could all read the map when we
needed to.
Tutor : Mm. There was a bit at the end where I felt something didn’t go as
you’d planned – am I right?
Lee: We had a few maps which we ended up leaving out, because we needed to
get on to our conclusions.
Anita: Yes, it took longer to explain the technical aspects of grafting than we’d
expected,
Lee: So sticking to the time limit for each part of our presentation something
we didn’t manage at all..Which means we’ve definitely got to improve before
we do another one.-
Anita: Yes.
Tutor. Apart from that, weil, the handout was perfectly, adequate for a
seminar like this, it gave all the kev information, and need to do
those references in the correct format, as footnotes, in. future,
Anita: OK.
Anita: Yes, thanks very much. This feedback has been very helpful. Tutor
Well done, both of you. See you in a fortnight.
LISTENING SECTION 4
Lecturer: This morning I’m going to describe for you a few of the kinds
of experiments that have been used to investigate the sense of taste, which
is now recognised as being a far more complex and important area
of neurological science than was previously believed by most people. The
results of some of these experiments can be quite fun and I shall suggest that
you may want to choose one or two to try out in groups before having a go at
designing a new experimental procedure of your own and trying
to pinpoint the cause of your findings.
The first one concerns a marketing exercise by a soft drinks company. The
green colour of some cans was altered by the addition of yellow, so they were
a brighter green. Then test subjects were asked what they thought about the
flavour of the drink in the new-style cans, and they stated that there was more
lime in the drink if it was in the ones with the new colour. This was because
the brain picks up cues from the way the product is presented, as well as the
product itself, which trigger taste sensations. Before food was packaged,
humans used colour to gauge the ripeness of fruit, for example.
Next there’s the old problem with chewing gum. Everyone knows that after a
few minutes’ chewing it loses its minty flavour. However, if you ask people to
chew up to the point where it becomes tasteless, and then ask them to eat a
little sugar and continue chewing, to most people’s surprise, what happens is
Drink half a fizzy drink straight from the fridge and then leave it at room
temperature for a while. Take a sip and you may well decide you don’t like it.
The warm drink is too sweet to be refreshing. So put the rest back in
the fridge until it’s chilled again. Now try it. Much better. Of course
the sweetness doesn’t change, it is our perception, because how sweet it
tastes depends on the temperature. The extent to which the drink
is sweetened is less evident if the drink has been cooled.
Another interesting result has been derived from experiments with sound.
One of these involved eating crisps. Subjects were put
into soundproof rooms and given batches of crisps to eat. As they ate, the
sound of crunching which they made as they ate the crisps was played back to
them. This was adjusted so that they sometimes heard the crunching as
louder, or, at other times, more high–frequency sounds were audible in the
sound feedback that accompanied their eating. Fascinatingly, if the sound
level.
Lastly, another variation on the two flavours theme. This concerns the capacity
of the brain for bridging a sensory gap. The subjects in this experiment
stuck out their tongues so that the testers could drip two liquids onto
them simultaneously, one strawberry flavoured and one sugar flavoured.
The testers then took away each flavour in turn. When the sweetness was taken
Example Answer
After hours put keys in box near the office on the 10 …………………
Essential requirements
A. foreign languages
C. professional qualification
12 . catering manager
13. housekeeper
Questions 16-20: Choose FIVE answers from the box and write the correct
letter, A-G, next to questions 16-20.
1. problems of access
2. the cost of construction
25. wall
1. 743002
2. international
3. (0)6.45 (a.m.) / 6.15 (p.m.) /18.15
4. thirty / 30
5. Echo
6. credit card
7. seven / 7 days / one / i week / a week
8. 1,000 / a / one /1 thousand
9. (his/the) luggage
10.pavement
11. A
12. C
13. B
18. E
19. D
21/22 B/D (in any order)
20. F
21. H
22. C
23. D
24. B
25. A
26. beach erosion
27.(fixed) camera
28. storm
29. continent
30. geology (must be spelt correctly)
31. rounded / round
32. spoon
33. permanent marker
34. (layers of) newspaper
35. (identification) label
LISTENING SECTION 1
Man: Hi. I’m Carlton Mackay, and you booked me some flights recently, to
Australia – and some internal ones?
Man: Well, I find I’m going to need car hire while I’m in Sydney after all. I
think you said you could recommend a good-value company?
Woman: Yes, that’s right. Costwise Cars. They’re very good and
don’t charge lots of extras. They have three offices in the Sydney area,
including one office right at the airport.
Woman: Yes, you can book online but you should have their phone number
too, just in case.
Woman: That’s 1800 705 639. It’s on the website. And you can get
a discount if you quote your booking reference from us.
Woman: I mean the one you got from me when we booked your flights. I have
it here – 743002.
Man: Oh, thanks. I guess I’ve got it at home, but I’ll write it down again in case.
A discount is good. So where exactly is the office? I’ll be coming to
the domestic terminal from Melbourne.
Woman: Mm … they open at quarter to seven and close at 6.15 in the evening.
So, let’s see, you’re due to land at ten past six. By the time you’ve collected your
bags and so on, which will take a little while, they won’t be open, but if
you arrange it in advance, they can wait for you. You do have to pay an
extra $30 for that, though.
Man: OK. Well, I’m staying near the airport the first night, so I could go back
in the morning and save a day’s hire?
Woman: Quite a variety, I think. Er, the best value should be under $60 a
day with luck. That would be the ‘Echo’. I guess.
Man: Sorry?
Woman: Mm, that’s the best way. Er, they won’t deduct any charges until you
finish with the car, but they do need vour credit card number when you book
and of course they’ll want to see your driving licence when you collect. How
long will you need it?
Man: I’m in Sydney for seven davs. I’ll only actually need to use it on three or
four of those days. I hope, but I’ll keep it for the whole week. I guess it’s going
to be a few hundred dollars. Can you suggest anything I can do to keep the
cost down?
Woman: But, oh, yes, the other thing I should mention is the insurance. It’s
included in the price.
Woman: Yes, but what you must remember is that it doesn’t cover
anything except the car, so you must be careful not to leave anything at all in
it when you park because your luggage isn’t insured, even if it’s out of sight,
locked in the boot.
Man: Yeah, well, I think my travel policy will cover that actually.
Woman: Good!
Man: OK. And can I return the car outside office hours? My flight home is
very early in the morning. Can I put the keys through the door, or something?
Woman: There’s a secure box just outside the office on the pavement. You
just drop the keys in there.
Woman: And one other thing: you should remember to buy petrol before you
leave it. If you don’t drop the car back with a full tank you get charged to fill
it. I recommend you go to a supermarket before you go out to the airport.
Woman: Not at all. Do call in again if there’s anything else I can help with.
LISTENING SECTION 2
Now, I’m going to outline some of the areas of work where we are currently
recruiting and the essential skills or qualifications for them, then I’ll run
through our recruitment procedure. OK?
One of our main business streams is hosting special events for other
businesses. If you have good communication and organisational skills with a
good level of fluency in at least one European and one non–
European language. I’d suggest you think about becoming part of the team
which sets up these events for all our centres. This would mean being based
full-time in our London office. The work ranges from setting up small meetings
a few days ahead to organising international conferences two years in
advance, so there’s plenty of variety. Some of the conferences we run have as
many as a thousand delegates, so it’s quite challenging.
Then there are some posts available for professionals in the catering field.
Chefs we can find; it seems this is a popular career choice in many parts of the
world as in the UK these days, in spite of the exacting standards, but people to
manage catering departments need more than a love of producing quality
food.
We’re after really energetic and totally efficient young managers, who already
have the relevant business qualifications – no training on the job here – and
they must share the team’s determination to make everything
run smoothly at any time of the day or night.
Or, if you are the type of person who enjoys a challenge, what about becoming
one of our relief housekeepers? You’ll be a good people person, well
organised, and supremely flexible. As well as covering UK
holidays, maternity and paternity leave, there will be times when you have
to fill a key post when someone’s sick, which could be anywhere in our
The International Finest brand name attracts visitors from all over the world
and on all kinds of business and leisure trips. Our swimming pools and gyms
need to be run by people with the highest standards of customer service. You
don’t have to be a great athlete, but smart appearance and
a pleasant manner are necessary. A diploma in sports science would be the
minimum requirement here.
Lastly, I’d just like to mention that the main London office has
another vacancy. Most bookings come online, especially from the Far East for
people coming to Europe. If you have fluency and some keyboard skills in. for
example. Spanish, or any Far Eastern languages, either having taken
a degree, or preferably from having lived and worked overseas, you might be
just the person we’re looking for to deal with email bookings and queries in
the office here. A flexible attitude to working hours is also important as you
may have to come in outside normal office hours.
First of all, provided you have a UK work permit, you can go online
and register an interest in working for us. By return, you’ll receive a
unique applicant’s code, which is your personal identification number and
which we’ll use in all communications. Along with that you get access to the
Human Resources website, where you should make sure you understand the
legal terms and conditions which apply to all our employees. That’s also
where you can then download the application form – fill it in and send it back
along with vour CV. You’ll know within 48 hours whether you’re
being considered as you get an automated response. Sorry if it’s a
bit impersonal, but at least it’s quick. Hopefully, if we like the sound of you,
there will be in that automated response a list of times for an initial interview
which will take place by telephone during the following week. You confirm by
email which of the time slots will suit you. Provided the interview
is satisfactory, at that point we’ll ask for any evidence of qualifications
required, which might be vour degree or diploma certificate or so on. which
vou have to send certified copies of. and we contact your referees. The last
thing you have to do is you come along and have a look round the
International Finest Group head office, get to know some of our team in
Human Resources face to face, and participate in a one-
Then, with luck, we’ll offer you a job! So, I hope you like the sound of joining
our organisation.
LISTENING SECTION 3
Tutor: So, let’s hear what you’re doing for your next project.
I’ve been looking at some on the web and I think that a garden on top of a
building is the up-and-coming thing.
Tutor: OK. So you’ve done a bit of reading already? What benefits would
there be for the client? Why do you think a supermarket chain would be
willing to meet ttie expense of construction? You do realise that would be the
first thing they raise.
Student: Yes, I know. But I’d explain that In spite of the initially high
expense, they would save that much in approximately five years. Well. I’d
have to do sums. I mean calculatespecifically …
Tutor: OK But they might feel the expense of maintenance would be an issue.
After all, supermarkets don’t normally employ gardeners.
Student: What I thought was, if they made it a community garden, rather than
a simple low–maintenance green roof…
Student: Oh, yes! Then there’d be a sense of ownership in the local community
and people could take responsibility for it, instead of the supermarket paying
a commercial company, and it’d really boost their public relations.
Tutor That’s a good point. And have you been looking into
how roof gardens are built nowadays?
Student: I’m still exploring that, but if I take advantage of the latest
technologies for roof gardens. It shouldn’t be too difficult. But in any case, you
have to use lightweight materials.
Tutor But that’s a matter of making the right choices. You can even use quite
traditional ones such as wood for the planting areas.
Student: Yes. that’s what I thought. It’ll look good and it isn’t too heavy.
Tutor But for the basic construction, the issue you have to address first is the
material used between the building and the garden.
Student: You mean the banter fabric, which ensures there’s no chance
of rainwater leaking down into the building?
Tutor: Yes, nowadays that is very good, and Quite easily sourced.
Student: Then on the other hand, there’s the business of water within the roof
garden itself.
Student: Yes. but I think most drainage issues have been well understood lor
quite a long time.
Student: Yes, because rainwater is best for the garden, if you can store it for
when it’s needed. What I’ve been looking at are some buildings which use
fairtv conventional storage tanks the Kind Eiat have been in use for
decades, but have them linkeo to modem automatic watering systems.
Student: It’s less so In practice than it sounds, I think. I’ve been researching
them and actually the Safest ones definitely, work very well and they can
be electronically regulated to suit the local microclimate.
Tutor: Mmm, that sounds interesting. You seem to have been doing some
thorough research! Make sure you reference all your sources when you
write it up.
Student: Yes, sure. Um, there’s one more aspect I’d just like to run past you, if
there’s time? I want to include a light feature in the design.
Tutor: Of course.
Tutor: Mmm. You’d have to have lights and things well away from anywhere
children might be. But I can see this could be very effective, if a bit
complicated. How would it work? On this drawing, this is a section view? You
have this low wall on the right?
Student: Oh, yes, that’d be just the sort of thing. And that’d make
it weatherproof. Um, and then the heavy duty electric wiring comes UP
through the floor iust outside the planted area and into the wall. Then it’s
brought through to a projector low in the side of the wall, and that sends a
beam of light along the fibre optic cable.
Tutor: So there’s no electricity in the actual lights. The fibre optic goes across
the surface of the soil in the planting area.
Student: Yes, that’s the beauty of it. The shrubs will soon grow to cover it up, of
course, and then the cable goes past a wooden post which is between the
shrubs, and can be a support for them as they grow bigger, and then runs up
into each element of the installation.
Student: Yes.
Student: No, it’s a slender acrylic rod, er. like the stem of a flower
or mushroom, which the cable runs up inside of.
LISTENING SECTION 4
Well, Argus is the system Doctor Rob Holman developed when he was working
at a research pier on the coast of North Carolina, about 20 years ago.
This pier stretches out over the water, and it’s the longest research pier in the
world, with an observation tower on the end of it. The researchers there
make precise measurements of how the sand moves about under the waves.
This research is critical to the Study of beach erosionin places where
the coastline is being worn away.
Some of Doctor Holman’s results have changed the way people understand
how sand moves. To quote S. Jeffress Williams, a coastal geologist with the
United States Geological Survey, the system is ‘a critical piece of new
technology’ and ‘The Argus system allows us to quantify and document visually
the changes to the coast on a variety of different time frames. A lot of these
take place when there is a storm or at other times when it is difficult to have
people out on the beach making observations and taking measurements.’
People send him sand in envelopes, plastic bags, paper towels and all
sorts! Each is stored in a glass jar, which Dr Holman labels
Anyway. it’s mainly geology students at the university who study his collection,
and they can learn a lot from it.
For instance, one set of tubes displays sand from the East Coast of the US. So
you can see that the sand gets lighter and finer from north to south. By the
time a grain of sand eventually washes up on a beach in Florida at the
southern end of that journey, it has, been battered by waves for a long time so
the grains are fine and rounded because most of the time sand is
not stationary on the beach.
OK, so if you’d like to collect sand and maybe even send some to Dr Holman,
how should you go about it? Well, the list of equipment is very short and easy
to find, but you should keep a supply when you’re travelling, as you never
know when you’ll come across an interesting sand sample.
One really handy thing for digging sand, especially if it’s hard or frozen, is a
spoon. It’s perfect for that. If you’re travelling by air it’ll have to be plastic, but
metal is preferable, as plastic tends to break. You need something to put the
samples in that is damp–proof and easy to carry. You can just use plastic
bags, but you need to record the location and date on the bag, so you must also
have a permanent marker with you, because you can never assume you will
remember where you gathered a sample from later on and you don’t want it to
rub off before you get home.
And that’s about all you need in the field to collect sand. When you get home,
your samples should be logged in a notebook or computer. You need to note
the location and be really specific as to exactly whereabouts on the beach
you gathered your sample – low tide mark, under cliff area, etc.
Then, you store your sample. You want to keep everything in good condition
and avoid contamination. So first you make absolutely sure that each
sample is perfectly dry. You don’t need any complicated apparatus for this,
you can just air it out on layers of newspaper, which is suitably absorbent.
Most people find that’s the best way.
Background
Example Answer
Meetings
Costs
Contact
A. 1986
B. in the 1990s
C. 2005
Class participants
B. adults
Questions 21-26: Complete the flow-chart below. Choose SIX answers from
the box and write the correct letter. A-l. next to questions 21-26.
A. air quality
B. journey times
C. land use
D. leisure facilities
E. means of transport
F. parking facilities
Q. number of pedestrians
H. places of employment
A. Stefan
B. Lauren
30. do presentation
31. In the eighteenth century, the …………………. still determined how most
people made a living.
32. In the ground were minerals which supported the many ………………….. of
the region.
33. Since the late sixteenth century the French settlers had made
……………………
34. In Cheshire …………………. was mined and transported on the river Mersey.
35. Potters worked in a few ………………… situated on the small hills of North
Staffordshire.
Questions 36-40: Complete the notes below. Write ONE WORD for each
answer.
Pottery notes
Earthenware
advantages:
disadvantages:
Stoneware
• more emotive but better made from a 40 ……………… of clay and flint
ANSWER KEY
1. youth
2. comedy
5. community
6. sports centre
7. 180
9. Sawdicott
11. C
12. B
13. C
15. B
16. B
17. B
18. C
19. B
20. A
21. C
22. A
23. I
24. F
25. G
26. E
27. B
28. C
29. A
30. C
33. glass
34. salt
35. villages
36. local
37. fuel
38. waterproof
Questions 1-6: Complete the form below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO
WORDS for each answer.
PRIME RECRUITMENT
Example Answer
Surname Riley
Nationality 2 ……………………
Questions 7-10: Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN ONE
WORD for each answer.
boys
Questions 11 and 12: Choose TWO letters A-E. Which TWO sources of
funding helped build the facility?
B. local government
C. a multinational company
D. a national company
E. city residents
Questions 13 and 14: Choose TWO letters A-E. Which TWO pre-existing
features of the site are now part of the new facilities?
A. football stadium
B. playing fields
C. passenger hall
D. control tower
E. aircraft hangars
Questions 15-20: Label the map below. Write the correct letter A-H next to
questions 15-20
15. hotel
17. cinema
19. shops
20. restaurant
B. a larger library.
C. more courses.
Questions 31-35: Complete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO
WORDS tor each answer.
Early methods
38. The satellites give so much detail that meteorologists can distinguish
a particular …………………
ANSWER KEY
2. New Zealander
3. play centre
4. (a) professor
5. first aid
6. sailing
7. sport
9. Scotland
10. cook
11. D/E
12. E/D
13. B/C
14. C/B
15. E
16. B
17. A
18. D
19. F
20. C
21. B
22. C
23. A
24. C
26. C
27. A
28. A
29. B
30. C
31. planets
32. humidity
33. water
36. airports
38. cloud
39. balloon
40. hurricanes
Down House
4 ………………………
Brighton
Questions 9 and 10: Answer the questions below. Write NO MORE THAN
THREE WORDS for each answer.
10. Who does the customer have to speak to before confirming the booking?
………………………
A. a university lecturer.
B. a university student.
13 ……………………
F. Students should check the notice board for changes to the announced
programme.
A. overeating
B. excess weight
C. weight loss
D. constant hunger
E. depression
F. continuous eating
30. Which organization offers help to people suffering from compulsive eating
disorder? ………………………..
33. What docs the speaker consider to be the main problem with nuclear
fusion?
ANSWER
1. 34/thirty-four
2. on Monday
3. Paul Scott
4. Hill Street
6. 7.30/seven thirty
8. Bath
11. B
16. 150
26. embarrassed
29. diabetes
31. B
32. B
36. lasers
37. reactor
39. steam
40.
Example
1 ……………..
Harchester
HA6 5LD
3 …………………… colour
7 …………………… on case
Questions 11-15: Match the places. Write the correct letter A-II next to the
Questions 11-15.
13. museum
A. museum
B. castle
C. fireworks
D. gardens
E. rock concert
F. jazz concert
IELTS
Practice Test Listening 28
Questions 37-40: Complete the sentences below. Write NO MORE THAN
TWO WORDSfor each answer.
39. A group of people can lose their …………………… when their language
becomes extinct.
ANSWER
1. Alpine Avenue
2. DMX
3. silver
5. memory card
6. waterproof
7. (big) scratch
8. replacement
9. refund
11. F
13. D
14. B
15. H
21. A
22. B
23. B
24. B
25. C
26. C
32. Number/number
33. Population/population
34. total
35. 15%
36. Europe
40. literate
Question 1-4: Complete the notes below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO
WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer
Example
7. Where does the adviser suggest Maria could check to find accommodation?
………………………..
A. before university.
B. during university.
C. after university.
A. his travel
B. his accommodation.
13. Where did the charity organization want to send Steve at first?
A. Trinidad
B. India
C. Tobago
16. How much money does the best carnival group get? ……………………….
Questions 18-20:
Choose your answers from the box and write the correct letter A-F next to
Questions 18 20.
D. showed respect
A. organize a party.
Choose FOUR answers from the box below and write the correct letter A-H
next to Questions 27-30.
B. photocopy room
C. literature
D. management
E. periodicals
F. new publications
G. toilets
H. computer studies
Questions 34-37:
ANSWER
1. 12/twelve
2. 3/three
3. abroad
4. 50/fifty minutes
8. Hillside (College)
9. literature/Literature
11. C
12. A
13. B
14. C
15. B
18. D
19. F
20. A
21. B
22. A
23. C
25. B
26. A
28. A
29. D
30. B
31. C
32. A
33. C
34. C
35. B
36. B
37. A
38. Ireland
40. shorter
Example: How did Peter and Joan last communicate with each other? on the
telephone
A. an orchestra
B. a caterer
C. a telephonist
B. at the weekend
A. pushchairs
B. child carriers
A. coins
B. refreshments
C. postcards
A. 1894
B. 1897
C. 1994
The Great Bath is 15 …………………. deep. Around the bath area are alcoves
where there were 16 …………………. and tables where bathers could relax. The
water temperature of the Sacred Spring is 17……………………. The water is rich
in 18 ……………………… In Roman times, the Sacred Spring was well-known for
its 19 ………………….. The Temple was constructed between 20 ………………….
AD.
22. Apart from pollution, what would John like to see reduced?
……………………….
23. According to Johns tutor, what can cars sometimes act as?
……………………….
24. How much does Johns tutor pay to drive into London? ………………………
25. In Singapore, what do car owners use to pay their road tax? …………………….
26. In Athens, cars can only enter the city centre on ………………………..
28. In London, after a new road tax was introduced, moped and bicycle use
increased by ……………………..
29. Both Japan and Holland provide …………………… for those cycling to train
stations.
30. In the USA, police officers on bikes make more ……………………. than those
in patrol cars.
31. The lecture is intended mainly for those entering the ……………………, but is
relevant to all students present.
Questions 35-40: What is said about each of these books? Choose your
answers from the box and write the letters A-H next to questions.
ANSWER
2. a charity event
3. hold a protest
4. B
5. C
6. A
7. financial situation
8. socially
9. for free
11. B
12. C
13. B
14. A
16. benches
18. minerals
30. arrests
32. narrow
33. physicians
35. E
36. A
37. G
38. H
39. D
40. C
B. in Carlisle.
B. live in cities.
C. like sports.
B. approximately £5.
13. The student discount cards allow students to save up to ……………………. per
cent when eating out.
15. The man advises the students to …………………… and enjoy themselves.
17. What is the first problem that the man mentions? ………………………
before 25 …………….
Questions 26-30: Complete the flow chart below. Write NO MORE THAN
ONE WORD for each answer.
32. What did the building the Tate Modem is in use to be? ……………………….
• Tate Britain
Location: Westminster
• Tate Liverpool
ANSWER
2. A
3. C
4. B
5. A
6. barbecue
7. 7/seven
9. (some)/(the) caves
10. buses
11. director/Director
13. 35/thirty-five
17. homesickness
21. B
22. C
23. diagnosis
26. problem
27. analyse
28. unreliable/unusual/surprising
29. modify
30. communicate
37. 1897
38. historic
1. On which day and date does the woman want to fly to Toronto?
…………………….
3. What is the lowest price for a ticket on the days the customer has chosen?
……………………….
Question 5-8: Complete the following information about the flight times,
using NO MORE THAN ONE WORD OR A TIME for each gap.
12. An assured shorthold tenancy means that your landlord cannot ask you to
leave without a good reason during the …………………..
Question 18-20: Decide which are THREE ways a landlord can legally evict
a tenant (other than an excluded tenant) and write the appropriate letters on
your answer sheet in any order.
F. By giving you at least 4 weeks’ written notice that you have to leave
21. What did Klara: originally want to do her project on? ……………………
22. Where can Klara read about housing prices every day? ……………………
24. What did Klara’s friend suggest including information on? …………………..
30. The last thing Klara needs to do before giving the professor her project is
……………………
• worth up to 33 …………………..
ANSWER
1. Thursday 16th
2. business
3. $3,200
6. Vancouver 7.18:15/6:15p.m
8. 22:25/10:25 p.m
13. copy
14. An inventory
15. B
16. D
17. E
18. D
19. F
20. G
23. schools
29.1/ 1 month
31. postgraduate
32. fees-only
33. £20,000
38. development
39. fees
Surname 1 ………………………
Course 4 ………………………
11. Students on courses lasting over a year are usually given until ………………….
to leave the country.
12. You should send your application …………………. before your permission
expires.
Question 14-16: Decide which three things ALL applicants MUST send
when extending their leave to remain. Write the appropriate letters in boxes
14,15 and 16 in any order.
A. Your passport
D. A letter from your college or university saying that you are on a full-time
course of study, or that you will be beginning one
18. Which postal service should you use when sending your application?
…………………….
21. The professor already knows something about Clare from her ………...……..
22. The professor wants to ask Clare about her experience and …………………….
24. Clare felt she would be more ……………………. if she was farther from her
family.
27. During which time of the year did she work abroad? ………………………..
services
forestry
lakes 35 ……………
professional services
ANSWER
1. Buwal
3. 25 may 1983
4. MSc Engineering
5. one /1
8. silent
11. 31 October
14. A
15. D
16. F
24. independent
29. vegetation
33. lakes
34. coastline
37. April
C. From a friend
A. BBB
B. BBC
C. BCC
C. Students who have chosen one of the five languages offered on the course
D. Any student
5. Who decides the country in which the student will work in year three?
…………………………
6. How many students went to work in either Singapore or Brunei this year?
……………………………
8. The woman points out that the student can teach English and
………………………… together.
11. According to Mr. Singh, on which thing do many people make superficial
observations? …………………………
14. According to Mr. Singh, what are young Indians not concerned about?
……………………….
15. According to Mr. Singh, what great advantage do young Indians have?
……………………….
16. According to Mr. Singh, the biggest problem for young Indians is that their
parents ………………………. them too much at school.
18. Mr. Singh believes that the best way to be successful is to be …………………
20. Mr. Singh says his generation could only dream, but the new one
can………......... too.
25. What will the students probably spend the second half of April doing?
…………………….
27. The students already have a printed …………………….. to help them with
their dissertations.
30.The professor says that questionnaires may not get interviewees real …….....
1. B
2. C
3. D
4. D
5. (the) student
6. none/O
8. do aid work
9. (only) assessed
10. scholarships
13. two /2
14. politics
15. mobility
17. Education
18. creative
20. achieve
21. 28 May
36. weighed
40. 33.9%
Surname 1 …………………….
Question 6-9: Label the diagram of the gym, using FOUR of the following
six labels. Write the appropriate letter in the correct space on your answer
sheet.
Question 10: Decide which pair of pie charts illustrate the membership of the
gym and spa and write the appropriate letter on your answer sheet.
11. The university has produced a …………………. to inform students about the
different accommodation options available.
Question 17-20: Decide which letter on the map shows the location of each
of the following university halls of residence.
24. What two items have the students been given? ……………………...............
Question 28-30: Decide which three items Jenny needs to buy and write the
appropriate letters on your answer sheet in any order.
A. binders
B. notebooks
C. notepaper
D. paperclips
E. pencils
F. pens
H. printer paper
Question 31-33:
31. Which pie chart shows the ages of the Asian students surveyed?
32. Which pie chart the main reasons Asian students wanted to study abroad?
33. Which bar chart shows the percentage of Asian students who made
Australia their first choice destination?
34. Approximately how many foreign students enrolled in Australia in the year
2000?
35. How much did Australia’s education exports rise by last year?
36. It became harder to get a ……………………… for the USA after September 11.
37. ……………………… of Asian students gave lower study fees as a reason for
choosing Australia.
40. Asian students are increasingly using …………………… to help arrange their
studies abroad.
ANSWER
1. Pierce
4.180
5. September 2009
6. D
7. E
8. A
9. B
10. C
11. guide
13. A
14. B
16. D
17. B
18. D
19. H
20. F
21. Thursday
23. Geography
28. A
29. B
30. H
31. D
33. A
34. 100,000
35. 17.8%
36. visa
37. 20%
38. three/3
A. allow the student to buy a similar replacement item at the current cost.
B. give the student the sum of money the item originally cost.
3. a computer
6. three suits
graduating.
through online.
Question 21-25: Complete the notes about what makes a good teacher,
using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each gap.
clothes – 25 ……………………
Question 26-40: Complete the notes about what makes a good student,
using NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each gap.
32. A key thing for lecturers to consider when they mark an essay is whether it
is …………………….
Question 33-36: Complete the notes on the words used in the essay title,
using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each gap.
ANSWER
1. B
2. A
3. D
4. C
5. C
6. B
9. hour helpline
10. 5 (o’clock)
11.13%
12. 9 %
13. leafy
14. 28,000
15. greenest
21. voice
26. confirmation
29. blame
30. enjoyable
32. relevant
33. explainations
34. analysts
37. A C
38. C
39. B
40. A
A. catered accommodation.
B. self-catering accommodation.
12. What item has David Price given each student? …………………..........….
Question 13 and 14: Decide which TWO things David Price recommends
doing one year before going abroad.
You may write your answers in either order. Choose from the following list:
E. book accommodation
Question 15 and 16: Decide which TWO things David Price recommends
doing six months before going abroad.
You may write your answers in either order. Choose from the following list:
E. book accommodation
One month before leaving, find out if you can get 19…………………. where you
are going to. Two weeks before you leave, ask your doctor to 20……………………..
giving reasons for any medicines you are taking with you.
21. What was the student surprised to discover he had a lot of? ……………………..
22. What does the student need to learn the fundamentals of? ………………………
23. On what basis should the student prepare his schedules? ………………………..
Question 24-26: Complete the following notes using only ONE word for
each gap. Professor’s suggestions:
• See how much time you need for activities as you 25 ………………….. with
your studies
27. The professor points out that the university language centre ………………….
33. Study trips provide opportunities for independent students to learn off
……………………......................................
• 35 ………………… materials
A. tapes
B. computer programs
C. letters
A. libraries
C. museums
D. shops
E. cafes
ANSWER
1. ten/ 10 o’clock
2. farther
3. heavy smoker
4. bus connection
5. D
6. C
7. D
8. £37.50
13. A
14. D
15. D
16. F
17. B
18. C
Section 3
24. revise
25. progress
26. realistic
28. D
29. D
30. C
34. self-access
38. B C E
39. A
40. C
Question 1-4: Complete the following information about the cars available
for rental, using NO MORE THAN ONE WORD OR NUMBER for each
gap.
IOTA small 20
£23
COMBI medium 18
£28.75
Company 6 …………………..
11. How did the traveller hear about New York? ………………………
12. How many times had the traveller flown by plane? ……………………..
13. What surprised the traveller about New York’s airport? ……………………….
16. Things that the traveller didn’t like in New York were the ………………………
17. From the flat, the traveller could see the ……………………..
B. rude. D. helpful.
A. A chess tournament
26. Students can words in texts and ask their partners for meanings
…………………….
• Students listen to a 28 ………………….. and draw what they hear, or the teacher
could describe a picture and the teacher and students can see whose picture
was closest to the original.
• Each student gets a flashcard and holds up their card when the 29
………………….. is used in a song, poem or story. Students add a sentence to a
story, including the word on their flashcard.
•The teacher gives the students lyrics with some words replaced by 30
………………………. words. Students listen to the song and make corrections.
31. Note taking improves your ability to …………………… on what the speaker
says.
33. There are many ways of taking notes, but they must allow you to
………………….. contained in them and connect them together.
ANSWER
1. medium
2.17
3. 31,05
4. insurance
5. Browne
6. Heetrix Electronics
7. Unit 2/two
9. K758 SMD
10. central
12. none/never/O/zero
17. ocean
18. A D
19. C
20. B D
21. finger
22. air
23. poster
24. act
26. highlight
28. dictation
30. rhyming
31. concentrate
34. in full
36. go back
37. doesn’t
38. Omit
40. 5 and 10
Question 1-4: Select the correct answer from the choices given. Write A, B, C,
or D on your answer sheet.
Question 5-7: Complete the details below using NO MORE THAN THREE
WORDS AND/OR NUMBERS for each gap.
Age 19
Gender Male
Smoker? No
Question 8-10: Select the correct answer from the choices given. Write A, B,
C, or D on your answer sheet.
11. Which member or members of the speaker’s family have health problems?
13. How did the speaker’s family first find out about the Waiwera spa?
A. From people they met in their home town C. From people they met
in Rotorua
14. Altogether, the number of people in the speaker’s holiday group was
………………………
16. Before leaving, the speaker and his family got information from the
Internet and a ………………………..
17. What did the speaker especially like about the holiday? ……………………
19. How does the speaker describe the people at the resort? ……………………
20. Which activities didn’t the speaker participate in, even though those
activities were available? …………………..
Question 21-23: Complete the notes on what Mika says at the beginning of
the discussion.
Mika says that if you miss what other people in a seminar say, it makes it hard
to 21 …………………… the discussion. She might have a 22 …………………….. if she
didn’t understand what a tutor was asking her, but if she was wrong, it was 23
…………………..
24. Martina says that native speaker students often continue talking even if
non-native speaker students, like her, ……………….
26. Martina says that non-native speaker students need to anticipate and
………………….. in order to get involved in seminar discussions.
27. Michael points out that non-native speaker students can use …………………..
and body language to indicate when they are ready to add to a discussion.
28. Martina thinks that non-native speaker students can improve the situation
by being ………………..
B. argumentative. D. polite.
D. non-native speaker students shouldn’t take much time to state their views.
The lecturer says that he will first look at how some cultural values influence
31 ……………………. and that then he will 32 …………………… demonstrating that
approaches to learning in one culture may not be considered suitable in others.
Question 33 and 36: Complete the notes on the way students learn in
different cultures. Use only ONE word for each gap.
Question 37-40: Complete the notes on three Asian students and their
experiences. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each gap.
ANSWER
1. D
2. B
3. C
4. C
6. garciainuk@email.uk
8. D
9. A
10. B
12. D
13. C
14. 9/nine
22. guess
29. C
30. C D
33. conserving
34. Memorisation
36. argumantation
37. undergraduate
38. hesitate
8. What is the shortest time lost items are kept by the office? ……………………
10. Where does money from the December sale go? ………………………...........
12. You can avoid a commission fee if you use a local bank and the local
currency.
13. Using a local bank and the local currency will allow you to get access to
your money sooner.
Question 15-16: Complete the following summary about taking money out of
your country.
Question 17-20: Complete the following notes about having enough money
for your first few days abroad.
Advantages Disadvantages
shops/restaurants
can get cash from bank machines commission fee being charged
A LESSON PLAN
Time 50 minutes
29. When using books, what should the student definitely write down, apart
from the title? ……………………
30. What does the tutor give the student a list of? …………………
31. Which three foreign languages are traditionally taught in the USA? ………….
32. How old are the youngest schoolchildren learning Chinese? ……………………
33. How many students are learning the 15 leading languages? ……………………..
36. The young boy finds writing the strokes of Chinese characters in the
…………………….. to be difficult.
37. The lecturer says that children take more interest in learning if …………. do.
39. They have (He/She has) been learning Chinese since they were (he/she
was) 11 or younger.
40. They are (He/She is) learning Chinese to help with their (his/her) future
career.
ANSWER
1. (bright) red
2. handle
3. AEJ
4. EDV 758
6. (by) underground/subway/tube
8. 3/three months
9. twice a year
11. B C D
12. B
13. B
14. D
27. vocabulary
30. websites
32. 6
34. 52,7%
40. A B C
9. What does the customer decide is the third factor in choosing a school?
……………………….
10. What does the customer say the reception area should be like?
…………………………
12. The CEC receives visitors, trainees, and delegates each year
…………………………
receptions
reception 100
presentations
classes, presentations
17. In which part of the CEC was the “Sustainable London” event held?
………………………..
18. How many schemes were shown at the “Sustainable London” event?
………………………
19. When does the CEC expect to have 150 students? ……………………
21. David says that he thinks a gap year is unsuitable for …………………..
D. developed countries
C. the cost of the gap year plus the salary a graduate can expect
D. how much a person loses throughout their career by taking a gap year
26. Kelly says that a gap year can benefit young people by ……………………….
A. increasing motivation
29.Research shows employers appreciate young people who have lived outside
………………......
32. Prairie dogs are able to invent ……………………. for things they have never
seen before.
33. Prairie dogs in Arizona and Colorado appear to speak different, but
mutually comprehensible ……………………….
Question 34-36: Complete the following notes on the criteria set by linguists
for something to be a language.
• made up of 35 …………………
37. What did the researcher use to record prairie dog’s barks? ……………....
39. Why wouldn’t the prairie dogs know of the European ferret? …………….
ANSWER
1. 4/four weeks
3. 5%
4. 38 Temple Way
5. e-mail
6. 4/four
9. location
10. welcoming
15. 20- 22
18. over 60
21. C
22. C
23. A
24. B
25. B
26. A
27. A
31. distinct, individual (NB just one of these two words is acceptable)
33. dialects
38. nocturnal
3. What helped Jane make enough money for her trip? ………………………..
Sally says free air tickets can normally only be used on flights with
………………………
6……………………..
7……………………..
B. Rental boat
C. Bicycle
List three things that new students looking for accommodation should do.
14……………………
16……………………
19. What branch of the British government issues work permits to foreign
students? ………………………..
Question 23 and 24: Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each
answer.
Question 26-30: Compute the table below. Write the appropriate Utters, A-F
against Questions 26-30.
Activity Effect
A. improves comprehension
What three physical qualities is the therapist looking at in the child in the
swimming pool?
31………………………..
32……………………….
33……………………….
Question 35 and 36: Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each
answer
35………………………
36………………………
Question 37 and 38: Complete the table below. Write the appropriate
letters, A-E against Questions 37 and 38.
B. Fear of surgery
C. Aggression
E. Poor functioning
40. Disabled children are being treated by more and more ……………………………
nowadays.
ANSWER
1. new term
2. recycling
3. waitress job
4. frequent flyer
5. empty seats
6. yellow fever
7. malaria
8. C
9. B
10. Dave
11. Convenient
17. C
18. E
21. C
22. D
26. F
27. C
28. A
30. B
31. balance
34. St James
37. C
38. E
39. cognitive
C. Portsmouth news
Example: C
A. entertainment
B. academic C sports
A. history
B. animal psychology
C. physics
A. Three
B. Four
C. Five
How many goals did Molly Mbeka score in international matches last year?
A. 25
7. Why didn’t Bristol University’s two best players play against Portsmouth
University? ………………………………..
11……………………………..
12……………………………..
13……………………………..
C. Lack of experience
Question 16: Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for your answer
In addition to reliability, what quality will the company stress in its next
mobile phone marketing campaign? ……………………………
Question 17-20: Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
17. The company’s professional digital cameras are selling well in the field of
…………………………..
19……………………………….
20. The company is not involved in the digital music because of fierce
competition, high legal fees, and ……………………………
Question 21-23: Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
21. What does Mary want to talk about with Mr Hays? …………………………….
23. Name one of Mary’s favourite places in the city where she lives
…………………………
26. When did Mary last talk with her mother or father?
29. What high school club was Mary the president of?
Question 30: Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for your answer
34. The Aztecs used those floating gardens to plant vegetables like (name any 3
kinds of vegetables) ………………………
Question 35-38: Complete the table below. Write NO MORE THAN TWO
WORDS OR A NUMBER for each answer
39. Apart from angry gods, what did the Aztecs blame for disease?
…………………………….
ANSWER
1. C
2. B
3. B
4. Blond Dynamite
6. A
7. injury
8. Students’ Union
9. Bitter
13. stockholder
14. C
15. E
20. minimum
21. university
24. A
25. E
26. Easter
27. filming
28. London
29. Chess
34. beans, chili peppers, avocados, squash, tomatoes ( any three of these )
35. 52
36. 12
37. 20
Example: C
B. had just put the kettle on for coffee when the call came
Question 4-5: Write NO MORE THAN ONE WORD or A TIME for each
answer
4. About what time does Mrs Grey expect Fred to get back? …………………………
Question 7-10: Complete the following notes written by Mrs Grey with NO
MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer
Write 10……………………………..
C. To reduce costs
12. Which of the following people don’t need an entry clearance before
entering the UK?
B. Visa nationals
List three reasons why the holder of a valid UK visa may be refused entry to
the UK on arrival.
13………………………………….
14………………………………….
15………………………………….
B. multiple entry
C. complete with the names of people the holder will stay with
21…………………………….
22…………………………….
23…………………………….
What type of pollutant does Joan say is found at high levels in two Arctic
animals? ………………………..
C. To save energy
30. Where do John and Joan get most of their vegetables from? ………………..
The professor says studying properly uses our 31…………………………. and gives
us 32……………………………..
What two things does the professor say can be challenged by crosswords and
computer games?
33………………………..
34………………………..
What two immediate benefits of physical exercise does the professor mention?
35…………………………….
37. The professor says we do things better when we do them in places that we
………………………….. a particular activity.
A. the quiet
The professor says questions raised before you start studying are like
39…………………………. and every forty or fifty minutes you should think back
and 40………………………….
ANSWER
1. C
2. watch television
3. to the pub
4. 8 p.m
5. Yuki
7. next Wednesday
8. JA2674
9. luggage
11. C
12. A
16. B
18. B
19. C
20. E
24. A
25. PCBs
26. C
27. E
29. cancer
31. creativity
32. satisfaction
33. minds
34. reflexes
38. B
Mr White is a …………………….
Question 2-5: Complete the following form. Write NO MORE THAN TWO
WORDS OR A NUMBER for each answer
Citizenship 3…………………….
10. What does Ms Jones say can help companies reduce costs? ……………………..
The headmistress will first tell her visitors about her kindergarten’s
11……………………… and 12………………………. . Maria Montessori is an
13………………………….
The headmistress says playing with toys and other things can help children to
develop 14……………………… . She says things like 15…………...and 16………………..
should be seen as valuable resources.
Question 17-18: Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
19. The headmistress says getting dirty in the garden is good for the children’s
…………………….
20. There are inside the cupboard of the first classroom ………………………
23. Where does Jill say Bob and Harry go every night? …………………………..
24. What does Jill say Bob and Harry should do first? ……………………………
For a few weeks, Jill wants Harry and Bob to stop 26………………………..
and 27……………………………. Jill wants the other two to 28………………………..
timetable as soon as she leaves them.
E. Harry and Bob should question each other regularly while reviewing
Question 31-35: Fill in the blanks on the following form. Use NO MORE
THAN TWO WORDS OR A NUMBER for each answer
33…………………….. 31,000
Question 36-38: Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
Two types of facilities that are planned to be added in the second and third
years after the school opens are 36…………………….. and 37………………………..
And one of the most important facilities required by most parents is a
38……………………
D. The parents want a cafeteria selling fast food to save students* time.
ANSWER
1. by bus
2. Jones
3. British
4. Rose Gardens
5. 798 4865
7. A
8. US
15. waste
16. soil
20. blankets
21. A
22. E
27. drinking
29. A
30. B
32. 7.500
33. population
34. 3.200
35. 320
36. classrooms
37. residences
38. language lab/ sports facilities/ computer center/ Cafeteria/ main hall
39. A
40.E
Question 1
Question 2
Question 3
B. medical company
Question 4 and 5
Question 6-8
List any three medical tests that the insurance company requires Mr Jones to
have. 6._________________ 7.__________________
8.__________________
Question 9 and 10
Answer the following questions. Write ONE WORD OR A NUMBER for each
answer.
Complete the following sentences with NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for
each answer.
• From the Five Seasons Hotel Sydney, one can clearly see a habour, a bridge, and
_____________.
Question 14
A. have a rest
B. visit a harbour
C. go outside
Question 15
Question 16
After the visit to the Sydney Olympic Site, the tour group will return to
downtown Sydney by _________’
A. bus
B. boat
C. seaplane
Question 18 and 19 Complete the sentence with ONE WORD for each
answer.
B. The doctor says Ann should do all the cooking and cleaning for her mother.
Question 24 and 25
Question 26 and 27
B. University of California
B. prison
C. police station
Question 28 and 29
why does Bill say the ‘arrested’ students didn’t know the other students?
C. To prevent them realising they were there for the experiment they had
signed up for.
Question 30
SECTION 4
Question 31 and 32
A. the media
B. the Internet
C. types of message
D. Yahoo
E. advertising
Question 33 and 34
Question 35
A. buying habits
B. life
C. working habits
Question 36-40.
Complete the sentences with NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each
answer.
Example: B
C. he is progressive
Question 6-7: Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer
6. ……………………………………..
7. ……………………………………..
King Henry VIH got the land for Hyde Park from ………………..
A. religious people
B. his family
C. the government
The speaker says people who like Hyde Park include ……………………..
B. visitors
C. university students
16. What is the name of the place where people gather in Hyde Park to argue?
…………………………
19. At what time on Sundays does the Queen’s lifeguard change at Whitehall?
………………………….
20. Greenwich Park contains the National Maritime Museum, the Queen’s
House, the Old Royal Observatory, and the …………………………….
A. sustainable development
B. economics
C. environmental studies
D. resource management
E. sociology
Question 29-30: Complete the following sentences with TWO WORDS for
each answer
SECTION 4:
D. 1188
35. Records of teaching at Oxford
……………… E. 1096
In the bar chart below, Column A represents Oxford University students from
37………………………. and Column C students from 38 ………………………..